第一品显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamo paricchedo
欲界善法注释显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacarakusalavaṇṇanā
8 8. 如此,先已显示了礼敬三宝等义,现在为了略说这部已开始造作之论典的义理主体——阿毗达摩,而说‘心、心所’等语。在此之中,对于‘心’一词的词义,论主随即自行详细解释。而对于‘心所’等词,则是由于其与心不相离之性,而系属于心、存在于心中。又因其依心而转起,故称之为心所,这是受蕴等三蕴的别名。‘色’是指因变坏,或因令其变坏,即因冷、热等相对法而生起变化,被引致之意。这是依据四大种及二十四种所造色而有的二十八种色蕴的别名。由于编织有与无,或加以连结,故渴爱被称为‘织’;无此渴爱,或由此出离,故称为涅槃,即不死、无为、无造作的事物。‘iti’一词是举例。没有比此更超上的,故称‘无上’。或者,因安住于四种无畏,故没有比此更超上的反驳之言,所以称为‘无上’。因为在智、断、障、出离诸方面,于含摄天界的世间中,没有任何沙门、婆罗门能够以正法说出比世尊更超上的言说。在此,世尊因无有怖畏,故为无畏。此乃世尊所说——显示巴利原文
8. Evaṃ tāva ratanattayappaṇāmādikaṃ dassetvā idāni yathāraddhappakaraṇassa atthasarīrabhūtamabhidhammaṃ saṅkhepato uddisanto āha ‘‘cittaṃ cetasika’’ntiādi. Tattha cittasaddassa tāva vacanatthaṃ sayameva anantaraṃ vipañceti. ‘‘Cetasika’’ntiādīsu pana avippayogībhāvena cetasi citte niyuttaṃ, tattha vā bhavaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti cetasikaṃ, vedanādikkhandhattayassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ruppati, rūpīyatīti vā rūpaṃ, sītuṇhādīhi vikāramāpajjati, āpādīyatīti attho, catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ, catuvīsatiupādārūpānañca vasena aṭṭhavīsatividhassa rūpakkhandhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Bhavābhavaṃ vinanato saṃsibbanato vānaṃ vuccati taṇhā, na vijjati sā ettha, tato vā nikkhantaṃ etanti nibbānaṃ, amataṃ asaṅkhataṃ vatthu. Iti-saddo nidassane. Natthi etassa uttaritaroti niruttaro. Atha vā catuvesārajjavihārattā natthi etassa uttaraṃ paccanīkavacananti niruttaro. Ñāṇappahānaantarāyaniyyānikesu hi sadevake loke na koci satthu sahadhammikaṃ uttaraṃ vacanaṃ kathetuṃ samattho atthīti. Tatra bhagavā utrāsābhāvato visāradova hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
“你自称是正自觉者,而这些法你并未现等觉”——关于此事,舍利子,我不见有任何相状,会有沙门、婆罗门、天、魔、梵天或世间任何人以正法指责我。舍利子,我不见如是相状,故安住于安稳,得达无畏,住于无畏中。显示巴利原文
‘‘‘Sammāsambuddhassa te paṭijānato ime dhammā anabhisambuddhāti tatra vata maṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā koci vā lokasmiṃ sahadhammena paṭicodessatīti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmi, etamahaṃ, sāriputta, nimittaṃ asamanupassanto khemappatto abhayappatto vesārajjappatto viharāmi.
“你自称是漏尽者,而这些漏并未完全灭尽”——关于此事……(中略)……我安住于安稳。显示巴利原文
‘‘Khīṇāsavassa te paṭijānato ime āsavā aparikkhīṇāti tatra vata maṃ…pe… viharāmi.
“而你所宣说的那些障碍法,对于奉行它们的人来说,并不足以成为障碍”——关于此事……(中略)……我安住于安稳。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ye ca kho pana te antarāyikā dhammā vuttā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyāti tatra vata maṃ…pe… viharāmi.
若有人言:“你为某义所宣说的法,并不能引导实践者正确地灭尽苦。”对此,我……(中略)……住于安稳。”(《中部·第150经》)显示巴利原文
‘‘Yassa kho pana te atthāya dhammo desito, so na niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyāti tatra vata maṃ…pe… viharāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.150).
“开示四圣谛者”意为开示四圣谛。四圣谛即是苦、集、灭、道。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,有四圣谛。哪四种?苦圣谛、苦集圣谛、苦灭圣谛、导向苦灭之道圣谛。”(《相应部》5.1083)其中,三界诸法由于多有灾患之所依、无有恒常清净等,以及可厌、空无之义,故名为苦。渴爱因业等种种缘的和合,成为苦生起之因,故名为集,即所谓“因集起故,苦从此生”。由于是苦不生起、灭尽的缘,故苦灭为涅槃。而出世间道,因以彼苦灭为所缘而行、而到达,并且为证得彼而有行道,故称为“导向苦灭之道”。至于“谛”的含义,应知为真实、不颠倒、如实之义。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,‘此是苦’,此为真实、此为不虚、此为不异。”(《相应部》5.1090)等等广说。在此,四种圣果以及与圣道相应之法,虽已超越于谛,但此处仅以开示道与涅槃之言,亦已显示其开示之义。因为无漏性具有同一特相,且为各自之因境,应如此观察。显示巴利原文
Cattāri ariyasaccāni pakāsetīti catusaccappakāsano. Dukkhasamudayanirodhamaggavasena hi cattāri ariyasaccāni. Yathāha, ‘‘cattārimāni, bhikkhave, ariyasaccāni. Katamāni cattāri? Dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasacca’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1083). Tattha tebhūmakā dhammā anekupaddavādhiṭṭhānatāya dhuvasubhādivirahena, kucchitatucchaṭṭhena ca dukkhaṃ nāma. Kammādivisesapaccayasamavāye dukkhuppattikāraṇabhāvena taṇhā samudayo nāma ‘‘samecca udeti dukkhaṃ imasmā’’ti katvā. Dukkhassa anuppādanirodhapaccayattā dukkhanirodho nibbānaṃ. Taṃ pana dukkhanirodhaṃ ālambaṇakaraṇavasena gamanato pāpuṇanato, tadadhigamāya paṭipadābhāvato cāti ‘‘dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti lokuttaramaggo vuccati. Saccaṭṭho pana tesaṃ tacchāviparītabhūtabhāvato veditabbo. Vuttañhi ‘‘‘idaṃ dukkhanti, bhikkhave, tathametaṃ avitathametaṃ anaññathameta’’nti (saṃ. ni. 5.1090) vitthāro. Ettha pana catunnaṃ ariyaphalānaṃ, ariyamaggasampayuttānañca saccavinissaṭabhāvepi idha magganibbānappakāsanatāvacaneneva tappakāsanatthampi vuttaṃ hoti, anāsavabhāvena ekalakkhaṇattā taṃtaṃhetukavisayabhāvato cāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
此处,以“无上”与“开示四圣谛者”等词,显示世尊与四种法(如心等)之说法相顺的殊胜功德,因为非如此者,不可能有说法之能力。或者,以“无上”一词,显示四种法的不异真实性。而以“开示四圣谛者”一词,则显示:那些由世尊为成熟所化有情而宣说的法,并非此处所指;而已成熟者所应现证的苦等四种法,才是以应被指示之义而意指的。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘niruttaro catusaccappakāsano’’ti imehi bhagavato cittādicatubbidhadhammadesanānukūlaguṇavisesaṃ dasseti atathāvidhassa taṃdesanāsāmatthiyāyogato. Atha vā ‘‘niruttaro’’ti vacanena catubbidhadhammassa anaññathattaṃ dīpeti. ‘‘Catusaccappakāsano’’ti pana iminā ye te dhammā bhagavatā vineyyaparipācanatthaṃ desitā, na te idha adhippetā. Ye pana paripācitehi tehi abhisametabbavasena dukkhādayo catubbidhā vuttā, teyeva uddisitabbatthena adhippetāti dasseti.
如此略说四种法之后,现在为了解释所略说的法,便展开“其中,心”等解说。其中,“其中”指心等诸法之中。“认知对象为心”——即对名为境的所缘之认知、了知,这就是心。以此显示心系属于所缘而转、无常、非作者。因为以“认知对象”来定义心,便显示其依彼所缘而转,并由此显示它唯有在面对所缘时才生起,故显示无常性。而通过状态说明,唯显示认知,故显示非作者性。因为这只是依缘而转起,即所谓自性法。如此,一切心与心所法,从非迂回的角度来看,唯是状态成就。而所谓“思考故为心,以此心游走故为伺”等,以作者、工具的方式所说之语源,应知是迂回之说。因为在各自的作用中,将法的自主性赋予而成为作者,随顺彼而将相应法集合赋予作者性而成为工具,这仅是迂回而得。举此譬喻正是为了说明:除了法自性,并无其他作者等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ saṅkhepato cattāro dhamme uddisitvā idāni uddeso nāma niddesatthāya hotīti yathāuddiṭṭhadhamme niddisituṃ ‘‘tattha citta’’ntiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha tatthāti tesu cittādīsu dhammesu. Visayavijānanaṃ cittanti yaṃ visayasaṅkhātassa ārammaṇassa vijānanaṃ upaladdhi, taṃ cittanti attho. Iminā pana cittassa ārammaṇapaṭibaddhavuttitaṃ, aniccataṃ, akārakatañca dīpeti. ‘‘Visayavijānana’’nti hi ārammaṇena cittaṃ upalakkhento tassa tadāyattavuttitaṃ, taṃdīpanena ca tadabhimukhakāleyeva uppattidīpanato aniccabhāvañca dīpeti. Bhāvaniddesena pana vijānanamattadīpanato akārakabhāvaṃ. Yathāpaccayañhi pavattimattamevetaṃ, yadidaṃ sabhāvadhammo nāmāti. Evañca katvā sabbesampi cittacetasikadhammānaṃ bhāvasādhanameva nippariyāyato labbhati. Yaṃ pana ‘‘cintetīti cittaṃ, tena cittaṃ vicaratīti vicāro’’tiādinā kattukaraṇavasena nibbacanaṃ vuccati, taṃ pariyāyakathananti veditabbaṃ. Sakasakakiccesu hi dhammānaṃ attappadhānatāsamāropanena kattubhāvo, tadanukūlabhāvena taṃsampayuttadhammasamūhe kattubhāvasamāropanena karaṇattañca pariyāyatova labbhatīti. Tathā nidassanaṃ pana dhammasabhāvato aññassa kattādino abhāvaparidīpanatthanti veditabbaṃ.
以“知境识”一语,说明心以“获取所缘”为特相;现在将说明它的作用等。因为心以“先行”为作用,以“连接”为现起,以“名色”为近因。当到达根门,令彼所缘明显时,心即是先行者、前导者。正如经由眼门,应被看到的色所缘,正是由心而了知……乃至经由意门,应被认知的法所缘,正是由心而了知。譬如守城者坐在城中央的十字路口,观察来往的人:“这是居民,这是外来者”,应如此理解这个譬喻。因此,当到达根门,令彼所缘明显时,心是前导者,故说“先行作用”。后后的心生起时,令前前之心相续无间,犹如连接般地现起,进入执取的状态,故说“连接现起”。在五蕴有中,它的近因必定是名色;在四蕴有中,只有名是近因,因此说“名色近因”。然而,特相等之间的差别,应依下文将述的方式了知,因为在“色分别”处将说:显示巴利原文
‘‘Visayavijānana’’nti ca etena cittassa ārammaṇūpaladdhilakkhaṇatā vuttāti idānissa rasādīni vuccanti. Pubbaṅgamarasañhi cittaṃ sandhānapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Dvāraṃ patvā tadārammaṇañhi vibhāvanaṭṭhena cittaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ purecārikaṃ. Tathā hi cakkhudvārena daṭṭhabbaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ citteneva jānāti…pe… manodvārena viññātabbaṃ dhammārammaṇaṃ citteneva jānāti. Yathā hi nagaraguttiko nagaramajjhe siṅghāṭake nisīditvā ‘‘ayaṃ nevāsiko, ayaṃ āgantuko’’ti āgatāgataṃ janaṃ upadhāreti, evaṃ sampadamidaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, tasmā dvāraṃ patvā tadārammaṇaṃ vibhāvanaṭṭhena purecārikanti pubbaṅgamarasaṃ. Pacchimaṃ pacchimaṃ uppajjamānaṃ purimaṃ purimaṃ nirantaraṃ katvā sandahamānamiva upaṭṭhāti, gahaṇabhāvaṃ gacchatīti sandhānapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Pañcavokāre panassa niyamato nāmarūpaṃ, catuvokārabhave nāmameva padaṭṭhānanti nāmarūpapadaṭṭhānañca hoti. Nānattaṃ pana lakkhaṇādīnaṃ upari vakkhamānanayena veditabbaṃ. Vakkhati hi rūpaparicchede –
诸法之共相或自性,即称为特相;
其作用或成就,即阐明为味。
果报或现起,或是现起的方式;
而那近因,便名为足处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sāmaññaṃ vā sabhāvo vā, dhammānaṃ lakkhaṇaṃ mataṃ; Kiccaṃ vā tassa sampatti, rasoti paridīpito. ‘‘Phalaṃ vā paccupaṭṭhānaṃ, upaṭṭhānanayopi vā; Āsannakāraṇaṃ yaṃ tu, taṃ padaṭṭhānasaññita’’nti. (abhidha. 633-634);
凡是说到特相等的地方,都应当以这种方式了知它们的差别。显示巴利原文
Yattha yattha pana lakkhaṇādīni vuccanti, tattha tattha imināva nayena tesaṃ nānattaṃ veditabbaṃ.
对已通过语义了知而通达心之共相者,进一步解说心的分类会更显清晰。因此,首先从语义了知入手最为恰当。于是,出于想要宣说的意欲,他问道:“那么,它的语义是什么?”因为提问有五种:未见阐明问、已见对证问、断疑问、同意问、欲说问。其中,对于未知、未见之事,为求知、为见而发问,名为“未见阐明问”。对于已知、已见之事,为与诸智者对证而发问,名为“已见对证问”。本性多疑者,为断除自己的疑惑而发问,名为“断疑问”。例如:“诸比丘,你们认为色是常还是无常?”“无常,尊者。”“那么,无常者是苦还是乐?”等等,这样的问是为了取得同意,名为“同意问”。又如:“诸比丘,有四念处。哪四种?”等等,这样的问是出于宣说种种法的意欲,名为“欲说问”。显示巴利原文
Vacanatthavijānanena viditacittasāmaññassa uttari cittavibhāgo vuccamāno sobheyyāti vacanatthavijānanameva tāva ādimhi yuttataranti taṃ tāva kathetukamyatāya pucchati ‘‘tassa pana ko vacanattho’’ti. Pañcavidhā hi pucchā – (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.7; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.449; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.1; a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.170) adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā vimaticchedanāpucchā anumatipucchā kathetukamyatāpucchāti. Tattha yaṃ aññātaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ, tassa ñāṇāya dassanāya pañhākaraṇaṃ adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā nāma. Yaṃ pana ñātaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, tassa aññehi paṇḍitehi saṃsandanatthāya pañhākaraṇaṃ diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā nāma. Pakatiyā pana saṃsayapakkhandanassa attano saṃsayasamugghāṭanatthaṃ pañhākaraṇaṃ vimaticchedanāpucchā nāma. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 3.79; mahāva. 21) anumatiggahaṇatthaṃ pañhākaraṇaṃ anumatipucchā nāma. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.373; saṃ. ni. 5.402-404) pana taṃtaṃdhammānaṃ desanādhippāyena pañhākaraṇaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchā nāma.
在这五种问中,前三种对于诸阿阇梨而言并不存在。因为他们造论时,并非此时才开始阐明未见之事、对证已见之事,或陷入疑惑而先断疑再致力造论。后两种问则可能存在。在此二者中,此处是“欲说问”。此外,阿阇梨们在发起问难时,会假想另一位问难者,借其言辞而提出。因此,依此而言,此处也可视为“未见阐明问”与“断疑问”,应如此了知。“它的”:指的是“心”这个词的。因为当心得到理解时,表示它的词也由于伴随关系而得到理解,所以在此用“它”字来指代。然而,有人将其解释为“那个心的”,这与“它的语义是什么”这句话不相契合,因为对于心,不可能提出“它的语义是什么”这样的问题。显示巴利原文
Tāsu purimā tisso ācariyānaṃ na sambhavanti. Na hi te ganthakaraṇatthāya ārabhitvā idāni adiṭṭhaṃ jotenti, diṭṭhaṃ saṃsandenti, saṃsayaṃ vā pakkhandanti tabbisodhanapubbakameva ganthakaraṇe abhinivesanato. Itarā pana dve sambhavanti. Tāsu ayaṃ kathetukamyatāpucchā. Apica codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpentā ācariyā aññaṃ codakaṃ parikappetvā tassa vacanavasena samuṭṭhāpentīti taṃvasenettha adiṭṭhajotanāvimaticchedanāpucchāpi labbhantevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tassāti tassa citta-saddassa. Citte hi adhigate tassa vācako saddopi sahacariyato adhigatova hotīti tassa idha ta-saddena pariggaho. Keci pana ‘‘tassa cittassā’’ti atthaṃ vadanti, taṃ ‘‘tassa ko vacanattho’’ti iminā na sameti. Na hi cittassa ‘‘ko vacanattho’’ti pucchā sambhavatīti.
现在,为了解释所问之义,先作“将说”的承诺,然后用“以总摄一切的方式”等开始解释。其中,“以总摄一切的方式”是指:从最低的层面,以眼识等为起始,由于这一切心都具有了别所缘的自性,因此是以总摄它们全部的方式,并非像随后将说明的那些词源解释那样,依随所得的方式。“思惟”即了知。或者,依它而思惟、行于境,故称为“心”。因为将作者性归于相应法,它才获得工具格的意义。先以总摄一切的方式显示了含义之后,为了再以随所得的方式显示,而说“或者,它积累自己的相续”等等。因为“心”这个词通于一切心,所以无论在何处、以何种方式得到其含义,就在彼处、以彼方式去理解。然而,对于某一心,若得不到如上所说的特殊含义,则应当知它是依惯例而称为“心”。如同用竹篾等做成的物品,由于与棕榈叶做成的相似,依惯例之词而只被称为“棕榈扇”一样。“自己的相续”即自身的相续,指速行心的相续。因为“自己”一词是相对于其他而言的,所以“自己的相续”是指以相似的方式生起的速行心相续。它积累此相续,即令其成为一堆,此义当依数数生起而了知。显示巴利原文
Idāni yathāpucchitamatthaṃ vissajjetuṃ ‘‘vuccate’’ti tāva paṭiññaṃ katvā ‘‘sabbasaṅgāhakavasenā’’tiādinā vissajjanamāraddhaṃ. Tattha sabbasaṅgāhakavasenāti heṭṭhimantato cakkhuviññāṇādayo upādāya sabbesaṃ ārammaṇavijānanasabhāvattā tesaṃ sabbesameva saṅgāhakavasena, na pana vakkhamānanibbacanesu viya yathālābhavasenāti attho. Cintetīti vijānāti. Cintenti tena gocaranti vā cittaṃ. Sampayuttadhammānaṃ kattutāsamāropanena hissa karaṇabhāvo labbhati. Sabbasaṅgāhakavasena tāva atthaṃ dassetvā idāni yathālābhavasenapi dassetuṃ ‘‘attasantānaṃ vā cinotītipī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Sabbacittasādhāraṇattā hi citta-saddassa yattha yattha yathā yathā attho labbhati, tattha tattha tathā tathā gahetabbo. Yassa pana cittassa yathāvuttaatthaviseso na labbhati, taṃ ruḷhīvasena cittanti veditabbaṃ. Yathā kilañjādīhi katampi tālapaṇṇehi katasarikkhakatāya ruḷhīsaddena ‘‘tālavaṇṭa’’ntveva vuccatīti. Attasantānanti sakasantānaṃ, javanasantānanti attho. Atta-saddassa hi parapaccanīkavacanattā attano santānoti sadisavasena uppajjamāno javanasantāno vuccati. Taṃ cinoti rāsiṃ karotīti ayamattho sāsevanakānaṃ javanacittānaṃ vasena daṭṭhabbo. Tāni hi purejātāni pacchājātānaṃ āsevanapaccayā hutvā attano javanasantānassa paguṇabalavabhāvakaraṇena taṃ cinanti nāma. Vā-saddo asabbasaṅgāhakatthavikappane. Pi-saddo kiriyāsampiṇḍanatthe. Atha vā ‘‘sabbasaṅgāhakavasenā’’ti imassa idhāpi sambandho hotīti idampi sabbasaṅgāhakavasena vuttanti gayhamāne attasantānanti viññāṇavacanassa atta-saddassa sakatthavuttittāyeva taṃvasena cittasantānanti attho. Anantarādipaccayavasena hi cittasantānassa abbocchinnappavattikaraṇato sabbameva cittajātaṃ cittasantānaṃ cinoti nāma. Imasmiṃ panatthe vā-saddo kiriyāvikappanattho. Pi-saddo ‘‘citta’’nti imassa ākaḍḍhanatthoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Purimapakkhe pana cittanti adhikāratova gahetabbaṃ.
9 9. 它造作种种,或是种种造作的工具,故为“种种造作”;由此称为“种种造作”,意思是:它是种种心业等的造作工具。因为在世间中,任何属于心业等类别的变异技艺,这一切都是先以心思惟之后才造作的。因此,世尊说:“诸比丘,你们见过名为‘心’的‘行’吗?”“是的,世尊。”“诸比丘,那个名为‘心’的‘行’,也是以心所思惟的。”(相应部·3.100)此义可在具有表色的三十二种心中得到。或者,有漏的善或不善心,由于造作种种趣等,故以种种造作的意义而称为“心”。难道种种趣等不是依业而成就的吗?正如所说——显示巴利原文
9. Vicittaṃ karoti, vicittassa vā karaṇanti vicittakaraṇaṃ, tato vicittakaraṇā, vicittacittakammādīnaṃ karaṇatoti attho. Lokasmiñhi yaṃ kiñci cittakammādibhedaṃ vicittaṃ sippajātaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ citteneva cintetvā karīyatīti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘diṭṭhaṃ vo, bhikkhave , caraṇaṃ nāma cittanti? Evaṃ, bhante. Tampi kho, bhikkhave, caraṇaṃ nāma cittaṃ citteneva cintita’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.100). Svāyamattho saviññattikānaṃ bāttiṃsacittānamupalabbhati. Sāsavakusalākusalaṃ vā vicittagatiādikaraṇato vā vicittakaraṇaṭṭhena cittaṃ. Nanu ca vicittagatiādayo kammavasena nipphajjanti. Yathāha –
“因业有差别,众生的趣向便显现差别:无足、二足、四足、多足,有色、无色,有想、无想、非想非非想。因业有差别,众生的受生便显现差别:高下、优劣、善趣恶趣。因业有差别,众生的自体便显现差别:美丑、善生恶生、妙相恶相。因业有差别,众生的世间法便显现差别:得与不得、称与讥、誉与毁、乐与苦。”(法集论注·1)显示巴利原文
‘‘Kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ gatiyā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati apadā dvipadā catuppadā bahuppadā rūpino arūpino saññino asaññino nevasaññīnāsaññino, kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ upapattiyā nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati uccanīcatā hīnapaṇītatā sugataduggatatā, kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ attabhāve nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇatā sujātadujjātatā susaṇṭhitadussaṇṭhitatā, kammanānākaraṇaṃ paṭicca sattānaṃ lokadhamme nānākaraṇaṃ paññāyati lābhālābhe yasāyase nindāpasaṃsāyaṃ sukhadukkhe’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1).
因此,种种趣等既由业的差别所生,它们便可以说是心的产物。而这里所说的“业”,指的是属于心所法的思,以及贪等,并非指心本身。既然如此,为何又说心是种种趣等的造作者呢?答曰:因为业依于心而存在,所以由业所成就的,也可说是由心所成就。正如被国王的战士所击败,便说是被敌国国王所击败一样。或者,所谓“种种造作”,是指它有着各式各样的造作。因而,除了处于同一位置者之外,每一心各自有着结生等不同的作用,乃至一切心由于转向等作用而彼此互异,所以称为“种种造作”是合理的。在一切的解释中,应当如同将“色有”说为“色”那样,理解为省略了后面的部分;又或者,以“心”的同义词与“种种”一词作离合释;再或者,理解为省略了“vi”字。又或者,“种种造作”是指能够了知心之种种状态的因。因此,正因它就是这“种种造作”,所以应当知道:它既是那种种状态的成就者,其自身也同样地是种种的。如此,由于造作的种种性而成为种种,故称为“心”。为了显示除了以造作的种种性而成为种种之外,还以其自身的种种性而称为“心”,所以说“又或者,以自身的种种性”。在此之中,因为善是一种,不善是另一种,无记又是一种;欲界是一种,色界等是另一种;有贪是一种,离贪是另一种;显示巴利原文
Tasmā kammabhedanibbattattā gatiādīnaṃ cittatā. Kammanti ca cetasikadhammabhūtā cetanā, abhijjhādayo ca vuccanti, na cittanti. Kathaṃ cittassa vicittagatiādikaraṇanti? Vuccate – kammassa cittasannissitattā tannipphāditampi citteneva kataṃ hoti, yathā rājayodhena parājito satturaññā jitoti vuccati. Vicittaṃ karaṇamassāti vā vicittakaraṇaṃ. Tato ekaṭṭhānikavajjitañhi cittaṃ paccekaṃ paṭisandhādivicittakiriyavantatāya, sabbameva vā cittaṃ āvajjanādiaññamaññavisadisakiriyavantatāya vicittakaraṇaṃ yuttanti. Sabbavikappesupi ‘‘rūpabhavo rūpa’’ntiādīsu viya uttarapadalopo cittapariyāyena ca vicitta-saddena vā viggaho vi-saddalopo vā daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā ‘‘vicittakaraṇā’’ti idaṃ cittavicittabhāvassa ñāpakahetunidassanaṃ. Tena yasmā idaṃ vicittakaraṇaṃ, tasmā tassa vicittassa nipphādakaṃ sayampi tatheva vicittanti viññātabbanti evaṃ karaṇavicittatāya vicittattā cittanti attho. Ṭhapetvā taṃ karaṇavicittatāya vicittabhāvaṃ attano eva jātibhūmisampayogādivasena vicittatāya cittanti dassento āha ‘‘attano cittatāya vā’’ti. Tattha yasmā aññadeva kusalaṃ, aññaṃ akusalaṃ, aññaṃ abyākataṃ, aññaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ, aññaṃ rūpāvacarādibhedaṃ, aññaṃ sarāgaṃ, aññaṃ vītarāgaṃ, aññaṃ sadosaṃ, aññaṃ vītadosaṃ, aññaṃ samohaṃ, aññaṃ vītamohaṃ, aññaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ saddādiārammaṇaṃ, rūpārammaṇesu ca aññaṃ nīlārammaṇaṃ, aññaṃ pītādiārammaṇaṃ. Evaṃ saddārammaṇādīsupi yathāsambhavaṃ. Sabbesu ceva tesu aññaṃ hīnaṃ, aññaṃ majjhimaṃ, aññaṃ paṇītaṃ, hīnādīsu ca aññaṃ chandādhipateyyaṃ, aññaṃ cittādhipateyyaṃ, aññaṃ vīriyādhipateyyaṃ, aññaṃ vīmaṃsādhipateyyanti evamādinā jātibhūmisampayuttaārammaṇahīnamajjhimapaṇītaadhipatiādīnaṃ vasena vicittamanekappakāraṃ, tasmā imāya attavicittatāya vā cittanti vuccatīti.
诚然,此处单一的心并不能被称为“种种心”,然而由于它包含在种种心之中,其中任何一个都可以依据整体施设的世俗表达而被称为“心”,正如部分也可以被如此称呼一样;譬如见到了山、河、海的一部分,便说“见到了山”、“见到了河”、“见到了海”;又如与一一心相应的受等,依堆聚之义,以蕴的施设而被称为“受蕴”、“想蕴”等。再者,此处的异熟识,因为被业与烦恼所“积集”,故称为“心”。它是由伴随着烦恼的业作为果报而生起的,被它们所积集,所以名为“心”。姑且认为这是就世间异熟而言,那么,达到出世间时又如何说呢?正如经中所说:“何等为善法?于何时生起出世间善心……乃至……于尔时,无明缘行”等。由于这也显示了圣道思惟依止于无明的状态,所以出世间善法同样有随眠与依止,因此,由其所生的异熟,自当有其“被业与烦恼所积集”的道理。或者,心就是“思考”的意思。因为由业等所积集的自体,在识灭去之时,即被称为死。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Kāmañcettha ekameva cittaṃ evaṃ vicittaṃ nāma na hoti, vicittānaṃ pana antogadhattā etesu yaṃ kiñci ekampi vicittatāya cittanti vattuṃ vaṭṭati samudāyavohārena avayavassāpi vohariyamānattā yathā pabbatanadīsamuddādīnamekadesā diṭṭhā pabbatādayo diṭṭhāti, yathā ca ekekacittasampayuttāpi vedanādayo rāsaṭṭhena khandhavohārena ‘‘vedanākkhandho saññākkhandho’’tiādinā vuccanti. Apicettha vipākaviññāṇaṃ kammakilesehi citanti cittaṃ, taṃ kilesasahāyena kammunā phalabhāvena nibbattitaṃ tehi citaṃ nāma hoti. Hotu tāvidaṃ lokiyavipākaṃ sandhāya, lokuttaraṃ pana patvā kathanti? Vuccate – ‘‘katame dhammā kusalā, yasmiṃ samaye lokuttaraṃ kusalaṃ cittaṃ uppannaṃ hoti…pe… tasmiṃ samaye avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’tiādinā ariyamaggacetanāyapi avijjūpanissayabhāvassa pakāsitattā lokuttarakusalassāpi anusayā upanissayā hontīti tannibbattitassa vipākassa kammakilesasañcitatāpariyāyo labbhatīti. Citaṃ tāyatīti vā cittaṃ. Kammādisañcitopi hi attabhāvo viññāṇūparame matoti vuccati. Yathāha –
「寿命、暖热与意识,当它们舍弃此身之时;」
那时,他徒然躺卧,犹如无用的木片。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Āyu usmā ca viññāṇaṃ, yadā kāyaṃ jahantimaṃ; Appaviddho tadā seti, niratthaṃva kaliṅgara’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 3.95);
而此“心”一词,虽见于多种意义中。例如“质多居士”等中,是施设(名称)义;“一切世间以他心为无心”等中,是指识;“诸比丘!我不见有其他一类法如心这般”等中,是指种种(vicitte),即种种差别之义;“行名为心”等中,是指心造作。然而在此,由于指示了四法,依论典的理趣,应视此与所述文义相符的“识”词同义。为了显示此义而说“在施设中亦”等。被了知故为施设,即在名称施设中之义。“心”实为某居士之名。“亦”词是包含将说之义。“识”是指包含异熟与非异熟的心。它由于觉知之义而称为“识”。如说:“诸比丘!因为它觉知,故称为识。”“心之施设”即心之称呼。“应当见”即应当了知。“此处”即在此四法指示之处。“智者”即觉知者,意即阿毗达摩论师。显示巴利原文
So panāyaṃ citta-saddo kiñcāpi anekatthesu dissati. Tathā hesa ‘‘citto ca gahapatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 2.133; 4.176) paññattiyaṃ āgato. ‘‘Sabbo loko paracittena acitto’’tiādīsu viññāṇe. ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekanikāyampi samanupassāmi, evaṃ citta’’ntiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 3.100) vicitte, nānappakāreti attho. ‘‘Caraṇaṃ nāma citta’’ntiādīsu cittakammake. Idha pana catubbidhadhamme niddesato pakaraṇavasena yathāvuttavacanatthayutto viññāṇavacanova daṭṭhabboti imamatthaṃ dassento āha ‘‘paññattiyampī’’tiādi . Paññāpīyati etāyāti paññatti, tassaṃ nāmapaññattiyanti attho. Cittoti hi ekassa gahapatino nāmaṃ. Pi-saddo vakkhamānasampiṇḍanattho. Viññāṇeti savipākāvipākabhede citte. Tañhi vijānanaṭṭhena ‘‘viññāṇa’’nti vuccati. Yathāha – ‘‘vijānātīti kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ, tasmā viññāṇanti vuccatī’’ti. Cittasammutīti cittavohāro. Daṭṭhabbāti viññātabbā. Idhāti imasmiṃ catubbidhadhammaniddesaṭṭhāne. Viññunāti vijānatā, ābhidhammikenāti attho.
具有分别的诸法,其自性分别若不通过分别便无法显示,为了显示心的分别,故以“有所缘”等开始。其中,攀缘、依彼而转起故为所缘,即缘、境。如“魔得所缘,魔得机会”等中,缘被称为“所缘”;“出入息为相,一心无所缘”等中,是境。然而在此两者皆适用,因为一切心皆带有缘与境。与所缘俱转,不离所缘故为有所缘。此处依自性主导指示的理趣,以“有所缘”一词说有所缘性,犹如“此于佛亦为妙宝”、“眼非我、非我所”等中,以宝、我等词显示宝、我等之性,同理,以此说有所缘性之义。其余义亦应随顺而知。“一种”即一种类,即一部门之义。显示巴利原文
Vibhāgavantānaṃ dhammānaṃ sabhāvavibhāvanaṃ vibhāgena vinā na hotīti cittassa vibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sārammaṇato’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ālambanti taṃ nissāya pavattantīti ārammaṇaṃ, paccayo, gocaro ca. Tathā hi ‘‘labhati māro ārammaṇaṃ, labhati māro otāra’’ntiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.80) paccayo ‘‘ārammaṇa’’nti vuccati. ‘‘Nimittaṃ assāsapassāsā, anārammaṇamekacittassā’’tiādīsu (paṭi. ma. 1.159) gocaro. Idha pana ubhayampi vaṭṭati sabbasseva cittassa sappaccayasagocarattā. Saha ārammaṇena vattati tadavinābhāvatoti sārammaṇaṃ. Bhāvappadhānaniddesavasena cettha sārammaṇabhāvo sārammaṇa-saddena vutto yathā ‘‘idampi buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ (khu. pā. 6.3). Cakkhu suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 4.85) ratanaattattaniyādibhāvo ratanādīhi saddehīti, tato sārammaṇabhāvatoti attho. Evamaññatthāpi yathānurūpaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ekavidhanti ekappakāraṃ, ekakoṭṭhāsanti attho.
“有异熟与无异熟”,是指具有能生异熟之自性的法存在或不存在。因为“异熟”一词用于两种含义:有时指已达成异熟状态的无色法,有时指能生异熟之自性。例如,在“异熟法”等语境中,是指已达成异熟状态的无色法;而在“异熟法法”等语境中,则指能生异熟之自性。然而在此处,应取能生异熟之自性。若不如此,则神通善等将不被“有异熟”一词所涵盖。因为如果只取已达成异熟状态的法,认为凡有此法者即名为有异熟,其余则为无异熟,那么神通善,以及有时并非异熟的现法受业等,与修所应断的善,由于并无异熟生起,都将被归入“无异熟”一词。如此一来,由于将说“无异熟无记”,它们就会变成无记性,但这并非所期,因为它们只在善与不善的界定中被指明。然而,如果取能生异熟之自性,该自性即于未断除渴爱随眠的相续中运作,由于渴爱随眠在他们中存在,所以即使异熟尚未生起,“有异熟”一词的涵盖也能成立,不会有任何与所期相违的过失。至于神通善等为何是无异熟,以及此处应作的决断,这一切当于其出处开显。显示巴利原文
Savipākāvipākatoti vipākuppādanasabhāvassa vijjamānāvijjamānabhāvato. Vipāka-saddo hi dvīsu atthesu pavattati. Katthaci vipakkabhāvamāpannesu arūpadhammesu, katthaci vipākuppādanasabhāve . Tathā hesa ‘‘vipākā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. tikamātikā 3) vipakkabhāvamāpannesu arūpadhammesu pavattati. ‘‘Vipākadhammadhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. tikamātikā 3) vipākuppādanasabhāve. Idha pana vipākuppādanasabhāvo daṭṭhabbo. Itarathā hi abhiññākusalādīnaṃ savipāka-pade asaṅgahitabhāvāpatti siyā. Tathā hi yadi vipakkabhāvamāpannā eva dhammā idha gahitā siyuṃ, te yassa santi, taṃ savipākamitaramavipākanti abhiññākusalassa ceva kadāci avipākassa diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādikammassa bhāvanāyapahātabbākusalassa ca vipākuppattiyā abhāvato avipāka-padasaṅgaho siyā, evañca sati ‘‘avipākaṃ abyākata’’nti vakkhamānattā nesaṃ abyākatabhāvo āpajjati, na cetamiṭṭhaṃ kusalākusalaniddeseyeva tesaṃ niddesato. Vipākuppādanasabhāve pana gahite taṃsabhāvo nāma anupacchinnāvijjamānataṇhānusayasmiṃ santāne sabyāpārappavatti evāti tassā tesupi atthitāya asatipi vipākuppādane savipāka-padasaṅgaho siddhoti na koci iṭṭhavighāto āpajjati. Yena pana kāraṇena abhiññākusalādikamavipākaṃ, yo cettha vattabbo vinicchayo, taṃ sabbaṃ tassa tassa āgataṭṭhāneyeva dassayissāma.
然而,这里哪一个是“有果报”,哪一个是“无果报”呢?针对这一问难,他说:“其中,有果报……”等。“无记”:依果报心和唯作心,无记有二种。其中,首先,果报心由于无策励性,如同镜面上的面容影像一样,没有能力产生果报。在唯作心中,那仅存于漏尽者相续中、确定有十八种的识,由于在已断除有之根的相续中生起,如同根已断除的蔓藤之花,不能给予果实。而双转向心,即使在尚未断除有之根的相续中生起,也由于无习行而羸弱,如同虚花,不能成为种子,因此是无果的。如此,这所有一切都是无记,因为不具备生起果报的条件,故说为“无果报的无记”。“种类”:在此,无论相似或不相似的形态都生起,故为“种类”,即同一形态。善、不善、无记的种类,即善、不善、无记之种类。依其分类,有三种:善、不善、无记。关于词义提问的目的,如前所述。显示巴利原文
Katamaṃ panettha savipākaṃ, katamamavipākanti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘tattha savipāka’’ntiādi. Abyākatanti vipākakiriyāvasena duvidhamabyākataṃ. Tesu vipākacittaṃ tāva ādāsatale mukhanimittaṃ viya nirussāhattā vipākuppādane asamatthaṃ. Kiriyacittesu ca yadetaṃ khīṇāsavasantāneyeva niyatamaṭṭhārasavidhaṃ viññāṇaṃ, taṃ upacchinnabhavamūlāya santatiyaṃ pavattatīti samucchinnamūlāya latāya pupphaṃ viya phaladāyī na hoti. Āvajjanadvayaṃ pana anupacchinnabhavamūlepi santāne pavattamānaṃ anāsevanabhāvena dubbalattā moghapupphamiva bījabhāve asamatthaṃ aphalameva. Iti sabbametaṃ abyākataṃ vipākārahatābhāvato avipākanti vuttaṃ ‘‘avipākaṃ abyākata’’nti. Jāyanti ettha asadisāpi sadisākārāti jāti, samānākāro, kusalākusalābyākatānaṃ jāti kusalākusalābyākatajāti, tassā bhedato tividhaṃ kusalaṃ akusalaṃ abyākatanti. Vacanatthapucchāya payojanaṃ vuttameva.
10 第十,“诸污秽者”等是回答。其中,“诸污秽者”:即应被谴责者,如同不净之物,是为诸智者、市民所应呵责的诸恶法。“由于割断”:即由于伤害、由于除去。因为善法如其相应地,以彼分断等方式断除不善法,伤害它们,或者说除去它们。或者,“由于割断”:即由于防护、由于遮蔽。因为依于善法,能制止不善的生起,并使其成为无生起之法,故于眼等六门中,不善的生起被防护、被遮蔽。“诸恶”:因与贪等不净相结合,且是种种苦的因,并以污秽的形态、未断除的状态而存在于相续中生起,故为“诸恶”,即诸恶法。或者,“诸恶”:对于污秽的杀生等有罪过之法,由于磨利、由于锐利,故为“诸恶”,即嗔、贪等。因为依于嗔等之力,思变得锐利,杀生等便具有大罪过。“以彼割断”:即如其相应,以断除、以舍弃为义。“以善”:即对于那些污秽者,由于磨利而使其减弱,或由于令其终结,故得名为“善”的智慧。“应被执取”:即应被受持,应以俱生缘、依止缘的方式令于相续中生起。因为智慧对于三因善,以俱生缘和依止缘的方式,对于二因善,唯以依止缘的方式,令其在相续中生起。如此,由善巧。显示巴利原文
10.‘‘Kucchitāna’’ntiādi vissajjanaṃ. Tattha kucchitānanti ninditānaṃ, asuci viya nāgarikehi viññūhi garahitabbānaṃ pāpadhammānanti attho. Salanatoti hiṃsanato, apanayanato vā. Kusalañhi yathānurūpaṃ tadaṅgādivasena akusaladhamme pajahantaṃ te hiṃsati, apanayatīti vā vuccati. Atha vā salanato saṃvaraṇato, pidahanatoti attho. Kusaladhammavasena hi akusalappavattinivāraṇena, appavattidhammatāpādanena ca manacchaṭṭhesu dvāresu appavattiyā saṃvutā pihitā honti. Kusānanti rāgādiasucisampayogena nānāvidhadukkhahetutāya ca kucchitenākārena appahīnabhāvena santāne sayanti pavattantīti kusā, pāpadhammā. Atha vā kucchitānaṃ pāṇātipātādīnaṃ sāvajjadhammānaṃ sānato nisānato tejanato kusā, dosalobhādayo. Dosādīnañhi vasena cetanāya tikkhabhāvappattiyā pāṇātipātādīnaṃ mahāsāvajjatāti. Tesaṃ lavanena chindanena yathānurūpaṃ pajahanenāti attho. Kusenāti kucchitānaṃ sānato tanukaraṇato, osānakaraṇato vā ‘‘kusā’’ti laddhanāmena ñāṇena. Lātabbattāti ādātabbattā, sahajātaupanissayabhāvena santāne pavattetabbattā. Ñāṇañhi tihetukakusalaṃ sahajātabhāvena ceva upanissayabhāvena ca, duhetukakusalaṃ upanissayabhāveneva santāne pavatteti. Evañca katvā kosallasambhūtaṭṭho kusalaṭṭhoti sabbakusalānaṃ sādhāraṇavasena attho vuccati. Atha vā kusenāti jātisaddatāya ekavacananiddeso, kusehīti pana attho. Puññakiriyāvasena hi pavattāni saddhādīni indriyāni yathāvuttanayena ‘‘kusānī’’ti vuccanti, tehi lātabbattā vuttanayena pavattetabbattā. Apicettha –
“如茅草般割断”之义,或“如诸恶般割断”之义;
“善者割断地”之义,或说“它割断恶”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kuso viya lunātīti, kusā viya lunāti vā; Kusalaṃ kuṃ saletīti, lunāti kusamiccapī’’ti.
其中,如同抓住茅草时,它会割伤手与足的两面,同样,此善法也从已生与未生两方面,割断、斩断烦恼之翼,正如所说:“为令未生的恶不善法不生,而生起意欲、精进;为令已生的……断除。”此即正勤。因此,如茅草般割断,故名为“善”。关于“如诸恶般割断”:此处“ku”指地,因是诸法的安立处;同样,此处意指色蕴与非色蕴。贪等烦恼,于现在与未来,能烧煮、毁坏作为自己依止处的彼蕴,故称为“诸恶”;如同诸恶一样,此善法割断、斩断自己的依止处(即蕴),故名为“善”。因为由精勤成就的善法,通过使色、非色法彻底不再生起,而将其完全断除,并证入无余依涅槃界。又依前述之理,对于得名为“ku”的色非色蕴,由于割断、除去,故为“善割断地”。关于“它割断恶”:此处,“恶”是指污秽者的安住之处,即身体;它依前述之理割断彼,故名为“善”。显示巴利原文
Tattha yathā kuso gahito ubhayabhāgagataṃ hatthapadesaṃ lunāti, evamidampi uppannānuppannavasena ubhayabhāgagataṃ kilesapakkhaṃ lunāti chindati, seyyathāpi – ‘‘anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti, vāyamati, uppannānaṃ…pe… pahānāyā’’ti āgataṃ sammappadhānaṃ. Tasmā kuso viya lunātīti kusalaṃ. Kusā viya lunātīti ettha ‘‘ku’’iti bhūmi vuccati, dhammānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvena taṃsadisatāya idha rūpārūpakkhandho vutto. Attano nissayabhūtassa tassa etarahi, āyatiñca anudahanato vināsanato kuṃ sāyantīti kusā, rāgādayo, te viya attano nissayaṃ lunāti chindatīti kusalaṃ. Payogasampāditā hi kusaladhammā accantameva rūpārūpadhamme appavattikaraṇena samucchindanti anupādisesanibbānadhātupāpanatoti. Vuttanayena pana ‘‘ku’’nti laddhanāmassa rūpārūpakkhandhassa salanato apanayanato kuṃ saletīti kusalaṃ. Kusaṃ lunātīti pana kucchitā ettha sayantīti kuso, kāyo, taṃ lunāti yathāvuttavasenevāti kusalaṃ.
11 现在,为显示‘善’字的义项,而说‘善字见于“机巧”等义’。其中,于‘你善巧于战车的各部零件’(中部2.87)、‘善巧于舞蹈与歌唱’、‘女子们训练有素而机巧’(本生2.22.94)等句中,‘善’字表‘机巧’;机巧的同义词,即娴熟。于‘不知尊者是否安好、是否无病’(本生1.15.146;2.20.129)等处,‘善’字表‘健康’。于‘尊者,何等为善的身行?大王,凡无过失的身行’(中部2.361),以及‘再者,尊者,此是无上之处——世尊依善法而说法’(长部3.145)等处,‘善’字表‘无过失’。于‘因受持善法,此福德便增长’(长部3.80),以及‘由于造作、积累善业’(法聚论431)等处,‘善’字表‘可意果报’。‘无过失等’:即无过失与可意果报;说‘等’字,是因与下文自述的特征相符,而非因为健康义不成立——以无烦恼之病故,‘善’即是健康。显示巴利原文
11. Idāni kusala-saddassa atthuddhāradassanatthamāha ‘‘cheke kusala-saddoya’’ntiādi. Tattha ‘‘kusalo tvaṃ rathassa aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ (ma. ni. 2.87), kusalānaccagītassa, sikkhitā cāturitthiyo’’tiādīsu (jā. 2.22.94) cheke diṭṭho, chekapariyāyo pavīṇatthoti attho. ‘‘Kacci nu bhoto kusalaṃ, kacci bhoto anāmaya’’ntiādīsu (jā. 1.15.146; 2.20.129) ārogye. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, kāyasamācāro kusalo? Yo kho, mahārāja, kāyasamācāro anavajjo’’ti (ma. ni. 2.361) ca ‘‘aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti kusalesu dhammesū’’ti (dī. ni. 3.145) ca evamādīsu anavajje. ‘‘Kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samādānahetu evamidaṃ puññaṃ vaḍḍhati (dī. ni. 3.80), kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā’’ti (dha. sa. 431) ca ādīsu iṭṭhavipāke. Anavajjādiketi anavajjaiṭṭhavipāke, ‘‘anavajjādike’’ti ca attanā vakkhamānalakkhaṇassa anurūpattā vuttaṃ, na pana ārogyatthassa asambhavato. Kilesarogassa hi abhāvato kusalaṃ ārogyaṃ hoti.
过失,即贪等应远离之法;凡无这些过失者,即是无过失。其果报为可意,由四蕴所成,即是可意果报。而此可意果报性,当知是由其自体具有如是性质,并非仅因必定产生可意果报。由此而被标记,故为特征。既是无过失,又是可意果报,故为无过失可意果报。具此特征者,即有无过失可意果报的特征。显示巴利原文
Vajjā rāgādayo, te yassa na santi, taṃ anavajjaṃ, iṭṭho vipāko catukkhandhasaṅkhāto yassa, taṃ iṭṭhavipākaṃ, iṭṭhavipākatā cassa taṃsabhāvavantatāya daṭṭhabbā, na tassa avassaṃ iṭṭhavipākasambhavatoyeva, lakkhīyati anenāti lakkhaṇaṃ, anavajjañca taṃ iṭṭhavipākañcāti anavajjaiṭṭhavipākaṃ. Taṃ lakkhaṇamassāti anavajjaiṭṭhavipākalakkhaṇaṃ.
难道善不就是无过失可意果报吗?然而,依所说之理,可能存在不同于无过失可意果报的其他善法。因为一法不能自己作为自己的特征吧?其实,这并无过失:基于已了知与未了知的词义之本质差别,纵是同一事物,也可安立为能标记的特征与所标记的特征。‘无过失可意果报’是已了知的词义,‘善’是未了知的词义。如是,凭借已了知词义与未了知词义的本质差别,对于同一具足善的事物,同样安立了差别,犹如说‘此人从前伶俐,现在更伶俐了’一般,依功德差别与所依差别而安立。因此,以已了知词义的本质为特征,以未了知词义的本质为所标记,在此差别安立中被把握时,全无过失产生。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca kusalameva anavajjaiṭṭhavipākaṃ, vuttaniyāmena pana anavajjaiṭṭhavipākato aññaṃ kusalaṃ siyā. Na hi sayameva attano lakkhaṇanti sakkā vattunti? Nāyaṃ doso pariññātāpariññātavacanatthabhāvabhede ekassāpi lakkhitabbalakkhaṇabhāvaparikappanato. ‘‘Anavajjaiṭṭhavipāka’’nti hi pariññātavacanatthaṃ. ‘‘Kusala’’nti apariññātavacanatthaṃ. Evañca yena sabhāvena pariññātavacanatthassa saddassa attho hoti, yena ca apariññātavacanatthassa, tesaṃ pariññātāpariññātavacanatthasabhāvānaṃ bhedena taṃsamaṅgissa kusalassa ekassāpi bhedo parikappīyati yathā ‘‘pure bhavaṃ paṭu āsi, paṭutaro etarahī’’ti guṇabhedena, vatthubhedena ca parikappīyati, tasmā pariññātavacanatthabhāvena lakkhaṇaṃ, apariññātavacanatthabhāvena lakkhitabbanti evaṃ parikappitabhede pariggayhamāne na koci doso āpajjati.
或者,因为被标记,所以称为“特征”;它既是无过失、又是可意果报,兼具特征,故为“无过失可意果报之特征”。意思是:凡成为无过失、可意果报而被标记的,那就是善。或者,“无过失”一词表示无过失性,“可意果报”一词表示可意果报性,因此,无过失且可意果报,即是无过失可意果报。以此为特征者,即“无过失可意果报之特征”——从工具格含义,或从业格含义,“特征”一词表示具有无过失可意果报的本质,或表示应被无过失可意果报性所标记。既然如此,此处为何要用两个词来把握?难道仅用一个词不足以表达所要表达的意义吗?如果只说“无过失特征”,如“世尊,然而这是另一种无上,即世尊于善法中所说的法”等处,由于仅说“无过失”,可能也涉及无记法,因此必须说出“可意果报”一词;但若只说“可意果报特征”,另一个词是否就不必说了呢?因为无记法没有感果的能力,不会涉及可意果报性,所以确实如此。之所以使用两个词,是为了以“无过失”一词显示善的现法乐,以“可意果报”一词显示异熟乐。因为“无过失”一词是依其当下现行的本质而说其特征,另一词则是依其于异时能产生异熟的能力而说。或者,前一词是为了显示显示巴利原文
Atha vā lakkhīyatīti lakkhaṇaṃ, anavajjaiṭṭhavipākañca taṃ lakkhaṇañcāti anavajjaiṭṭhavipākalakkhaṇaṃ, yaṃ anavajjaiṭṭhavipākaṃ hutvā lakkhīyati, taṃ kusalanti attho. Atha vā anavajja-saddena anavajjabhāvo vutto, iṭṭhavipākasaddena iṭṭhavipākabhāvo, tasmā anavajjo ca iṭṭhavipāko ca anavajjaiṭṭhavipākaṃ, taṃ lakkhaṇametassāti karaṇatthe, kammatthe vā lakkhaṇa-saddena anavajjaiṭṭhavipākalakkhaṇanti anavajjaiṭṭhavipākasabhāvavantaṃ, anavajjaiṭṭhavipākabhāvena lakkhitabbaṃ vāti attho. Kiṃ panettha kāraṇaṃ padadvayapariggahena, nanu ekeneva padena adhippetatthasiddhi siyā. Kiñcāpi hi ‘‘anavajjalakkhaṇa’’nti vutte ‘‘aparaṃ pana, bhante, etadānuttariyaṃ, yathā bhagavā dhammaṃ deseti kusalesu dhammesū’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.145) viya vajjarahitattā abyākatassāpi pasaṅgo siyāti iṭṭhavipāka-padaṃ vattabbameva, ‘‘iṭṭhavipākalakkhaṇa’’nti pana vutte itaraṃ na vattabbaṃ abyākatassa vipākārahabhāvena iṭṭhavipākatāpasaṅgabhāvato? Saccametaṃ, anavajja-padena kusalassa pavattisukhataṃ, iṭṭhavipāka-padena ca vipākasukhataṃ dassetuṃ padadvayaṃ vuttaṃ. Anavajjapadañhi attano pavattisabhāvavasena lakkhaṇavacanaṃ, itaraṃ kālantare vipākuppādanasamatthatāvasenāti. Atha vā kusalassa atthavisuddhiṃ dassetuṃ purimapadaṃ vuttaṃ, parisuddhavipākataṃ dassetuṃ pacchimaṃ. Purimaṃ vā kusalassa akusalasabhāvato nivattanaṃ, pacchimaṃ abyākatasabhāvatoti alamatipapañcena. Ettha ca ‘‘anavajja…pe… lakkhaṇa’’nti vacanena kusalassa sāmaññalakkhaṇaṃ vuttaṃ anavajjaiṭṭhavipākasabhāvassa kusalajātiyā sādhāraṇattā. Akusalādīnamasādhāraṇabhāvena sabhāvalakkhaṇaṃ vāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
“破除不善的作用”,即随其所应而断除不善的作用。因为善法分为小(欲界)、大(色无色界)、出世间等不同类别,依次以彼分断、镇伏断、正断断的方式断除不善品。那么,彼分断等断除有何差别呢?答:以布施等福行所摄的各种善支,断除相应的悭吝等不善支,如此断除即是彼分断,应视为如同灯光破除黑暗一般。因为欲界善法的力量微弱,在它们自住的刹那所破除的不善,在它们离去后,又会因再生而重现。对各个盖障法的镇伏,即以阻止其生起的方式而断除,是镇伏断,应视为如同以罐击水,驱散水面上的苔藻一般。正如被强力罐击驱散的苔藻,在罐子移开后,由于那击打的势力,不会立刻重新覆盖,同样,被近行定和安止定所镇伏的欲贪等,即使在禅那不现行时,也由于其力量,不会立刻重新覆盖。令其成为不再生起之法,即以彻底断除的方式而断除,是正断断,应视为如同以霹雳击毁树木等,连根破除一般。因为被圣道所正断的烦恼,即使以随眠的微细形式,也不会在相续中生起。正如被一次生起的雷电连根击毁的树木等不再生长,同样,即使仅有一心刹那的圣道,仅以其生起,就能将那些即使仅存为随眠的烦恼,彻底而完全地破除显示巴利原文
Akusalaviddhaṃsanarasanti yathānurūpaṃ akusalappajahanakiccaṃ. Kusalañhi parittamahaggatalokuttarabhedabhinnaṃ yathākkamaṃ tadaṅgavikkhambhanasamucchedappahānavasena akusalapakkhaṃ pajahati. Atha tadaṅgādippahānānaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti? Vuccate – dānādipuññakiriyavatthugatena tena tena kusalaṅgena tassa tassa maccherādiakusalaṅgassa pahānaṃ tadaṅgappahānaṃ, taṃ dīpālokena andhakāraviddhaṃsanaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ, kāmāvacarakusalānaṃ parittānubhāvatāya tehi attano ṭhitikkhaṇe viddhaṃsitānamakusalānaṃ tadapagame sati puna āgamena vottharaṇato. Tesaṃ tesaṃ nīvaraṇadhammānaṃ vikkhambhanasaṅkhātaṃ pavattinivāraṇavasena pahānaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ, taṃ ghaṭappahārena jalatale sevālaviyūhanaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yathā hi balavatā ghaṭappahārena dūrīkataṃ sevālaṃ tasmiṃ apanītepi taṃpahāravegena sahasā na ottharati, evameva upacārappanābhedena jhānena vikkhambhitā kāmacchandādayo tadappavattikālepi tassa balena sahasā na ottharantīti. Anuppattidhammatāpādanasaṅkhātaṃ sammā ucchedavasena pahānaṃ samucchedappahānaṃ, taṃ pana asanisampātena rukkhādīnaṃ samūlaviddhaṃsanaṃ viya daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi ariyamaggena samucchinnakilesā anusayamattakenāpi santāne pavattanti. Yathā pana ekavārappavattenapi indagginā saha mūlehi viddhaṃsitā rukkhādayo na puna viruhanti, evamevaṃ ekacittakkhaṇikenapi tena attano uppādamatteneva anusayamattaṭṭhāyinopi kilesā sabbena sabbaṃ viddhaṃsitāyeva honti.
“清净”即是净化,意为脱离杂染之垢;以此状态而现前于彼,故称为“清净现前”,意思是:以清净的行相对修行者的智慧而显现。显示巴利原文
Vodānaṃ visuddhi, saṃkilesamalavimuttīti attho, tathā hutvā paccupaṭṭhānamassāti vodānapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, parisuddhākārena yogino ñāṇassa upaṭṭhātīti vuttaṃ hoti.
如上,先从善的无过失与可爱果报的自性方面说明了相,并从作用、现起、近因说明了味与现起;进而,为了再从远离过失的对治方面显示相,以及从成就利益方面显示味等,而说“由于是过失的对治”等。其中,对诸过失的对治状态,即是过失对治性,由此。以此显示“无过失相”中的“无”字是对治义,由此便排除了它的无记性。否则,若说它没有过失,或与过失相异而称为无过失,则无记法也可能有此相,便会犯此过失。然而,说“由于是过失的对治”时,因为善与不善之间,以所断与能断的关系,犹如光明与黑暗,彼此是直接相违的,所以唯独善由于是过失的对治而有无过失相,非其他法,此义得以成立。以清净状态为味,即成就清净的状态,意指以不被烦恼垢秽所染污的方式而生起。现起,是被呈现、被引入而近,由因而呈现,或依自己的因,以相连或面向的方式而现起;可爱的果报为其现起,故称可爱果报现起。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kusalassa vajjarahitaiṭṭhavipākasabhāvehi lakkhaṇaṃ, kiccaupaṭṭhānākāravasena ca rasapaccupaṭṭhānāni vatvā puna vajjapaṭipakkhabhāvavasena ca lakkhaṇaṃ, sampattiphalavasena ca rasādikaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘vajjapaṭipakkhattā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha vajjānaṃ paṭipakkhabhāvo vajjapaṭipakkhattaṃ, tato. Etena ‘‘anavajjalakkhaṇa’’nti ettha a-kāro paṭipakkhatthoti dasseti, tena panassa abyākatato nivattanaṃ kataṃ. Itarathā hi nāssa vajjaṃ, vajjato aññaṃ vā anavajjanti abyākatassāpi taṃlakkhaṇatāpasaṅgo siyā. ‘‘Vajjapaṭipakkhattā’’ti pana vutte yasmā kusalākusalānameva pahāyakappahātabbabhāvena ālokandhakārānaṃ viya aññamaññaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhāvo, tasmā kusalameva vajjapaṭipakkhattā anavajjalakkhaṇaṃ, na aññanti ayamattho siddho hoti. Vodānabhāvarasanti vodānabhāvasampattikaṃ, kilesamalehi asaṃkiliṭṭhabhāvena sampajjanakanti attho. Paccupaṭṭhāpīyati upanīyati kāraṇena, attano vā kāraṇaṃ paṭicca, tappaṭibaddhabhāvena paṭimukhaṃ vā upaṭṭhātīti paccupaṭṭhānaṃ, iṭṭho vipāko paccupaṭṭhānamassāti iṭṭhavipākapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ.
若无如理作意,善法便不生起;若有如理作意,善法便生起,因此如理作意是善法的近因,故说“如理作意为足处”。其中,以正确的方法、途径而作意,即是如理作意。从义理上说,对于有随眠相续者,在六门所缘境现前时,依住于适宜处等成就,以成为善法之缘的方式,令有分转向后生起的转向心,名为如理作意。依此所说的对立面,应知非如理作意。然而,对于无随眠相续者,以唯作心为缘而生起的,除了无过失法之外,由于不会成为任何有过失法的缘,它可归于如理作意一类。而属于漏尽者的相续,不待如理或非如理的状态,仅纯粹在所缘境中生起,而不成为任何善或不善的缘,因此不能依此二者来说,故称为无记作意。显示巴利原文
Asati yonisomanasikāre kusalassa anuppajjanato, sati ca tasmiṃ uppajjanato tassa so āsannakāraṇanti āha ‘‘yonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhāna’’nti. Tattha yoniso pathena upāyena manasikāro yonisomanasikāro, atthato pana sānusayasantānavato channaṃ dvārānamāpāthagatesvārammaṇesu patirūpadesavāsādisampattiyā kusaladhammānaṃ paccayabhāvena bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭetvā uppannamāvajjanaṃ yonisomanasikāro nāma. Vuttapaṭipakkhavasena ayonisomanasikāropi daṭṭhabbo. Yaṃ pana niranusayasantānasamaṅgissa kiriyacittānaṃ paccayabhāvena uppannaṃ, taṃ ṭhapetvā niravajjadhammaṃ sāvajjadhammassa kassaci paccayabhāvānupagamanato yonisomanasikārapakkhaṃ vā bhajeyya. Khīṇāsavasantānagatattā yonisoayonisobhāvamanapekkhitvā āpāthagatārammaṇesu uppattimattaṃ vinā na kassaci kusalākusalabhāvassa paccayo hotīti tadubhayavasena navattabbattā abyākatamanasikāroti vā saṅkhaṃ gaccheyyāti.
在“有过失、不可爱果报为相的不善”这句中,也应依前文所说的方法,以对立的方式进行连接:“过失即贪等,那些存在于其中者,为有过失;不可爱果报为其所有,为不可爱果报”等。从味等来说,此有产生无义利的味,有杂染的现起。或者,由于是可呵责的状态,故以有过失为相,以杂染状态为味,以不可爱果报为现起,以非如理作意为足处。从语词含义来说,不是善的,即是不善,意思是善的对立者。因为此中的“不”字是对立义,而非其他义,也非无有义。否则,就不会有三法,而会成为二法或四法。即:如果不善是与善相异的,那么无记法也与善相异,也应被“不善”一词所包含,这样依善与不善的类别差别,就应说为二法。如果善的无有是不善,那么它不包含任何类别,依善与无记的类别差别,也只应说为二法。如果说“无有也应单独被包含”,那么由于它没有类别,与“类别”一词就不能有关联,因为只有存在的事物才有类别。或者,如同善的无有存在,无记的无有也存在,这样无记类别也应被说及,就会成为四法。但这并非所许,因为只许有善等三种类别,且巴利中也只以三法说“善法、不善法、无记法”。然而,当说“善的对立者”时,如同朋友的对立者是敌人,贪的对立者是无贪,凡是与善直接相违的法类,那即是不善,依此而成立三法,这是合理的。其直接相违性,应知是由于有过失、不可爱果报,以及由此是所断的缘故,而非由于能破坏善。因为不善并不能断除善,反而是善由于力量强大而断除它。善是大力者,不善是弱力者。因此说:“弱者不能胜强者,诸危难摧伏他。”所以应知,唯独善依上述方式是不善的能断者,而非不善是善的能断者。显示巴利原文
Sāvajjāniṭṭhavipākalakkhaṇamakusalanti etthāpi ‘‘vajjā rāgādayo, te yassa santi, taṃ sāvajjaṃ, aniṭṭho vipāko yassa, taṃ aniṭṭhavipāka’’ntiādinā vuttanayānusārena paṭipakkhayojanā daṭṭhabbā. Rasādito panetaṃ anatthajananarasaṃ, saṃkilesapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ. Atha vā gārayhabhāvato sāvajjalakkhaṇameva, saṃkilesabhāvarasaṃ, aniṭṭhavipākapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ayonisomanasikārapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Vacanatthato pana na kusalanti akusalaṃ, kusalapaṭipakkhanti attho. Paṭipakkhatthe hi ayaṃ akāro, na pana aññatthe, nāpi abhāve. Itarathā hi tikaṃ na siyā, dukaṃ, catukkaṃ vā āpajjeyya. Tathā hi yadi kusalato aññamakusalaṃ siyā , tadā abyākatassāpi tato aññabhāvena akusala-saddasaṅgahoti kusalākusalajātibhedato duvidhanti dukaṃ vattabbaṃ. Yadi ca kusalābhāvo akusalaṃ, tena na kāci jāti gayhatīti kusalābyākatajātibhedato dukameva vattabbaṃ. Atha siyā ‘‘abhāvopi visuṃ gahetabbo’’ti, evaṃ sati tassa jātiyā abhāvato jāti-saddena saha sambandho na siyā. Vijjamānassa hi jāti nāma hoti. Yatheva vā kusalassa abhāvo, evaṃ abyākatassāpi abhāvo atthīti anabyākatajātipi vattabbāti catukkaṃ āpajjeyya. Na cetamiṭṭhaṃ kusalādivasena tividhajātiyā eva icchitattā, pāḷiyañca ‘‘kusalā dhammā akusalā dhammā abyākatā dhammā’’ti tikavaseneva vuttattā ‘‘kusalapaṭipakkha’’nti pana vuccamāne mittapaṭipakkho amitto viya, lobhapaṭipakkho alobho viya ca yaṃ dhammajātaṃ kusalassa ujuvipaccanīkabhūtaṃ, taṃ akusalanti tassa vasena tikaṃ upapannaṃ hoti, ujuvipaccanīkatā cassa sāvajjāniṭṭhavipākattā, tena pahātabbabhāvato ca veditabbā, na pana kusalavināsanato. Na hi akusalena kusalaṃ pahīyati, mahābalattā pana kusalameva taṃ pajahati. Kusalañhi mahābalaṃ, akusalaṃ dubbalaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddantenaṃ parissayā’’ti (su. ni. 776), tasmā kusalameva yathāvuttanayena akusalassa pahāyakaṃ, nākusalaṃ itarassāti veditabbaṃ.
所谓“此两者相反之相”,是指那类法既不像善那样具足无过失与可爱异熟之相,也不像不善那样具足有过失与不可爱异熟之相,而是由于无有异熟,故具有与此两者相反之相,这便是“无记”的含义。难道不是这样吗?若说“与此两者相反之相”,岂不如同与苦受、乐受相反的舍受那样,凡是具有与可爱、不可爱异熟相反的其他某种异熟者,便成为无记?并非如此,因为那样的情况并不存在。正如光明与黑暗之外,并无其他相反者;同样,与可爱、不可爱异熟相反的其他异熟,也不存在。或者,此处的“彼”字,是撇开可爱、不可爱异熟,唯指善与不善本身。因此,由于善与不善是有异熟的,与此两者相反之相,即是无异熟之相,这便是其含义。在此不必再追问。以善、不善性而不记说,故为无记。因为说了善与不善之后,再说无记,应当理解为正是以善、不善性而不说,并非以其他方式。而且,之所以如此不说,正是因为它具有与此两者相反之相,并非仅仅因为不可说。应当如此看待。或者,“vi”前缀是相反的意思,“ā”前缀是面对、显现的意思。因此,由各自的缘而令彼此面对相反,从相违的角度,或从显示巴利原文
Tadubhaya…pe… abyākatanti yaṃ dhammajātaṃ kusalaṃ viya na anavajjaiṭṭhavipākalakkhaṇaṃ, nāpi akusalaṃ viya sāvajjāniṭṭhavipākalakkhaṇaṃ, atha kho avipākattā tadubhayaviparītalakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ abyākatanti attho. Nanu ca ‘‘tadubhayaviparītalakkhaṇa’’nti vutte sukhadukkhavedanānaṃ viparītā upekkhāvedanā viya iṭṭhāniṭṭhavipākānaṃ viparīto añño koci vipāko yassa atthi, taṃ abyākatanti āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati tathā asambhavato. Yathā hi ālokandhakārānaṃ viparīto añño koci natthi, evamiṭṭhāniṭṭhavipākānaṃ viparīto na koci vipāko atthīti. Atha vā taṃ-saddo idha iṭṭhāniṭṭhavipākanirapekkhaṃ kusalākusalamattameva paccāmasatīti kusalākusalānaṃ savipākattā tadubhayaviparītalakkhaṇaṃ, taṃ avipākalakkhaṇanti atthoti alamettha anuyogena. Kusalākusalabhāvena na byākatanti abyākataṃ. Kusalākusalañhi vatvā abyākatassa vuttattā kusalākusalabhāveneva avuttattāti viññāyati, na pakārantarena. Tathā avacanañca tassa tadubhayaviparītalakkhaṇattāyeva, na pana avattabbattāmattenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā vi-saddo virodhivacano. Ā-saddo abhimukhabhāvappakāsano, tasmā attano paccayehi aññamaññaṃ virodhābhimukhataṃ kataṃ lakkhaṇavirodhato pahāyakappahātabbabhāvato vāti byākataṃ, kusalākusalaṃ. Tato aññaṃ abyākataṃ. Tañhi lakkhaṇato aññamaññaṃ kusalākusalaṃ viya na tassa viruddhaṃ. Na hi avipākataṃ aniṭṭhavipākatā viya, iṭṭhavipākatāya iṭṭhavipākatā viya ca aniṭṭhavipākatāya iṭṭhāniṭṭhavipākatāhi virujjhati, na cāpi abyākataṃ kusalākusalesu kiñci pajahati, na ca kenaci pahātabbanti. ‘‘Tadubhayaviparītalakkhaṇamabyākata’’nti viññāyamāne ahosi kammaṃ, nāhosi kammavipāko, natthi kammavipāko, na bhavissati kammavipākoti iminā tikena saṅgahitassa gatiupadhikālappayogavipattīhi avipākassa diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādikammassa bhāvanāyapahātabbassa akusalassa ca abhiññākusalassa ca vipākuppādanābhāvato ‘‘siyā nu kho abyākatabhāvo vā’’ti kadāci koci cinteyyāti tannivāraṇatthamāha ‘‘avipākārahaṃ vā’’ti, vipākaṃ dātuṃ nārahati tattha sāmatthiyābhāvatoti avipākārahaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādayo tāva paccayavekallādīhi kāraṇehi avipākā, sace panete tabbidūrā assu, tadā vipākadāne samatthatāya vipākārahāyeva, taṃ pana na tathā, atha kho yena kenaci ākārena vipākadāne asamatthatāyeva vipākārahaṃ na hoti, taṃ abyākataṃ nāmāti.
现在,对于以三支方式所列举的善等诸法,首先分析善心,以“其中,善心”等语开示其数目分齐。所谓二十一种,即八种欲界心、五种色界心、四种无色界心、四种出世间心,如此略说为二十一种。从地而言,有四种:即依名为欲界、色界、无色界、出世间地的四种地,在其中转起的心也有四种。其中,“地”即处所、位置与状态。因为状态也被视为具有状态者的转起之处。如此,便容易把握它们。此处,状态是指诸法被欲贪等所限定或未被限定的情况。其中,前三种地应从两种意义来理解,后一种地唯从状态的意义来理解。因为出世间法在欲有等之外,并无其他处所可得。显示巴利原文
Idāni evaṃ tikavasena niddiṭṭhesu kusalādīsu paṭhamaṃ tāva kusalacittaṃ vibhajanto ‘‘tattha kusalacitta’’ntiādinā tassa gaṇanaparicchedaṃ dasseti. Ekavīsatividhanti aṭṭha kāmāvacarāni , pañca rūpāvacarāni, cattāri arūpāvacarāni, cattāri lokuttarānīti evaṃ saṅkhepato ekavīsatividhaṃ. Bhūmito catubbidhanti kāmarūpārūpalokuttarabhūmisaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ bhūmīnaṃ vasena tattha pavattamānaṃ cittampi catubbidhaṃ hoti. Tattha bhavanti etthāti bhūmi, ṭhānaṃ, avatthā ca. Avatthāpi hi avatthavantānaṃ pavattiṭṭhānaṃ viya gayhati. Evañhi nesaṃ sukhaggahaṇaṃ hoti. Avatthāti cettha dhammānaṃ kāmataṇhādīhi paricchinnāparicchinnabhāvo. Tattha purimā tisso bhūmiyo ubhayavasena veditabbā, itarā avatthāvaseneva. Na hi lokuttaradhammānaṃ kāmabhavādito aññaṃ ṭhānamupalabbhatīti.
虽在他处转起,依将述之理,由于属于欲界地,故从地而言唯是一种。依有依处与无依处的差别:眼等五根及心处,共六种依处。然而,由于善心并非依眼等而住,故此处以心处为依处。与彼俱行、决定依彼而转起者,为有依处,即在欲界、色界中转起的识。因为在那里,无色界心的转起受到了色的障碍;而在无色界中,由于无色,故唯无依处而转起,在那里转起的即是无依处。劣……乃至……三种:此处,从缘与果来说,比中、胜为劣,或于他们功德有所减损,故为劣;由自缘而达增上状态,故为胜;处于两者中间者,为中。其中,以劣的欲、心、精进、观而转起者,为劣;以中的欲等转起者,为中;以胜的欲等转起者,为胜。而欲等的劣等状态,应从胜解的角度来看待。即:以劣胜解而转起,故为劣;以胜胜解而转起,故为胜;以两者中间之胜解而转起,故为中。或者,为求名声而作的善,为劣;为求福报果而作的,为中;依于圣者状态而作、认为“此福德乃是善士所应作”者,为胜。或者,以“我是施主,而其他这些是受施的奴仆等”之类自赞毁他而杂染转起者,为劣;同样未杂染者,为中;作为道果近因者显示巴利原文
Aññattha pavattamānassāpi vakkhamānanayena kāmabhūmipariyāpannattā bhūmito ekavidhanti. Savatthukāvatthukabhedatoti cakkhādīni pañca, hadayañcāti cha vatthūni. Kusalassa pana cakkhādinissitattābhāvato hadayavatthu idha vatthūti adhippetaṃ. Tena sahitaṃ ekantena tannissitappavattitoti savatthukaṃ, kāmarūpadhātuyaṃ pavattamānaviññāṇaṃ. Tattha hi arūpassa rūpapaṭibandhappavatti, arūpadhātuyaṃ pana rūpābhāvato vatthuvirahitameva pavattatīti tattha pavattamānaṃ avatthukaṃ. Hīna…pe… tividhanti ettha paccayato, phalato ca majjhimapaṇītehi nihīnaṃ, tesaṃ vā guṇehi parihīnanti hīnaṃ, attano paccayehi padhānabhāvaṃ nītanti paṇītaṃ, ubhinnaṃ vemajjhe bhavaṃ majjhimaṃ. Tattha hīnena chandena cittena vīriyena vīmaṃsāya vā pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ, majjhimehi chandādīhi pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ, paṇītehi paṇītaṃ. Chandādīnaṃ pana hīnādibhāvo adhimuttivasena daṭṭhabbo. Hīnādhimuttivasena hi nesaṃ hīnatā, paṇītādhimuttivasena paṇītatā, tadubhayavemajjhavasena majjhimatā. Yasakāmatāya vā kataṃ kusalaṃ hīnaṃ, puññaphalakāmatāya majjhimaṃ, ‘‘puññaṃ nāmetaṃ sādhūhi kattabbamevā’’ti evaṃ ariyabhāvaṃ nissāya kataṃ paṇītaṃ. ‘‘Ahamasmi dānapati, ime panaññe dānadāsādayo’’tiādinā attukkaṃsanaparavambhanāhi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ pavattitaṃ vā hīnaṃ, tathā anupakkiliṭṭhaṃ majjhimaṃ, maggaphalapadaṭṭhānaṃ paṇītaṃ. Bhavabhogasampattinimittaṃ vā kataṃ hīnaṃ, sāvakapaccekabodhipāramitāvasena attano vimokkhatthāya kataṃ majjhimaṃ, sammāsambodhipāramitāvasena sabbesaṃ vimokkhatthāya kataṃ paṇītanti.
“喜……差别”:应将“差别”一词分别与各词连接,即“依喜与舍的差别、依智的差别、依加行的差别”。其中,“依加行的差别”意为“依行的差别”。难道不是先有喜与舍的差别才合理吗?因为它们性质各异。然而,智与加行的差别又如何呢?回答说:由智与加行而有的差别,称为智与加行的差别,因为它们依其存在与否而转起。现在,为详细显示那喜与舍等的差别,以“即所谓”提问后,用“喜俱行”等作答。这里的“即所谓”,意思是:那是哪一种?或那是怎样的?显示巴利原文
Somanassu…pe… bhedatoti bheda-saddo paccekaṃ sambandhitabbo ‘‘somanassupekkhābhedato ñāṇabhedato payogabhedato’’ti. Tattha payogabhedatoti saṅkhārabhedatoti attho. Nanu ca somanassupekkhābhedo tāva yutto tesaṃ bhinnasabhāvattā. Ñāṇappayogabhedo pana kathanti? Vuccate – ñāṇappayogakato bhedo ñāṇappayogabhedo tesaṃ bhāvābhāvamupādāya pavattattā. Idāni tameva somanassupekkhādibhedaṃ vibhāgena dassetuṃ ‘‘seyyathida’’nti pucchitvā ‘‘somanassasahagata’’ntiādinā vissajjeti. Tattha seyyathidanti taṃ katamaṃ, taṃ kathanti vā attho.
“善妙的心”,或“此心善妙”,称为善心;善心的状态即是喜,这是对意门乐受的称呼。与喜从生起直至灭尽俱行、转起、结合、相应,即为“俱行”。或者,与喜一起达到同一生起等状态,故为“喜俱行”。能如实了知、通达者为智,与彼智以同一生起等方式结合,故为“智相应”。没有行,故为“无行”;无行即“无行作”。与行一起转起者为“有行”,彼即“有行作”。这里,“行”指自己或他人的先前加行,因为“以锐利状态的特相而庄严,令心作准备,或心由此而被准备、被令准备”。其中,在作布施等福德时,当心被悭吝垢、惛沉睡眠等随烦恼所覆蔽时,通过止息随烦恼并令心生起精进,于三门中转起的正精进,称为自己的加行。对于行善不精进者,为令他行善而策励精进,通过他人的身语门转起的教诫,如“喂,善男子,行善乃是智者之道,你也应当遵行,因此应布施、持戒,这将为你带来利益、幸福与安乐”等,称为他人的加行。此二者中,前者存在于前分转起的心相续中,后者仅存于他人的心相续中,因此,由它们所生的、名为心锐利状态的特相,于此依譬喻当知为“行”。因此,诸阿阇梨说:显示巴利原文
Sobhanaṃ mano, sobhanaṃ vā mano etassāti sumano, tassa bhāvo somanassaṃ, mānasikasukhavedanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, somanassena uppādato yāva nirodhā sahagataṃ pavattaṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ sampayuttanti attho. Atha vā somanassena saha ekuppādādibhāvaṃ gatanti somanassasahagataṃ. Jānāti yathāsabhāvaṃ paṭivijjhatīti ñāṇaṃ, tena samaṃ ekuppādādīhi pakārehi yuttanti ñāṇasampayuttaṃ. Nāssa saṅkhāro atthīti asaṅkhāraṃ, asaṅkhārameva asaṅkhārikaṃ. Saha saṅkhārena pavattamānaṃ sasaṅkhāraṃ, tadeva sasaṅkhārikaṃ. Saṅkhāroti cettha attano, parassa vā pubbappayogo ‘‘saṅkharoti tikkhabhāvasaṅkhātena maṇḍanavisesena sajjeti, saṅkharīyati vā sajjīyati cittaṃ etenā’’ti katvā. Tattha dānādipuññakaraṇakāle maccheramalathinamiddhādīhi upakkilesehi saṃsīdamāne citte upakkilesavūpasamavasena, cittassa ca ussāhajananavasena tīsu dvāresu pavatto sammāvāyāmo attano payogo nāma. Kusalakaraṇe nirussāhassa pana ‘‘ambho, sappurisa, kusalakaraṇaṃ nāma paṇḍitehi āsevitamaggo, tattha tayāpi paṭipajjituṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā dānaṃ dehi, sīlaṃ rakkha, tañhi te atthāya hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’tiādinā kusalakaraṇatthāya ussāhajananavasena paresaṃ kāyavacīdvāresu pavattā āṇatti parappayogo nāma. Tesu pana purimo pubbabhāgappavattacittasantāne, pacchimo paresaṃ cittasantāneyeva sambhavatīti tannibbattito cittassa tikkhabhāvasaṅkhāto viseso idha upacārato saṅkhāroti veditabbo. Tenāhu ācariyā –
由先前的加行所生,于心现起之特相;
能了知行性者,称之为“行”。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pubbappayogasambhūto, viseso cittasambhavī; Saṅkhāro iti saṅkhāra-sabhāvaññūhi kittito’’ti.
或者,“有行作、无行作”纯粹是依“行”的存在与不存在而说,并非依其俱起的存在与不存在而说。因此,即便“行”在不同相续中转起,由于此“行”的存在,依彼“行”之力所生的心,因有彼“行”而称为“有行作”——正如“有毛的”“有翅膀的”等词中,“有”字表示存在之义。相反,由于没有彼“行”,依此方式即为“无行作”。
或者,“行”是令准备,或由此而令准备——即通过去除外来所生的心沉没性而令准备,或依前述方式令准备,因此便直接称先前加行所生的锐利状态为“行”。由于没有彼“行”,故为“无行作”,意思是本性锐利。与彼“行”俱行,故为“有行作”。
或者,“行”是被悭吝垢等所准备的状态,即心的沉没性;没有彼“行”的,为“无行作”;另一者则为“有行作”。
或者,殊胜的气候、食物等强力因缘为“行”,因为“它令心以锐利状态而准备,或心由此被准备”。由于“a”字有增长义,故具有增长的“行”者为“无行作”,意思是具有强力因缘。由于未被表示增长的“a”字所限定,故“有行作”意为有因缘、弱因缘。
与智不相应、相离,故为智不相应。显示巴利原文
Atha vā ‘‘sasaṅkhārikamasaṅkhārika’’nti ca etaṃ kevalaṃ saṅkhārassa bhāvābhāvamattāpekkhāya vuttaṃ, na tassa sahappavattisabbhāvābhāvatoti bhinnasantānappavattinopi saṅkhārassa idamatthitāya taṃvasena nibbattaṃ cittaṃ saṅkhāro assa atthīti sasaṅkhārikaṃ saha-saddassa vijjamānatthaparidīpanato ‘‘salomako sapakkhako’’tiādīsu viya. Tabbiparītaṃ pana tadabhāvato yathāvuttavaseneva asaṅkhārikaṃ. Atha vā saṅkharaṇaṃ, saṅkharīyati vā etena āgantukasambhūtena cittasaṃsīdanasabhāvāpanayanavaseneva sajjīyati, saṅkharoti vā taṃ yathāvuttavasenevāti saṅkhāroti ujukameva pubbappayogajanito tikkhabhāvo vuccati, tadabhāvato asaṅkhārikaṃ, sabhāvatikkhanti attho. Taṃsahagatāya sasaṅkhārikaṃ, atha vā maccheramalādīhi saṅkharīyatīti saṅkhāro, cittassa saṃsīdanasabhāvo, so yassa natthīti asaṅkhārikaṃ, itaraṃ sasaṅkhārikaṃ. Paṇītautubhojanādiko vā balavapaccayo saṅkhāro ‘‘saṅkharoti cittaṃ tikkhabhāvena, saṅkharīyati vā taṃ etenā’’ti katvā. A-kārassa vuḍḍhatthavuttitāya vuḍḍhippatto saṅkhāro assāti asaṅkhārikaṃ, balavapaccayavantanti attho. Vuḍḍhiparidīpakena pana a-kārena avisesitattā sasaṅkhārikaṃ sappaccayaṃ dubbalapaccayanti adhippāyo. Ñāṇena vippayuttaṃ virahitanti ñāṇavippayuttaṃ.
“观察”故名为“舍”;即使正在感受,也以中舍的方式观察所缘,意思是处于中舍的状态。
或者,对于可意与不可意的所缘,因为没有偏向,以适当、合理的方式观察、体验,故名为“舍”。
或者,与苦乐不冲突的观察、体验,名为“舍”。正因为不冲突,它甚至在苦乐之后也能转起。而苦受与乐受各自性质相违,故不能彼此无间地转起。正因如此,在《发趣论》中,喜之后无间生起忧,或忧之后无间生起喜,是被否定的。
此义在贪俱行心相应的受中也可获得,但前两种解释则不然,因为贪俱行等并没有以中舍的方式观察,或以适当的方式观察。
舍俱行:其解释方法皆同前文所述。显示巴利原文
Upekkhatīti upekkhā, vediyamānāpi ārammaṇaṃ ajjhupekkhati, majjhattākārasaṇṭhitiyāti attho. Atha vā iṭṭhe, aniṭṭhe ca ārammaṇe pakkhapātābhāvena upapattito yuttito ikkhati anubhavatīti upekkhā. Atha vā upetā sukhadukkhānaṃ aviruddhā ikkhā anubhavananti upekkhā. Aviruddhattāyeva hesā tesaṃ anantarampi pavattati. Sukhadukkhavedanā pana visuṃ visuṃ viruddhasabhāvattā nāññamaññaṃ anantaraṃ pavattanti . Teneva hi paṭṭhāne somanassassa anantaraṃ domanassassa, domanassassa anantaraṃ somanassassa ca uppatti paṭisiddhā. Ayañca attho lobhasahagatacittasampayuttavedanāyapi labbhati, purimā pana dve na tathā. Na hi lobhasahagatādīnaṃ majjhattākārena ajjhupekkhanaṃ, upapattito ikkhanaṃ vā atthīti. Upekkhāsahagatanti sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva.
不是还有触等其他相应法存在吗?那么,为何仅依喜等而说八种心呢?因为它们能区分心。触等是遍一切心的心所,信等是遍一切善心的心所,因此不能依它们来区分心;而喜等在某些心中存在,在某些心中不存在,因此依它们来区分心是显而易见的。为何这些喜等在某些心中存在、在某些心中不存在呢?因为促成它们的因缘或有具备,或有不足。那么,什么是它们的因缘呢?答:其中,喜俱心的生起首先是依所缘而有的,因为面对可意所缘时会生起喜俱心。可意所缘难道不是贪执的所依,因为是可染着的吗?既然如此,善心又如何在那里生起呢?这并非必然,因为即使在可意所缘上,由于决意等,善心也会生起。若有人已决意‘我只应行善’,心专注于行善,从已生起的不善中转回而导向善行,且由常习而娴熟于善,依止于‘合适住处、听闻正法、亲近善士、往昔所修福’这四轮,并如理作意,则即使在可意所缘上,生起的也只是无贪相应心,而非贪相应心。于此有偈颂:显示巴利原文
Nanu ca aññepi phassādayo sampayuttadhammā atthīti somanassādīnaṃ vaseneva pana aṭṭhavidhatā kasmā gahitāti? Bhedakarabhāvato. Phassādīnañhi sabbacittasādhāraṇattā, saddhādīnañca sabbakusalasādhāraṇattā na tehi cittassa vibhāgo, somanassādayo pana katthaci citte honti, katthaci na hontīti pākaṭova tehi cittassa vibhāgoti. Kasmā panete katthaci citte honti, katthaci na hontīti? Kāraṇassa sannihitāsannihitabhāvato. Kiṃ pana nesaṃ kāraṇanti? Vuccate – tattha somanassasahagatabhāvo tāva ārammaṇavasena hoti. Iṭṭhārammaṇasmiñhi somanassasahagatacittamuppajjati. Nanu ca iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ lobhassa vatthu rajjanīyattāti kathaṃ tattha kusalaṃ uppajjatīti? Nayidamekantikaṃ iṭṭhepi ārammaṇe niyamitādivasena kusalassa uppajjanato. Yassa hi ‘‘kusalameva mayā kattabba’’nti kusalakaraṇeyeva cittaṃ niyamitaṃ hoti, akusalappavattitova nivattetvā kusalakaraṇeyeva pariṇāmitaṃ, abhiṇhakaraṇena ca kusalaṃ samudāciṇṇaṃ, paṭirūpadesavāsasaddhammassavanasappurisūpanissayapubbekatapuññatāsaṅkhātacatucakkūpanissayavasena, yoniso ca ābhogo pavattati, tassa iṭṭhepi ārammaṇe alobhasampayuttameva cittamuppajjati, na lobhasampayuttaṃ. Hoti cettha –
由决意、转向与熟练,
及以智为先导的作意,即使在可意所缘上,善心亦能生起。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Niyāmapariṇāmehi , samudāciṇṇatāya ca; Ñāṇapubbaṅgamābhogā, iṭṭhepi kusalaṃ siyā’’ti.
再者,也应当由信等增上等因缘来了知心的喜俱状态。因为无信者与邪见者,即使见到那作为绝对可意所缘的如来身相,也不会生起喜心。而那些看不到善行功德的人,即使经由他人鼓励而行善,也不会生起喜心。信增上、见清净、见功德——由这些因缘,心为喜俱,这是应当了知的。显示巴利原文
Apica saddhābahulatādīhi ca kāraṇehi cittassa somanassasahagatatā veditabbā. Assaddhānaṃ, hi micchādiṭṭhikānañca ekantamiṭṭhārammaṇabhūtaṃ tathāgatarūpampi disvā somanassaṃ na uppajjati. Ye ca kusalappavattiyaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ na passanti, tesaṃ parehi ussāhitānaṃ kusalaṃ karontānampi somanassaṃ na uppajjati, tasmā saddhābahulatā visuddhidiṭṭhitā ānisaṃsadassāvitāti imehipi kāraṇehi cittassa somanassasahagatatā hoti.
再者,有十一种法能导致喜觉支的生起,即:佛随念、法随念、僧随念、戒随念、舍随念、天随念、寂止随念、回避粗劣之人、亲近温和之人、省察能生净信之经典、以及心倾向于彼——也应当由这些因缘来了知心的喜俱状态。因为当随念佛等功德时,确实会生起喜,乃至遍满全身,直至近行定生起。同样地,当省察自己长久以来无有缺失等守护的四遍净戒时;当在家者省察十戒、五戒时;当出家人于饥馑怖畏等时,将殊胜的食物给予梵行同伴后,省察自己的布施:‘我已作了如此这般的布施’时;当在家者也在那样的时机省察给予持戒者的布施时;当省察那些具足功德而投生天界的天人们,了知自己也有那样的功德时;当通过止观修习镇伏烦恼之后,看见烦恼六十年、七十年都未现行,而思惟‘啊,我的烦恼不再现行了’时;当回避那些对塔庙、长老等不恭敬、行为粗劣、对佛等无有净信与敬爱、犹如驴背尘土般的粗劣之人时;当亲近那些对佛等具足净信、心性柔软的温和之人时;当省察阐明三宝功德的能生净信之经典时;当为了生起喜,而以倾向于他们方式,即使在行住坐卧中也如此修习时,心大多会成为喜俱。显示巴利原文
Apica ye te ekādasa dhammā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti. Seyyathidaṃ – buddhānussati dhammānussati saṃghānussati sīlānussati cāgānussati devatānussati upasamānussati lūkhapuggalaparivajjanaṃ siniddhapuggalasevanā pasādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇā tadadhimuttatāti imehipi kāraṇehi cittassa somanassasahagatabhāvo veditabbo. Buddhādiguṇe anussarantassa hi yāva upacāruppādā sakalasarīraṃ pharamānā pīti uppajjati. Tathā dīgharattaṃ akkhaṇḍatādivasena attanā rakkhitaṃ catupārisuddhisīlaṃ paccavekkhantassa, gihino dasasīlaṃ pañcasīlaṃ paccavekkhantassa, dubbhikkhabhayādīsu paṇītaṃ bhojanaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ datvā ‘‘evaṃnāma dānaṃ adāsi’’nti attanocāgaṃ paccavekkhantassa, gihinopi tathārūpe kāle sīlavantānaṃ dinnadānaṃ paccavekkhantassa, yehi guṇehi samannāgatā devā devattaṃ gatā, tathārūpānaṃ guṇānaṃ attani atthitaṃ paccavekkhantassa, samathavipassanāhi vikkhambhitakilese saṭṭhipi sattatipi vassāni asamudācarante disvā ‘‘aho mayhaṃ kilesā na samudācarantī’’ti cintentassa, cetiyadassanatheradassanesu asakkaccakiriyāya saṃsucitalūkhabhāvena buddhādīsu pasādasinehābhāvena gadrabhapiṭṭhe rajasadise lūkhapuggale parivajjantassa, buddhādīsu pasādabahule muducitte siniddhapuggale paṭisevantassa, ratanattayaguṇaparidīpake pasādanīyasuttante paccavekkhantassa, ṭhānanisajjādīsupi pītiuppādanatthaṃ tanninnatādivasena pavattentassa yebhuyyena pīti uppajjati. Pītiyā ca somanassena saha avinābhāvato taduppattiyā tassāpi uppatti niyatāti evaṃ pītikāraṇānipi somanassakāraṇānīti daṭṭhabbāni. Kiñca – agambhīrapakatitā, somanassapaṭisandhikatāti imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi somanassasahagatatā hoti. Yo hi agambhīrapakatiko hoti, appamattakepi hitopakaraṇe tussati, yo ca somanassapaṭisandhiko appasannesu ārammaṇesupi appaṭikkūladassāvī, tassa yebhuyyena somanassasahagatacittaṃ uppajjati. Yathāvuttānaṃ pana somanassakāraṇānamabhāvena majjhattārammaṇatāya ca upekkhāsahagatatā veditabbā.
然而,智相应心则由业、生趣、根成熟、烦恼远离这些因缘而有。有人以利益他人的意欲而说法,并教导诸如低劣与殊胜等,以及竹编、印章、计数等工巧处,木工、农耕、经商等业处,解毒等明处——如此这些无过的工巧处等,或者自己学习;恭敬说法者而请其说法;发愿‘未来我将成为有慧者’而作种种福业。对于如此成就种种引生智慧之业的人,依止该业而生起的善心是智相应的。同样地,生于无恼害之世间者,所生起的善心是智相应的。这便是所说的——显示巴利原文
Ñāṇasampayuttassa pana kammato upapattito indriyaparipākato kilesadūrībhāvatoti imehi kāraṇehi hoti. Yo hi paresaṃ hitajjhāsayena dhammaṃ deseti hīnukkaṭṭhādīni ca naḷakāramuddāgaṇanādīni sippāyatanāni, vaḍḍhakīkasivāṇijjādīni ca kammāyatanāni, visaharaṇādīni ca vijjāyatanānīti evaṃ niravajjasippāyatanādīni sikkhāpeti, sayaṃ vā sikkhati, dhammakathikassa sakkāraṃ katvā dhammaṃ kathāpeti, ‘‘āyatiṃ paññavā bhavissāmī’’ti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nānappakāraṃ puññakammaṃ karoti, tassevaṃ nānappakāraṃ paññāsaṃvattanikakammaṃ sampādentassa taṃ kammaṃ upanissāya uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Tathā abyāpajje loke uppannassa uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ hoti. Vuttañhetaṃ –
在那里,安乐者的法句自然流布。诸比丘,念的生起虽缓慢,然而那有情却迅速成为殊胜者。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tassa tattha sukhino dhammapadāni pilavanti, dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo, atha so satto khippameva visesabhāgī hotī’’ti (a. ni. 4.191).
同样地,达到十五岁者,依诸根成熟而生起的善,是与智相应的。而那些通过修习止观镇伏了烦恼的人,依烦恼远离而生起的心,也是与智相应的。如所说:显示巴利原文
Tathā paññādasakaṃ sampattassa indriyaparipākaṃ nissāya uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ hoti. Yena pana samathavipassanābhāvanāhi kilesā vikkhambhitā, tassa kilesadūrībhāvaṃ nissāya uppajjamānaṃ cittaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ uppajjati. Yathāha –
修行确实能生起智慧,不修行则智慧灭尽。显示巴利原文
‘‘Yogā ve jāyate bhūri, ayogā bhūrisaṅkhayo’’ti. (Dha. pa. 282).
再者,能令法觉支生起的诸法,即是:勤于请问、令所缘清净、令诸根平衡、远离愚痴之人、亲近有智者、思惟甚深智行、于此胜解。由这些因缘,心便成就智相应。若亲近智者,就蕴、处、界、根、力、觉支、道支、禅支、止观等多加请问,则依此所生的闻所成智为最初,生起之心即成智相应。又如指甲、毛发、衣服、床座等内外之物,原先杂乱不清,经由修剪、去垢等令其洁净;同样,所缘清净之人,于已生的心与心所法,其智亦得明净,犹如依灯台等所生灯焰之光。复次,若某人的信根等诸根中,某一根偏强而余根较弱,则其余诸根无法各各成办其业,因此,他依觉支分别中所说之理,以种种方式令诸根平衡;如此令诸根平衡者,依观智等,其心便成智相应。若人远离愚痴之人,亲近智者,思惟世尊于蕴等法中所示现的甚深智行,或于住处、坐处等安住于胜解之心,这些所生的善心亦成智相应。此外,由随念佛陀等功德,其心亦成智相应。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Apica ye te dhammā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti. Seyyathidaṃ – paripucchakatā vatthuvisadakiriyā indriyasamattapaṭipādanā duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā paññavantapuggalasevanā gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇā tadadhimuttatāti imehi kāraṇehi ñāṇasampayuttabhāvo hoti. Tathā hi yo paññavante upasaṅkamma khandhadhātuāyatanaindriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgasamathavipassanādīnaṃ paripucchābahulo hoti, tassa taṃvasena uppannaṃ sutamayañāṇaṃ ādiṃ katvā uppajjamānaṃ cittaṃ ñāṇasahagataṃ hoti. Yena pana nakhakesacīvarasenāsanādīni ajjhattikabāhiravatthūni pubbe avisadāni chedanamalaharaṇādinā visadāni katāni, tassevaṃ visadavatthukassa uppannesu cittacetasikesu visadaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti parisuddhāni dīpakapallakādīni nissāya uppannadīpasikhāya obhāso viya. Yassa ca saddhindriyādīsu aññataraṃ balavaṃ hoti, itarāni mandāni, tato tāni sakasakakiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkonti, tasmā so tassa bojjhaṅgavibhaṅge āgatanayena tena tena ākārena samattaṃ paṭipādeti, tassevaṃ indriyānaṃ samattaṃ paṭipādentassa vipassanāñāṇādīnaṃ vasena cittaṃ ñāṇasahagataṃ hoti. Yo pana duppaññapuggale parivajjeti, paññavantapuggale vā payirupāsati, khandhādīsu ogāḷhaṃ bhagavato gambhīrañāṇacariyaṃ vā paccavekkhati, ṭhānanisajjādīsu tadadhimuttacitto vā viharati, imesampi uppajjamānaṃ kusalaṃ ñāṇasampayuttaṃ hoti. Apica buddhādiguṇānussaraṇenapi cittaṃ ñāṇasahagataṃ hoti. Yathāha –
“摩诃男,那时,圣弟子随念如来,他的心于彼时不被贪所缠缚,不被嗔所缠缚,不被痴所缠缚;于彼时,他缘如来,其心只是正直的。摩诃男,心正直的圣弟子得义的信解,得法的信解,得法随顺的喜悦。喜悦者,喜便生起;有喜意者,身得轻安;身轻安者,感受乐;乐者,心得等持;等持者,如实知见。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako tathāgataṃ anussarati, nevassa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosa…pe… na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, ujugatamevassa tasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ hoti tathāgataṃ ārabbha. Ujugatacitto kho pana, mahānāma, ariyasāvako labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ pajānātī’’tiādi (a. ni. 6.10; 11.11).
因此,随念佛陀等,也应当视为唯以清净贪等垢秽而成为生智之因。再者,三因结生也是生智之因。因为,结生慧从最初便依有分流之流多次转起,通过对相续的熏修,便成为生智的殊胜亲依止缘。而无功用(自然)的状态,则由适宜的季节、饮食、住处等缘而生起。于此:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ buddhānussatiādayopi rāgādimalavisodhanena ñāṇuppattihetukāyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kiñca – tihetukapaṭisandhikatā ñāṇuppattikāraṇaṃ. Paṭisandhipaññā hi ādito paṭṭhāya bhavaṅgasantativasena bahulaṃ pavattamānā santānaparibhāvanena ñāṇuppattiyā savisesaupanissayo hoti. Asaṅkhārikattaṃ pana sappāyautubhojanaāvāsādipaccayehi hotīti. Honti cettha –
所缘可意、信心充盛与见清净;
及见果,这些是喜觉支之因。
乐因之无有,及中舍所缘;
及舍生起之因,具分别者应如是了知。」
由业而生起,亦由诸根成熟;
以及由烦恼止息,与法抉择之因。
由七法,及随念佛陀等功德,
与具智者结合,心即与智相应。
由适宜的季节、饮食、住处等因缘,
无行的状态,亦当由具辨慧者了知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Iṭṭhārammaṇatā saddhābāhulyaṃ diṭṭhisuddhi ca; Phaladassāvitā ceva, pītibojjhaṅgahetuyo. ‘‘Ekādasa tathā dhammā, agambhīrasabhāvatā; Somanassayuttā sandhi, iccete sukhahetuyo. ‘‘Abhāvo sukhahetūnaṃ, majjhattārammaṇanti ca; Upekkhuppattihetu ca, evaṃ ñeyyā vibhāvinā. ‘‘Kammūpapattito ceva, tathā indriyapākato; Kilesūpasamā dhamma-vicayassa ca hetuhi. ‘‘Sattadhammehi buddhādi-guṇānussaraṇena ca; Sappaññasandhito ceva, cittaṃ ñāṇayutaṃ siyā. ‘‘Utubhojanaāvāsa-sappāyādīhi hetuhi; Asaṅkhārikabhāvopi, viññātabbo vibhāvinā’’ti.
如是从受、智、加行的差别开示了八种欲界心之后,现在为了总摄它们,而说“此……乃至……名”等。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vedanāñāṇappayogabhedato aṭṭhavidhaṃ kāmāvacaracittaṃ niddisitvā idāni taṃ nigamento āha ‘‘idaṃ…pe… nāmā’’ti.
12 12. 现在,为了显示此中所称“欲界”的含义,而开始“从摄颂”等句。其中,“摄颂”即开示,略为摄要之义。虽然如同未断的烦恼等一样,烦恼欲也因可被乐着而被摄入事欲之中,正如智被摄入所知,故而略说唯有一欲;然而,当烦恼欲趋向事欲的状态时,是依“应被欲”之义而趋向,并非依“是欲”之义。若是依“是欲”之义,则唯烦恼欲是欲,事欲非欲,因此说“依烦恼与事”等。在此,什么是事欲?什么是烦恼欲?作此问后,依“欲是贪欲,欲是欲贪,欲是欲思,欲是思欲”(《大义释》1)等广说之文所示,此中的欲爱即是烦恼欲。而于彼处所示之事欲,即“可意之色……乃至……可意之触……乃至……一切欲界法……乃至……一切色界……乃至……一切无色界……乃至……是欲”(《大义释》1)。为了显示这些有识与无识差别之三界法,故说“烦恼……乃至……轮转”。“或欲贪”这一限定,是在确立为烦恼体性的贪等十种之中,排除了嗔、痴等其余九种烦恼。而[事]是欲、色、无色爱的依处或因。显示巴利原文
12. Yena panatthena idaṃ ‘‘kāmāvacara’’nti vuccati, taṃ dāni dassetuṃ ‘‘uddānato’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha uddānatoti uddesato, saṅkhepatoti attho. Kiñcāpi avasiṭṭhakilesādayo viya kilesakāmopi assādetabbatāya vatthukāme saṅgahito ñāṇaṃ viya ñeyyeti saṅkhepato ekoyeva kāmo siyā, tathāpi kilesakāmo vatthukāmabhāvaṃ gacchanto kāmanīyaṭṭhena gacchati, na kāmanavasena. Kāmanavasena ca pana kilesakāmova hoti, na pana vatthukāmoti āha ‘‘klesavatthuvasā’’tiādi. Ko panettha vatthukāmo, ko kilesakāmoti codanaṃ manasi nidhāya ‘‘chando kāmo, rāgo kāmo, chandarāgo kāmo, saṅkappo kāmo, rāgo kāmo, saṅkapparāgo kāmo’’ti (mahāni. 1) evaṃ niddesapāḷiyaṃ āgatā niddiṭṭhā kāmataṇhāva idha kilesakāmo. Vatthukāmoti ca ‘‘manāpikā rūpā…pe… manāpikā phoṭṭhabbā…pe… sabbepi kāmāvacarā dhammā…pe… sabbepi rūpāvacarā…pe… sabbepi arūpāvacarā…pe… kāmā’’ti (mahāni. 1) tattheva niddiṭṭhā saviññāṇāviññāṇappabhedā tebhūmakadhammāti dassento āha ‘‘kileso…pe… vaṭṭaka’’nti. ‘‘Chandarāgovā’’ti avadhāraṇena kilesabhāvena niruḷhesu lobhadosamohādīsu dasasu dosamohādayo nava kilese paṭikkhipati. Kāmarūpārūpataṇhāya vatthu patiṭṭhānaṃ, kāraṇabhūtanti vā vatthu.
13 13. 那么,如何称作烦恼欲,又如何称作事欲呢?答道:“烦恼欲”等。“欲者”,即渴求事欲。“被欲者”,即被烦恼欲所渴求。iti一词在此表“因此”义;ca一词表“即”义。因此,由于烦恼欲是“欲者”故为欲,事欲是“被欲者”故为欲,所以这两种欲在主动格与被动格这两种语法格中成立,其含义是:既经历主动状态,也经历被动状态。或者,“二种”是指作为两种欲的能诠词而为二种。“欲”这个词在如前所述的两种语法格中成立,即产生于主动格和被动格之中。而“vo”字仅仅是语助词,如同“evaṃ vo kālāmā”等句中的用法。或者,“二种 vo 格”意为“二蕴”。因为烦恼欲以行蕴为自性,故属于行蕴;事欲则依后文将述之理,作为五种欲功德,以色蕴为自性,故属于色蕴。如此,这两种欲在二蕴中成立、产生,即内在地归属于二蕴。显示巴利原文
13. Kathaṃ pana kilesakāmo nāma, kathañca vatthukāmoti āha ‘‘kilesakāmo’’tiādi. Kāmetīti vatthukāmaṃ pattheti. Kāmīyatīti kilesakāmena patthīyati. Iti-saddo ‘‘tasmā’’ti imassa atthe. Ca-saddo eva-kāratthe, tena yasmā kilesakāmo kāmetīti kāmo, vatthukāmo ca kāmīyatīti, tasmā eva kilesakāmo, vatthukāmo cāti duvidhopi esa kāmo kārakadvaye kattari, kammani ca sijjhati, kattubhāvaṃ, kammabhāvañca paccanubhotīti attho. Atha vā duvidhoti dvinnaṃ kāmānaṃ vācakato duvidho. ‘‘Kāmo’’ti ayaṃ saddo kārakadvaye sijjhati yathāvuttakārakayugaḷe nipphajjati, kattari, kammani ca ‘‘kāmo’’ti padasambhavo hotīti attho. Vo-kāro pana nipātamattaṃ ‘‘evaṃ vo kālāmā’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.66) viya. Atha vā vokārakadvayeti khandhadvayeti attho. Kilesakāmo hi saṅkhārasabhāvattā saṅkhārakkhandhe, vatthukāmo ca vakkhamānanayena pañcakāmaguṇabhūto rūpasabhāvattā rūpakkhandheti evaṃ duvidhopesa kāmo khandhadvaye sijjhati nipphajjati, antobhāvaṃ gacchatīti.
14 第十四节。“成就”即诸成就。依这些成就,或以境与有境互相摄入的方式,或以遍满的方式,即是此义。以此阐明:凡是二种欲以境与有境结合而转起之处,那十一种界便称为欲界。然而,在色界与无色界中,唯有纯粹的所缘欲转起,因此那界不名为欲界。难道二种欲的结合在色界与无色界中也不存在吗?因为色界、无色界所属的法是所缘欲,而作为其缘的色界、无色界渴爱与之结合,由此烦恼欲性便能成立?并非如此。因为这里所说的烦恼欲,是指作为下分结的、厚重的烦恼——欲贪。虽然以“依摄颂说有二种欲”总摄一切欲,但通过“界为四恶趣”等以境作限定,在此“这二种”中,作为欲的一个部分、处于盖障阶段的欲贪,被说为烦恼欲;而仅仅以此欲贪为所缘的诸法,则被取为所缘欲,并非色界、无色界的渴爱及其所缘法。此义得以阐明。这样,后文将述的“有论师之欲界譬喻”便得以成立。由于这里所指的正是如前所述的诸欲,所以在色界、无色界中,于天宫、如意树、衣饰、微小善等类别的欲界法上转起的欲贪,不称为烦恼欲;而作为其境的、天宫如意树等微小法类,也不取为所缘欲。显示巴利原文
14. Sampajjanāni sampattiyo, tāsaṃ vasena visayavisayībhāvena aññamaññaṃ samosaraṇavasena, sampāpuṇanavasenāti attho. Iminā pana idaṃ dīpeti – yattha duvidhopi kāmo visayavisayībhāvena sahito pavattati, soyeva ekādasavidho padeso kāmāvacarasaññito . Yattha pana rūpārūpadhātuyaṃ kevalaṃ vatthukāmova pavattati, na so padeso kāmāvacaro nāmāti. Nanu ca duvidhopi sahito rūpārūpadhātūsu pavattati, rūpārūpāvacaradhammānaṃ vatthukāmattā, tadārammaṇabhūtānañca rūpārūpataṇhānaṃ taṃyogena kilesakāmabhāvasiddhitoti? Nayidamevaṃ orambhāgiyabhūtassa bahalakilesasseva kāmarāgassa idha kilesakāmabhāvena adhippetattā. ‘‘Uddānato duve kāmā’’ti sabbe kāme uddisitvāpi hi ‘‘padeso catupāyāna’’ntiādinā visayaniyamanena ‘‘duvidhopi aya’’nti ettha kāmekadesabhūto nīvaraṇāvatthāya kathito kāmarāgo kilesakāmabhāvena, tabbatthukāyeva dhammā vatthukāmabhāvena gahitā, na rūpārūpataṇhā, tabbatthukadhammā cāti ñāpīyati. Evañca katvā upari vakkhamānā sasatthāvacarūpamā upapannā hoti, yathāvuttānameva kāmānaṃ idha adhippetattā rūpārūpadhātūsu vimānakapparukkhavatthālaṅkāraparittakusalādibhedesu kāmāvacaradhammesu pavatto chandarāgo kilesakāmo nāma na hoti, na ca tabbatthubhūtaṃ vimānakapparukkhādiparittadhammajātaṃ vatthukāmo nāmāti siddhaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘kāmo vā kāmasaññā vā brahmaloke na vijjatī’’ti. Kāmāvacarasattasantānagatataṇhāya visayabhāve sati pana taṃyogena rūpārūpadhātūsupi pavattamāno parittadhammo vatthukāmoyevāti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā niddese āgatanayena niravaseso kilesakāmo kāmataṇhābhavataṇhāvibhavataṇhānirodhataṇhāpabhedo idha pavattati. Vatthukāmesupi appakaṃ rūpārūpavipākamattaṃ ṭhapetvā sabboyeva idha pavattatīti anavasesappavattiṃ sandhāya ‘‘kāmoyaṃ duvidhopi cā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kiñcāpi evaṃ vuttaṃ, tesu pana bahalakilesakāmabhūto bahalakāmarāgo ca tabbatthukā pañca kāmaguṇā ca idha gahitāti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘sampattīnaṃ vasenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Sampajjanavasena, samijjhanavasenāti attho. Avacaratīti pavattati. Iti-saddo hetumhi, yasmā duvidhopi ayaṃ kāmo avacarati, tasmā kāmo ettha avacaratīti kāmāvacarasaññitoti attho.
15 第十五节。这些界,由于大多远离了作为天界与解脱之因、被认可为福德之处,故称“恶趣”。以地狱等为四种恶趣,即四恶趣。“六”者,指四大王天、三十三天、夜摩天、兜率天、化乐天、他化自在天——此六天界。然而,住于须弥山脚的阿修罗,已摄于三十三天之列,故未与他们合计而说七。人类因心意增盛,故称“人”;意即由于具念、勇武之德,以及适于修习梵行等功德,而使心意积聚增上、具足殊胜功德之心——然而这些人,严格而言,应理解为指赡部洲的居民。如经所说:显示巴利原文
15. Saggamokkhahetubhūtā puññasammatā ayā yebhuyyena apetāti apāyā. Nirayādivasena cattāro apāyā catupāyā. Channanti cātumahārājikatāvatiṃsayāmātusitānimmānaratiparanimmitavasavattisaṅkhātānaṃ channaṃ devalokānaṃ. Merupādavāsino pana asurā tāvatiṃsesuyeva saṅgayhantīti na tehi saddhiṃ sattannanti vuttaṃ. Manaso ussannatāya manussā, satisūrabhāvabrahmacariyayogyatādiguṇavasena upacitamānasatāya ukkaṭṭhaguṇacittatāyāti attho, te pana nippariyāyato jambudīpavāsino veditabbā. Yathāha –
“诸比丘,赡部洲人以三处胜过郁单越人及三十三天之天人。以哪三处?勇猛、具念,以及此处有梵行住。”(增支部9.21)显示巴利原文
‘‘Tīhi , bhikkhave, ṭhānehi jambudīpakā manussā uttarakuruke ca manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṃse. Katamehi tīhi? Sūrā satimanto idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti (a. ni. 9.21).
然而,由于他们与这些小岛居民具有相同的形貌等特征,其他大岛的居民也同样被认知为“人”。而世间人则因为是摩奴的后裔,故称之为“人”。所谓“十一种”,是指于四恶趣中,虽然畜生界与饿鬼界并无各自划分的独立处所,但凡它们常住的之处,如森林、大海、山麓等,这些处所皆被纳入,故有十一种。显示巴利原文
Tehi pana samānarūpāditāya saddhiṃ parittadīpavāsīhi itaramahādīpavāsinopi ‘‘manussā’’icceva paññāyiṃsu. Lokiyā pana manuno apaccabhāveneva ‘‘manussā’’ti vadanti . Ekādasavidhoti caturāpāyesu tiracchānapettivisayānaṃ visuṃ paricchinnassa okāsassa abhāvepi yattha te araññasamuddapabbatapādādike nibaddhavāsaṃ vasanti, tādisassa ṭhānassa gahitattā ekādasavidho.
16 16. 然而,既然其他诸法也能在此运行,为何唯独以欲的游行之义而得名?对此,注疏说“以其为欲所标显故”等。其中,“其”指的是这两种欲。“所标显”是指在十一种处所中显著可见。或者,“其”是工具格意义的属格用法,因此义为:以此两种欲,使十一种处所得以标显、得以施设。又或者,是受用格意义的属格用法,义为:此十一种处所,为此两种欲所标显。“与诸器仗同行之游行”——有器仗之处,即是那有器仗的游行处所,如同彼处。譬如在某处所中,携带器仗的人于其中游行,即使其他两足、四足等众生也在那里游行,但以携带器仗之人在彼处显著,或以他们为标志,该处所便被认知为“携带器仗者之游行处”;同理,即使其他色界、无色界等众生也在那里游行,然因以欲为标显之故,此处所唯独被称为“欲界”。此理路同样适用于色界与无色界。显示巴利原文
16. Nanu cettha aññesampi dhammānaṃ pavattisambhavato kāmasseva avacaraṇavasena kathaṃ nāmalābhoti āha ‘‘assābhilakkhitattā’’tiādi. Tattha assāti imassa duvidhassa kāmassa. Abhilakkhitattāti ekādasavidhe padese pākaṭattā. Atha vā assāti karaṇatthe sāmivacanaṃ, tasmā anena duvidhena kāmena ekādasavidhassa padesassa abhilakkhitattā, paññāpitattāti attho. Atha vā upayogatthe sāmivacanavasena assa ekādasavidhassa padesassa tena duvidhena abhilakkhitattāti attho. Saha satthehīti sasatthā, yattha te avacaranti, so sasatthāvacaro, padeso. So viya. Yathā hi yasmiṃ padese sasatthā purisā avacaranti, so vijjamānesupi aññesu dvipadacatuppadādīsu avacarantesu tesaṃ tattha pākaṭattā, tehi vā abhilakkhitattā ‘‘sasatthāvacaro’’tveva paññāyati, evaṃ vijjamānesupi aññesu rūpāvacarādīsu avacarantesu abhilakkhaṇavasena ayaṃ padeso ‘‘kāmāvacaro’’tveva saññitoti. Esa nayo rūpārūpāvacaresu.
17-8 17-18. 然而,心虽被称为欲界心,但依前述的理路,所取的是处所,那么,游行于彼处所的心,为何得名“欲界心”呢?对此,注疏说“彼此”等。其连接之义为:此欲界,被施设为“欲”。正如色有被称为“色”——色有即被命名为“色”。虽未明说的“如”字,可从“如是”一词的含义中领会。例如,在“为获得色界而修道”此句中,本应说“为获得色有”,然而色有被施设为“色”,此处便作此解。那么,它为何如此被施设?注疏说“由于其后”等。或者,正如那省略后词而说出的“色有”被施设为“色”,同理,此“欲界”被施设为“欲”,这便是其连接之义。“于彼欲”,即在彼以省略后一合成词之义而被施设为“欲”的处所中。“此”,指这八种心。然而,依主题统摄之故,虽仅取此八种心,但一切欲界心之含义皆可由此得出,因为一切欲界心都游行于欲界。“常”者,指一切时,意为“多以”。以此,注疏阐明如下:譬如大象常在战场中游行,因而得名“战场游行者”,即便游行于他处,依多数活动之故,仍被认知为“战场游行者”;同理,此心即便游行于他处,但因多在欲界活动之故,唯独被称为“欲界心”。显示巴利原文
17-8. Nanu ca cittaṃ kāmāvacaranti vuttaṃ, yathāvuttanayena pana padesassa gahitattā kathaṃ tattha avacarantaṃ kāmāvacaraṃ nāmāti āha ‘‘svāya’’ntiādi. So ayaṃ kāmāvacaro ‘‘kāmo’’ti saññitoti sambandho. Rūpabhavo rūpanti yathā rūpabhavo rūpaṃ. Avuttopi hi yathāsaddo evaṃ-saddasanniṭṭhānato labbhati. Yathā ‘‘rūpūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāvetī’’ti ettha ‘‘rūpabhavūpapattiyā’’ti vattabbe rūpabhavo ‘‘rūpa’’nti saññitoti ayamettha attho. Kathaṃ panesa evaṃ saññitoti āha ‘‘uttarassā’’tiādi. Atha vā yathā uttarassa padassa lopaṃ katvā udīrito esa rūpabhavo ‘‘rūpa’’nti saññito, evaṃ svāyaṃ kāmāvacaro kāmoti sambandho. Tasmiṃ kāmeti tasmiṃ uttarapadalopavasena kāmasaññite padese. Idanti idaṃ aṭṭhavidhaṃ cittaṃ. Adhikāravasena pana tassa gahaṇepi sabbesameva parittacittānamayamattho labbhati sabbesampi kāme avacaraṇato. Sadāti sabbakālaṃ, bāhulyenāti adhippāyo. Iminā pana idaṃ dīpeti – yathā saṅgāme yebhuyyena avacaranto ‘‘saṅgāmāvacaro’’ti laddhanāmo hatthī aññattha avacarantopi bāhullappavattivasena ‘‘saṅgāmāvacaro’’tveva paññāyati, evamidaṃ aññattha avacarantampi kāmaloke bāhullavuttito ‘‘kāmāvacara’’micceva vuttanti. Tena pana nanu cetaṃ rūpārūpabhavesupi avacaraṇato rūpāvacarādināmampi labheyyāti idaṃ codanaṃ pariharati. Hoti cettha –
“游行于欲”者,此即被称为欲界;
虽亦游行于他处,犹如战场游行者。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmevacaratītyetaṃ, kāmāvacarasaññitaṃ; Sese avacarantampi, saṅgāmāvacaro yathā’’ti.
iti 一词表原因,ca 一词表应说义理的合集。由此,因省略后词,欲界被简称为“欲”;又因此心常于彼欲中游行,故唯说为“欲界心”,而非说为“欲界之游行”,亦非说为“色界心”或“无色界心”——此即意旨。“杀欲者”:以教说之智,能摧破应调伏者相续中所存烦恼欲之习性者,即是正自觉者。显示巴利原文
Iti-saddo hetumhi. Ca-saddo vattabbantarasamuccaye. Tena yasmā uttarapadalopena kāmāvacaro ‘‘kāmo’’ti saññito, yasmā ca tasmiṃ kāme idaṃ cittaṃ sadā avacarati, tasmā ‘‘kāmāvacara’’micceva kathitaṃ, na pana kāmāvacarāvacaraṃ, nāpi rūpārūpāvacaranti vāti adhippāyo. Kāmaghātināti desanāñāṇena vineyyasantānagatassa kilesakāmassa hananasīlena sammāsambuddhena.
19 再者,“令结生……运行故”——又因无论于何处生起,都令其在欲有中结生并运行,故将此令于欲中运行者称为‘欲界’,即把ca字缩短发音而来。如此,依省略后词而显示词的构成后,接下来为说明即便不省略后词,kāmāvacara一词亦能成立,故说‘所属者,或于彼中’。于彼中,即于那欲有中;所属者,即包含于内者。此处意旨如下——显示巴利原文
19.Paṭisandhiṃ…pe… avacārayatīti vāti atha vā yasmā yattha katthaci uppannampi kāme bhaveyeva paṭisandhiṃ avacārayati, tasmā idaṃ kāme avacārayatīti ‘‘kāmāvacara’’nti kathitaṃ cā-saddassa rassattaṃ katvāti attho. Evaṃ uttarapadalopavasena padasambhavaṃ dassetvā idāni vināpi uttarapadalopaṃ kāmāvacara-saddassa sambhavaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘pariyāpannanti tatra vā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tatrāti tasmiṃ kāmabhave. Pariyāpannanti antogadhaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo –
“哪些法是欲界?以无间地狱为下限,以上至他化自在天为上限,凡在此范围内、于此中行、于此中所属的蕴、界、处——色、受、想、行、识,这些法即是欲界。”(《法集论》1287)——显示巴利原文
‘‘Katame dhammā kāmāvacarā? Heṭṭhato avīcinirayaṃ pariyantaṃ katvā uparito paranimmitavasavattī deve antokaritvā yaṃ etasmiṃ antare etthāvacarā ettha pariyāpannā khandhadhātuāyatanā rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ. Ime dhammā kāmāvacarā’’ti (dha. sa. 1287) –
正如所说,就像投生于女人子宫中的畜生,因属于畜生趣,仍被称为‘畜生’;同样,这心即使生于色界、无色界有中,因属于欲有,也被称为‘欲界’。而它之属于欲有,应理解为:是以无间地狱至他化自在天所限区域为所趋的欲贪之境。正如阿阇梨法护长老在《摄义分别》中也说:“‘此处行’一词,是就无间地狱至他化自在天所限区域的欲贪之境而说。”然而,此处词源应这样理解:欲贪是‘欲’,它在此处通过作为所缘的方式而行,故为‘欲界’。难道这里不会陷入‘什么是欲贪?即以欲界法为所缘的贪。什么是欲界法?即欲贪的对象’这样相互依赖的过失吗?不会。因为以无间地狱等十一处为所趋,可将任何贪都把握为欲贪,而欲界法则应由此性质之贪的所缘来了知。或者,依烦恼欲与事欲,两种欲随其所应,以俱生的方式在此处行,故为‘欲界’;或者,这心以两种欲为所缘而行,故为‘欲界’。又或者,如同在依赖床的人喧哗时,认知上不区分依赖者与所依赖者,而以所依赖者来称说依赖者,比如‘床在喧哗’——显示巴利原文
Vuttattā yathā manussitthiyā kucchismiṃ nibbattopi tiracchānagatiko tiracchānayoniyameva pariyāpannattā ‘‘tiracchāno’’tveva vuccati, evamidaṃ rūpārūpabhavesu uppannampi kāmabhavapariyāpannattā ‘‘kāmāvacara’’micceva kathitanti. Tappariyāpannatā cassa avīciparanimmitaparicchinnokāsaninnāya kāmataṇhāya visayabhāvatoti veditabbā. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ācariyadhammapālattherena nikkhepakaṇḍepi ‘‘‘etthāvacarā’ti vacanaṃ avīciparanimmitaparicchinnokāsāya kāmataṇhāya visayabhāvaṃ sandhāya vutta’’nti. Padasambhavo panettha evaṃ veditabbo – kāmataṇhā kāmo, so ettha ārammaṇakaraṇavasena avacaratīti kāmāvacaranti. Nanu cettha katamā kāmataṇhā, yā kāmāvacaradhammārammaṇā taṇhā. Katame kāmāvacaradhammā, ye kāmataṇhāvisayāti evaṃ itarītaranissayatādoso āpajjatīti ? Nāpajjati, avīciādiekādasokāsaninnatāya yaṃkiñci taṇhaṃ kāmataṇhābhāvena gahetvā taṃsabhāvāya taṇhāya visayabhāvena kāmāvacaradhammānaṃ upalakkhetabbabhāvato. Atha vā kilesavatthuvasena duvidhopi kāmo yathārahaṃ sahajātavasena ettha avacaratīti kāmāvacaraṃ, ārammaṇakaraṇavasena vā duvidhepi kāme etaṃ avacaratīti kāmāvacaraṃ. Atha vā mañcanissitakesu ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontesu nissayanissitānaṃ abhedassa buddhiyā gahitattā nissitakesu nissayūpacāravasena ‘‘mañcā ukkuṭṭhiṃ karontī’’ti vuccati, evametampi kāmāvacarabhave pavattanavasena tannissitattā nissayavohārena ‘‘kāmāvacara’’nti vuccati. Hoti cettha –
“欲界行”于此,即“于欲中行”之意;
或以处所近喻,彼于有中即为欲界。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kāmovacaratītyettha, kāmevacaratīti vā; Ṭhānūpacārato vāpi, taṃ kāmāvacaraṃ bhave’’ti.
20 20. 由于能生起应供养之果,且令自相续清净,故称为“福”;因应被造作,故称为“行”;又作为种种利益的所依,故称为“事”——由此名为“福行事”。因其数量限定为十,故为十,而这十者即是福行事,所以称“十福行事”,此处即依十福行事而说。以“唯”字,显示并非像色界、无色界、出世间福行那样唯依修习而生起;或以“唯”字作限定:唯依十福行事而生起,而非依其他论师所安立的赞他等福行事。由此,将说明“一切随念福”等。显示巴利原文
20. Pujjaphalanibbattanato, attasantānaṃ punanato ca puññāni, kattabbatāya kiriyā, tesaṃ tesaṃ ānisaṃsānaṃ vatthutāya vatthūni cāti puññakiriyavatthūni. Gaṇanato dasaparimāṇattā dasa ca tāni puññakiriyavatthūni cāti dasa puññakiriyavatthūni, tesaṃ vasenāti dasapuññakriyavatthuvasena, dasapuññakiriyavatthubhāvena taṃmayaṃ hutvāti attho. Eva-kārena pana rūpārūpalokuttaraṃ viya na kevalaṃ bhāvanāvasenevāti dasseti. Atha vā dasapuññakiriyavatthuvaseneva pavattati, na pana parehi parikappitaparapasaṃsādipuññakiriyavatthuvasenāti eva-saddena avadhāraṇaṃ. Yato vakkhati ‘‘sabbānussatipuññañcā’’tiādi.
21 那么,所谓的“十福行事”是指哪些?经中说“依此而有八种心生起”,正是为了回应这一追问,并以自性显示它们,所以才说“布施、戒”等。其中,“以此施与”故为布施,即舍离的思;但此处依心的增上,应取其相应(之思)。同样,“戒”等也是如此。令身语业等善加安立,故为“戒”,即令身语业等得以善整之义——因为依于善戒,身业等便不散乱,于现在与未来能带来利益安乐,因而得以正确地安立、善整;又可解为执持善法,故为“戒”,此处的执持即是指善法的安住处。以此修习、串习、增长善法,故为“修习”。将自己相续中已得的证得之物施予他人,故为“施所得”。忙于种种事务的状态,是为“承事”。以此开示,故为“说法”。以此随喜所得,故为“随喜得”,但在用语上舍去前一部分而说为“随喜”。见的正直状态,为“见正直”,即令正见正直之义。依自他利益的意乐而正确地听闻,故为“正闻”。以恭敬而尊重、行止合宜,故为“恭敬”。福行事的分类,即是“福行事分类”;然而它省略了中间的部分而说成“福事分类”,就像良种马所驾的车被称为“良种马车”一样。这便是此处词句上的辨析。显示巴利原文
21. Kāni pana tāni dasapuññakiriyavatthūni, yesaṃ vasena idaṃ aṭṭhavidhaṃ cittaṃ pavattatīti vuttanti imaṃ anuyogaṃ sandhāya tāni sarūpato dassetuṃ ‘‘dānaṃ sīla’’ntiādi vuttaṃ . Tattha diyyati etenāti dānaṃ, pariccāgacetanā. Idha pana cittādhikāravasena taṃsampayuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Tathā ‘‘sīlā’’dīsupi. Sīlatīti sīlaṃ, kāyavacīkammāni samādahatīti attho. Susilyavasena hi kāyakammādīni avippakiṇṇāni sampati, āyatiñca hitasukhāvahāni sammā ṭhapitāni samāhitāni honti, sīlayati upadhāretīti vā sīlaṃ. Upadhāraṇaṃ panettha kusalānaṃ adhiṭṭhānabhāvo. Bhāveti kusaladhamme āsevati vaḍḍheti etāyāti bhāvanā. Attano santāne nipphannā patti diyyati etenāti pattidānaṃ. Taṃtaṃkiccakaraṇe byāvaṭassa bhāvo veyyāvaccaṃ. Deseti etāyāti desanā. Pattiṃ anumodati etenāti pattānumodo. Pubbapadalopena pana ‘‘anumodo’’ti vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhiyā ujubhāvo diṭṭhijuttaṃ, sammādiṭṭhiyā ujukaraṇanti attho. Attano, parassa vā hitajjhāsayavasena sammā suṇanti etāyāti saṃsuti. Pūjāvasena apacāyati sāmīciṃ karoti etenāti apacāyo. Puññakiriyavatthūnaṃ pabhedo puññakiriyavatthuppabhedo. Majjhapadalopavasena pana ‘‘puññavatthuppabhedo’’ti vuttaṃ yathā ājaññayutto ratho ‘‘ājaññaratho’’ti. Ayaṃ tāvettha padavicāro.
此处应作如下决断:有学与凡夫,为了利益他人,以恭敬和摄受的意欲,通过舍弃自己现有物品的方式而生起的思,名为“施所成福行事”。漏尽者虽然也有如此生起的布施,但那并不称为福行,因此不在本文所指的范围之内。因为福能产生应受供养的果报,并能令自相续清净;而于漏尽者相续中生起的布施,既不产生果报,也不能令其更清净——因为他的相续已经极为清净。其余的福行事道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana vinicchayo – tattha sekhaputhujjanānaṃ paraṃ uddissa pūjānuggahakāmatāya attano vijjamānavatthupariccajanavasena pavattā cetanā dānamayapuññakiriyavatthu nāma. Khīṇāsavānampi tathā pavattā dānameva, sā pana puññakiriyā nāma na hotīti na idha adhippetā. Pujjaphalanibbattanato, hi attasantānaṃ punanato ca puññaṃ, na ca khīṇāsavasantāne pavattā phalanibbattikā hoti, na ca taṃ punāti visuddhasantānappavattattāti. Evaṃ sesesupi.
当有人依常戒、布萨戒等而受持五戒、八戒、十戒时;或虽未正式受持,但依家族传统习惯而远离已犯的身恶行等时;或于戒坛受持防护时;或圆满巴帝摩卡时;或在根门对境时防护眼等诸根时;或如理省察衣服等资具时;或从诡诈等事中净化活命时——于这些情形中生起的思,便名为“戒所成福行事”。在此,有人问:“如果有人依循‘布施是我家族的传统、家族的习惯’这样的习惯性戒而行布施,那么他所生起的福行事,是施所成,还是戒所成?”答:只能是戒所成,因为这属于习惯性戒。即使这种思是通过施舍物品而生起的,但由于先前的思业与随后的思都是依于此习惯而生起,所以它只是戒所成福行事,而非施所成。因为以恭敬和摄受的意欲而行施舍,那才称为施所成。显示巴利原文
Yā pana niccasīlauposathasīlādivasena pañcasīlaṃ aṭṭhasīlaṃ dasasīlaṃ samādiyantassa, asamādiyantassapi kulacārittavasena sampattakāyaduccaritādīhi viramantassa, upasampadamāḷake saṃvaraṃ samādiyantassa, pātimokkhaṃ paripūrentassa, āpāthagatavisayesu cakkhādīni indriyāni thakentassa , cīvarādike ca paccaye paccavekkhantassa, kuhanādivatthuto ājīvaṃ parisodhentassa pavattā cetanā, ayaṃ sīlamayapuññakiriyavatthunāma. Etthāha – ‘‘dānaṃ nāmetaṃ mayhaṃ kulavaṃso kulacāritta’’nti evaṃ cārittasīle ṭhatvā dentassa pavattā dānamayapuññakiriyavatthu kiṃ, udāhu sīlamayanti? Sīlamayameva cārittasīlabhāvato. Deyyadhammapariccāgavasena pavattāpi hesā pubbābhisaṅkhārassa aparabhāge cetanāya ca tathā pavattattā sīlamayameva puññakiriyavatthu, na dānamayaṃ. Pūjānuggahakāmatāya hi dinnaṃ dānamayanti.
以“眼是无常”等方式,将无常、苦、无我这三相安立于眼等诸法而遍观者所生起的、以种姓智和清净为终点的观智思;以及在遍等所缘中未达安止、以种姓智为终点的遍作思——这即是所谓的修习所成福行事。即使达到安止也仍是修习,但因为它不属于欲界,故此处未予收录。诸师长说:对于无过失的明处、业处、工巧处的学习思,也归入修习所成。而在此处,当施者以“尽灭、坏灭”的方式遍观所施之物而行布施时所生起的思,也应知如同前文所说,由于前后两部分的思都如此生起,故也是修习所成福行事。显示巴利原文
‘‘Cakkhu anicca’’ntiādinā pana cakkhādike tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā sammasantassa pavattā gotrabhuvodānapariyosānā vipassanācetanā, kasiṇādīsu ārammaṇesu appanaṃ appattā gotrabhupariyosānā parikammacetanā cāti ayaṃ bhāvanāmayapuññakiriyavatthu nāma. Appanāppattāpi bhāvanāyeva, sā pana na kāmāvacarāti idha na gahitā. Niravajjavijjāyatanakammāyatanasippāyatanānaṃ sikkhanacetanāpi bhāvanāmayeyeva samodhānaṃ gacchatīti ācariyā. Yā cettha deyyadhammaṃ khayato vayato sammasitvā dadato pavattā, sāpi pubbe viya ubhayabhāge cetanānaṃ tathā pavattattā bhāvanāmayapuññakiriyavatthuyevāti veditabbaṃ.
行布施等任何善行之后,以“愿此功德归于某某”或“愿此功德归于一切众生”的方式,期望自所作之业能与他人共享而生起的思,称为回向功德所成福行事。问:如此回向功德,会导致功德耗尽吗?答:不会。犹如点燃一盏灯,再以它点燃千盏灯,不能说第一盏灯便耗尽了,反而前灯的光明与后灯的光明合而为一,变得极其广大。同样,回向功德者并无损失,反而只会增长,应如此看待。又问:怎样才算已回向?答:在事前或事后,通过言语表达,或仅以心意念:“愿我此福业转归于一切众生,或转归于某某”,这样即是已回向。有人说:“即使说‘我所造善业之果报,我施与之’,也是已回向。”但诸师长对此的定论是:由于善业是主要因素,而他人只能对此业生起随喜,因此应回向业本身,随喜者也应随喜业本身。显示巴利原文
Dānādikaṃ yaṃ kiñci sucaritakammaṃ katvā ‘‘asukassa ca nāma patti hotu, sabbasattānaṃ vā hotū’’ti evaṃ attanā katassa parehi sādhāraṇabhāvaṃ paccāsīsanavasena pavattā pattidānamayapuññakiriyavatthu nāma. Kiṃ panevaṃ pattiṃ dadato puññakkhayo hotīti? Na hoti, yathā pana ekaṃ dīpaṃ jāletvā tato dīpasahassaṃ jālentassa paṭhamadīpo khīṇoti na vattabbo, purimālokena pana saddhiṃ pacchimālokassa ekībhāve atimahāva hoti, evameva pattiṃ dadato parihāni nāma na hoti, vuḍḍhiyeva pana hotīti daṭṭhabbā. Kathaṃ panesā dinnā nāma hotīti? ‘‘Idaṃ me puññakammaṃ sabbasattānaṃ, asukassa vā pariṇamatū’’ti evaṃ pubbabhāge, pacchāpi vā vacībhedaṃ karontena manasā eva vā cintentena dinnā nāma hoti. Keci pana ‘‘yaṃ mayā kataṃ sucaritaṃ, tassa phalaṃ ‘dammī’ti vuttepi patti dinnāva hotī’’ti vadanti. Kusalakammādhikārattā pana parehi ca kammasseva anumoditabbattā kammameva dātabbaṃ, anumodentenapi kammameva anumoditabbanti idamettha ācariyānaṃ sanniṭṭhānaṃ.
对于衣等资具无所希求,以无染污的意乐,通过为沙门、婆罗门履行义务与报恩,以及通过看护病人而生起的思,称为承事所成福行事。显示巴利原文
Cīvarādīsu paccāsārahitassa asaṃkiliṭṭhena ajjhāsayena samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vattapaṭivattakaraṇavasena, gilānupaṭṭhānavasena ca pavattā veyyāvaccamayapuññakiriyavatthu nāma.
对于那些心无系著于物质、些许物品等,立于解脱处之顶点而宣说自己所通达之法,以及同样地开示无过失的明处等者,其心中所生起的思,称为说法所成福行事。对于他人所造的任何善行,无论是否已作回向,舍弃嫉妒与悭吝的垢秽而以‘善哉!善哉!’之心随喜者,其所生起的思,称为随喜所成福行事。依‘有布施’等业自性智而令见解正直者,其所生起的思,则称为见正直业所成福行事。若如此,与智不相应的心是否便不能获得见正直业所成福行事?并非不能获得,因为前后的诸思也都摄含于各自相应的福行事中。这正如将要说到的:显示巴利原文
Āmisakiñcakkhādinirapekkhacittassa attano paguṇaṃ dhammaṃ vimuttāyatanasīse ṭhatvā desentassa, tatheva niravajjavijjāyatanādikaṃ upadisantassa ca pavattā desanāmayapuññakiriyavatthu nāma. Parehi kataṃ yaṃ kiñci sucaritakammaṃ dinnamadinnampi vā issāmaccheramalaṃ pahāya ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhū’’ti anumodantassa pavattā anumodanapuññakiriyavatthu nāma, ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādinā kammassakatāñāṇavasena diṭṭhiṃ ujuṃ karontassa pavattā diṭṭhijukammapuññakiriyavatthu nāma. Yadi evaṃ ñāṇavippayuttacittassa diṭṭhijukammapuññakiriyatā na labbhatīti? No na labbhati purimapacchimacetanānampi taṃtaṃpuññakiriyāsveva saṅgaṇhanato. Tathā hi vakkhati –
前思与舍思,后思亦三种;
此为布施所成福,如是应示于其余。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Purimā muñcanā ceva, parā tissopi cetanā; Hoti dānamayaṃ puññaṃ, evaṃ sesesu dīpaye’’ti.
因此,在使之正直的当下,心固然与智相应,而在其前或后的阶段,心也有不与智相应的;所以,它也能生起见正直业所成的福行事。显示巴利原文
Tasmā kiñcāpi ujukaraṇavelāyaṃ ñāṇasampayuttameva cittaṃ hoti, purimapacchābhāge pana ñāṇavippayuttampi hotīti tassāpi diṭṭhijukammapuññakiriyabhāvo uppajjati.
另一些(师长)又说:以识与慧而观照,见即是见,心即是慧。见的正直,即是见正直。那是什么呢?即善的识、业自性智等正见。其中,善识在生起智时,也包含了对自身善行的随念、对他人功德的称赞,以及皈依;业自性智则包含业道正见。而与布施等相应的智,当知即包含在布施等之中。‘这样听闻此法之后,我将依所说的方法修行,证得世间与出世间的殊胜功德,或者成为多闻者后,以说法摄受他人’——以这样的方式,为了自己或为了他人,立于解脱处的顶点而听闻正法者,所生起的思,称为闻所成福行事。无过失的明处等的听闻思,也包含于此。见到应供养者、应尊重者、年长者时,从座起身、代接衣钵、让路、礼拜、合掌、奉献座位、以花、香等供养,由此所生起的崇敬思,称为尊敬俱行福行事。因为承事与恭敬的差别:为年长、有德者以及病人做种种事务,是承事;行合宜之礼,是恭敬。显示巴利原文
Apare panāhu – viññāṇapaññāṇavasena dassanaṃ diṭṭhi, cittaṃ paññā ca. Diṭṭhiyā ujubhāvo diṭṭhijuttaṃ. Kiṃ taṃ? Kusalañca viññāṇaṃ kammassakatāñāṇādi ca sammādassanaṃ. Tattha kusalaviññāṇena ñāṇuppādepi attano sucaritānussaraṇaparaguṇapasaṃsāsaraṇagamanānaṃ saṅgaho, kammassakatāñāṇena kammapathasammādiṭṭhiyāti. Dānādisampayuttaṃ pana ñāṇaṃ dānādīsveva antogadhanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Evamimaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tattha vuttanayena paṭipajjanto lokiyalokuttaraguṇavisesaṃ adhigamissāmi, bahussuto vā hutvā pare dhammadesanāya anuggaṇhissāmī’’ti evaṃ attano, paresaṃ vā vimuttāyatanasīsena saddhammaṃ suṇantassa pavattā savanamayapuññakiriyavatthu nāma. Niravajjavijjāyatanādisavanacetanāpi ettheva saṅgayhati. Pūjārahe, garuṭṭhāniye, mahallake ca disvā āsanā vuṭṭhahantassa pattacīvarapaṭiggahaṇamaggadānaabhivādanaañjalikammakaraṇaāsanapupphagandhādiabhihāraṃ karontassa ca pavattā bahumānacetanā apacitisahagatapuññakiriyavatthu nāma. Veyyāvaccāpacāyanānañhi ayaṃ viseso – vayasā, guṇena ca jeṭṭhānaṃ, gilānānañca taṃtaṃkiccakaraṇaṃ veyyāvaccaṃ, sāmīcikiriyā apacāyananti.
22-3 22-3. 如此,依注释书所传之理显示了十种福行事之后,现在为了显示依经中所传之理,唯布施、持戒、修习三种,并说明其余各项亦被含摄其中,而说“归入摄集”等语。其中,回向功德与随喜功德,因其本性即与布施相同,故归入布施所摄。布施是对治嫉妒与悭吝的,而这两者也对治嫉妒与悭吝,因对治相同、与布施共一特征,所以被包含在布施所成的福行事中。承事与恭敬,因其具有持戒的本质,故归入持戒所成的福中。说法、闻法与令见正直,则由于是善法的修习、属于修习,故归入修习所成的福中。然而,有些人说:“说法者与听法者,由于依随说法而策励智慧、通达特相,而这些说法与闻法能带来证悟,因此说法与闻法归入修习所成的福中。”又因为属于法布施的缘故,也可说“说法归入布施所成的福中”。同样,令见正直的行为,具有于一切处规范一切的特相。因为在布施等中,任何善行,唯有依“有布施”等理趣而转起的正见所净化,才会有大果报、大利益。因此,《长部注》中说:“令见正直的行为,则具有规范一切的特相。”显示巴利原文
22-3. Evaṃ aṭṭhakathāya āgatanayena dasapuññakiriyavatthūni dassetvā idāni sutte āgatanayena dānaṃ sīlaṃ bhāvanāti tīṇiyeva dassetuṃ tesu itaresampi saṅgahaṃ dīpento āha ‘‘gacchanti saṅgaha’’ntiādi. Tattha pattidānānumodanā dāne saṅgahaṃ gacchanti taṃsabhāvattā. Dānampi hi issāmaccherānaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ, etepi, tasmā samānapaṭipakkhatāya dānena saha ekalakkhaṇattā ete dānamayapuññakiriyavatthumhi saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Veyyāvaccāpacāyanā sīlamaye puññe saṅgahaṃ gacchanti cārittasīlasabhāvattā. Desanāsavanadiṭṭhiujukā pana kusaladhammāsevanato bhāvanato bhāvanāmaye saṅgahaṃ gacchanti. Keci pana ‘‘desento, suṇanto ca desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā lakkhaṇaṃ paṭivijjha deseti, suṇāti ca, tāni ca desanāsavanāni paṭivedhameva āharantīti desanāsavanaṃ bhāvanāmaye saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’’ti vadanti. Dhammadānabhāvato ‘‘desanā dānamaye saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’’tipi sakkā vattuṃ. Tathā diṭṭhijukammaṃ sabbatthāpi sabbesaṃ niyamanalakkhaṇattāti. Dānādīsu hi yaṃ kiñci ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattāya sammādiṭṭhiyāva visodhitaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsanti. Evañca katvā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘diṭṭhijukammaṃ pana sabbesaṃ niyamanalakkhaṇa’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.305) vuttaṃ. Mahāsaṃghiyā pana abhayagirivāsino ca diṭṭhijukammaṃ visuṃ puññakiriyabhāvena na gaṇhanti. Tathā hi te dānaṃ sīlaṃ bhāvanā saṃsuti desanānussatimodanaṃ veyyāvaccapūjāsaraṇappattipasaṃsā cāti attanā katapuññānussaraṇaṃ buddhādīsu saraṇagamanaṃ paraguṇapasaṃsāti imāni tīṇi pakkhipitvā diṭṭhijukammaṃ aggahetvā dvādasa puññakiriyavatthūni paññāpenti. Puna tīṇevāti paṭhamaṃ dasāpi samānā puna saṅkhepato tīṇeva sambhonti.
24 24. 现在,为了显示他人所指出的“福随念”等,其实都统合于自己所指出者之中,而说“一切随念福”等语。其中,对自己所行一切善行的随念,名为“一切随念福”。“称赞”是指:以净信心,对他人所行的福行与正行进行称赞、随喜,也就是满足之义。“三皈依”:此处,能忆念、能损害,故为“皈依”,即佛等三宝。因为它们对于皈依者,能通过皈依的行为损害、灭除怖畏、恐惧、恶趣与烦恼。具有三支分故为“三”,这是对由三支分所成之集合体的称呼;皈依之三,即三皈依,意为三种皈依。因为并不存在脱离支分的所谓集合体。但在这里,通过说“三皈依”,或以近喻、或省略后词,实指皈依的行为。因为三皈依本身并非福行事。从意义上说,此即依“彼世尊实是正自觉者、法是善说、僧是善行道”等,于佛等获得净信而生起的思,它归入令见正直的行为中;正是依于此,这些才能成就。因为对于一个见颠倒的人来说,这三种不会生起,因此它们必定归入令见正直的福行事中,不应被单独视为一种福行,这是其意旨。因此说“无疑”。令见正直的行为,在略说时虽被归入修习所成,但若依显示巴利原文
24. Idāni parehi niddisiyamānānaṃ puññānussaraṇādīnaṃ attanā niddiṭṭhesveva samodhānaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘sabbānussatipuññañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha sabbasseva attanā katasucaritassa anussaraṇaṃ sabbānussatipuññaṃ nāma. Pasaṃsāti parehi katāya puññakiriyāya, sammāpaṭipattiyā ca vippasannacittena pasaṃsanaṃ, santussananti attho. Saraṇattayanti ettha saranti hiṃsantīti saraṇāni, buddhādīni tīṇi ratanāni. Tāni hi saraṇagatānaṃ teneva saraṇagamanena bhayaṃ santāsaṃ duggatiparikkilesaṃ hiṃsanti vināsenti. Tayo avayavā assāti tayaṃ, tīhi avayavehi yuttasamudāyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, saraṇānaṃ tayaṃ saraṇattayaṃ, tīṇi saraṇānīti vuttaṃ hoti. Na hi avayavavinimutto samudāyo nāma koci atthīti. Idha pana saraṇattayaggahaṇena upacārato, uttarapadalopato vā saraṇagamanaṃ adhippetaṃ. Na hi saraṇattayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu nāma hoti. Atthato panetaṃ ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā, svākkhāto dhammo, suppaṭipanno saṃgho’’tiādinā buddhādīsu pasādapaṭilābhavasena pavattā cetanā diṭṭhijukammasmiṃ saṅgahaṃ yanti taṃvaseneva tesaṃ ijjhato. Na hi viparītadiṭṭhikassa imāni tīṇi sambhavanti, tasmā te ekantena diṭṭhijukammapuññakiriyavatthusmiṃ saṅgahaṃ gacchanti, na visuṃ puññakiriyabhāvena gahetabbāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ‘‘natthi saṃsayo’’ti. Diṭṭhijukammassa bhāvanāmayasaṅgahepi saṅkhepanayena bhāvanāmaye saṅgayhanti, vitthāranayena pana ‘‘kattha nu kho’’ti saṃsayo siyāti imesaṃ bhāvanāmayasaṅgaho na vutto. Diṭṭhijukammassa vā sabbesaṃ mahapphalabhāvaniyāmakattena mūlabhūtattā tassa padhānabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ visuṃ tattha saṅgayhantīti vuttaṃ. Apare pana ‘‘saṅgaṇhanto saṅgaṇhāti, gaṇhanto ‘muñcatī’ti vacanato saraṇagamanassa sīlasamādāne viya gahaṇaṃ sambhavatīti sīlamaye saṅgayhatī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Saraṇagamanaṃ paṇipātabhāvato apacitisahagate saṅgayhatī’’ti keci.
25 25. 现在,为了说明依前述福行事的前分、后分而生起的思也各自被包含在内,故说“前分、释放”等。其中,“前分”是指:为了布施而以法、以公平的方式产生施物时,对于已产生的施物思惟“我将施舍”时,以及寻找应供者时,直到施物放到受者手中或作回向为止,这段期间生起的思称为前分思。而将施物放到受者手中时的舍思,或回向思,称为释放思。该词省略了随韵,故说为“mucanā”,或者原文就是“muñcanā”。“后分”是指:对于自己已施舍的施物,不产生执着,而以欢喜心观察“善哉,我很好地施舍了最上的布施”时,所生起的后分思。这三者——前分思、释放思、后分思——合在一起,便是布施所成的福,名为布施福行事,这是其义。因考虑到“福”这个词,故用单数表述“成为”。现在,为了将所说的义理类推到其余福行事中,说“如此,应于其余中阐明”。“其余”是指:在戒等福行事中,应依上述方法阐明,例如:“思惟‘我将护戒’时,前往寺院想‘我将出家’时,生起的思是前分思;受戒时、出家时、圆满戒时,生起的思是中分思;观察‘我已圆满显示巴利原文
25. Idāni yathāvuttapuññakiriyavatthūnaṃ purimapacchimabhāgavasena pavattamānāpi cetanā tattha tattheva saṅgahaṃ gacchantīti dassetuṃ ‘‘purimā muñcanā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha purimāti dānatthāya deyyadhammaṃ dhammena samena uppādentassa, uppannaṃ ‘‘pariccajissāmī’’ti cintentassa, dakkhiṇeyyaṃ pariyesantassa ca yāva vatthuno paṭiggāhakassa hatthe vissajjanaṃ, pariṇāmanaṃ vā, tāva pavattā pubbabhāgacetanā. Paṭiggāhakassa pana hatthe vissajjanacetanā, pariṇāmanacetanā vā muñcanacetanā nāma. Sāyeva niggahītalopena ‘‘mucanā’’ti vuttā. ‘‘Muñcanā’’itiyeva vā pāṭho. Parāti attanā vissaṭṭhavatthumhi ālayaṃ akatvā ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhu aggaṃ dānaṃ me dinna’’nti somanassacittena paccavekkhantassa uppannā aparabhāgacetanā. Tissopi cetanāti iti ayañca purimā cetanā, ayañca muñcanacetanā, ayañca aparacetanāti tissopi cetanā ekato hutvā dānamayaṃ puññaṃ hoti, dānamayapuññakiriyavatthu nāma hotīti attho. ‘‘Puñña’’nti padaṃ apekkhitvā ‘‘hotī’’ti ekavacananiddeso. Idāni yathāvuttamatthaṃ sesesupi atidisanto āha ‘‘evaṃ sesesu dīpaye’’ti. Sesesūti sīlādīsu puññakiriyavatthūsu evaṃ yathāvuttanayena ‘‘sīlaṃ ‘rakkhissāmī’ti cintentassa, ‘pabbajissāmī’ti vihāraṃ gacchantassa pavattā purimacetanā, sīlaṃ samādiyantassa, pabbajantassa, sīlaṃ paripūrentassa uppannā majjhimacetanā, ‘pūritaṃ me’ti paccavekkhantassa uppannā aparacetanāti evaṃ tissopi cetanā ekato hutvā sīlamayapuññakiriyavatthu nāmā’’tiādinā dīpaye, pakāseyyāti attho. Nanu ca attanā katapuññānussaraṇacetanā diṭṭhijukammasaṅgahitā, ayañca aparacetanā sāyevāti kathamassā tattha saṅgahoti? Nāyaṃ doso, visayabhedena ubhinnampi visesasabbhāvato. Puññānussaraṇañhi attanā katapuññavisayameva. Ayaṃ pana tabbatthuvisayāti pākaṭoyeva dvinnaṃ visesoti.
至此,已从自相和摄的角度,对“唯依十福行事而生起”这句所说的十福行事作了说明。现在为了显示如此生起者的各别生起行相之内容,故开始言说“现在”等词。其中,“此”是指示将要说明的内容。应施的法称为施物,即食物等十种物品。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘dasapuññakiriyavatthuvaseneva pavattatī’’ti, tattha dasapuññakiriyavatthūni sarūpato, saṅgahato ca niddisitvā idāni tathāpavattamānassa cassa pāṭekkaṃ pavattākāravisayaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘idānī’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ayanti vakkhamānanidassanaṃ. Dātabbo dhammo deyyadhammo, annādidasavidhaṃ vatthu. Vuttañhi –
食物、饮料、衣物、车乘,花鬘、香、涂香,
床座、住所与灯明——这些是十种施物。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Annaṃ pānaṃ vatthaṃ yānaṃ, mālāgandhavilepanaṃ; Seyyāvasathapadīpeyyaṃ, dānavatthū dasāvime’’ti.
“受者等”:以处所、时间、善友等为首的这些,称为受者等。施物与受者等的圆满、具足,称为施物受者等具足。其中,施物的殊胜可意,以及以如法的、正当的方式获得,是施物具足。受者是最上的应供者,是受者具足。难以获得饮食等处所,是处所具足。同样的道理,时间也是如此,是时间具足。因为在难以获得饮食等的处所或时间布施时,由于意欲强盛而有大的果报,并成为喜俱因,所以它们被说为布施的具足。善友具足,则是指善友的状态。因为依靠善友,在布施等善行中,心能达到踊跃。侍者具足,是指获得即使没有吩咐也能完成各项事务的、不放逸的侍从。或者,其他喜俱因:即信众多、见清净的差别等,以及其他令人欢喜的因缘。“依止”即是近依、缘,这是它的含义。“欢喜踊跃”:即因喜而欢喜、踊跃,二者都表示更强烈的喜悦。有……生起:即依“有布施,有供养,有祭祀,有善行恶行之业的果报,有此世,有他世,有母,有父,有化生有情,世间有正行、正实践的沙门婆罗门,他们自己证知、现证此世与他世之后而住”这样生起的十种正见事,以及依择法觉支处等而生起。因为“等”字不仅包括九种正见事,也包括了择法觉支。显示巴利原文
Paṭiggāhako ādi yesaṃ desakālamittādīnaṃ te paṭiggāhakādayo, deyyadhammassa, paṭiggāhakādīnañca sampatti sampannatā deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakādisampatti. Tattha deyyadhammassa paṇītamanāpabhāvo dhammena samena uppannabhāvo deyyadhammasampatti. Paṭiggāhakānaṃ aggadakkhiṇeyyabhāvo paṭiggāhakasampatti. Dullabhaannapānādiko deso desasampatti. Tādisova kālo kālasampatti. Dullabhaannapānādike hi dese, kāle vā dinnaṃ ajjhāsayassa balavatāya mahapphalaṃ, somanassahetukañca hoti, tasmā te dānassa sampattivasena vuttā. Mittasampatti pana kalyāṇamittabhāvo. Kalyāṇamittañhi nissāya dānādīsu cittaṃ odagyappattaṃ hoti. Paricārikasampatti pana anāṇattiyāpi taṃtaṃkiccasampādane appamattassa paricārikajanassa paṭilābho. Aññaṃ vā somanassahetunti saddhābahulatāvisuddhidiṭṭhitādibhedaṃ aññaṃ somanassakāraṇaṃ vā. Āgammāti upāgamma, paṭiccāti attho. Haṭṭhapahaṭṭhoti somanassavasena haṭṭho ceva pahaṭṭho ca. Ubhayenapi adhikasomanassaṃ vuttaṃ. Atthi…pe… pavattanti ‘‘atthi dinnaṃ, atthi yiṭṭhaṃ, atthi hutaṃ, atthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko, atthi ayaṃ loko, atthi paro loko, atthi mātā, atthi pitā, atthi sattā opapātikā, atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā, ye imañca lokaṃ parañca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.441) evaṃ pavattaṃ dasavidhaṃ sammādiṭṭhivatthuvasena ceva dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṭṭhāniyādīnaṃ vasena ca pavattaṃ. Ādi-saddena hi na kevalaṃ navannaṃyeva sammādiṭṭhivatthūnaṃ gahaṇaṃ, atha kho dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṭṭhāniyānampi saṅgaho. Sammā ñāyena pavattā diṭṭhi, pasatthā vā diṭṭhīti sammādiṭṭhi, taṃ. Purakkhatvāti pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā. Tañca kho sahajātapubbaṅgamavasena ‘‘manopubbaṅgamā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. pa. 1-2) viya sampayogassa adhippetattā.
‘未被劝导’:指自己不因贪、悭等而在福行上退缩,也未被他人所劝导。因为这是显示福行生起的自性。而说‘他人’,则是为了显示他人明显的劝导。‘第一’:依说法次第,或依此处所列次第而言为第一。‘大善心’:因具足喜俱等支分而成为大的善心。又因能牵引最后有菩萨的结生,故是广大、应受尊敬的善心,称为大善心。因为据说一切知菩萨的结生,是以慈为先导的三因喜俱无行心的果报。在此,从‘施物……欢喜踊跃’至此,说明了此心的喜俱性;‘令正见在前’说明了智相应性;而‘未被劝导’则说明了无行性,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Anussāhitoti lobhamacchariyādivasena puññakiriyāya saṅkocaṃ anāpajjanato attanā, parena vā kenaci anussāhito hutvā. Sabhāvato hi puññappavattidassanamidaṃ. Parehīti pana parapākaṭussāhadassanavasena vuttaṃ. Paṭhamanti desanākkamena, idha niddiṭṭhakkamena vā paṭhamaṃ. Mahākusalacittanti somanassasahagatatādiaṅgapāripūriyā mahantaṃ kusalacittaṃ. Atha vā pacchimabhavikabodhisattānaṃ paṭisandhiākaḍḍhanato mahantaṃ pūjitaṃ kusalacittanti mahākusalacittaṃ. Sabbesampi hi sabbaññubodhisattānaṃ paṭisandhi mettāpubbaṅgamassa tihetukasomanassamayassa asaṅkhārikacittassa vipākoti vuttaṃ. Ettha ‘‘deyyadhamma…pe… haṭṭhapahaṭṭho’’ti ettāvatā imassa somanassasahagatabhāvamāha, ‘‘sammādiṭṭhiṃ purakkhatvā’’ti ñāṇasampayuttabhāvaṃ, ‘‘anussāhito’’ti pana iminā asaṅkhārikabhāvanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
‘如所说之理’:即如前所说“依施物、受者等具足,或依其他喜乐之因”之理。‘被鼓舞’:指因对施物有所期盼,及于戒等成就未决意等而导致善行退缩,由自己或他人所鼓舞。‘他人’即如前所说之理。关联为:造作布施等诸善业。‘即是彼’:因与喜俱等相似,故如此说。对于相似者,也有此称呼,如“即是彼鹧鸪,即是彼诸药”。然而此处‘被鼓舞’显示是‘有行’。其余如前所说之理。‘于此义中’:即于此‘有行’一词所示之义中,于应鼓舞心之义中,彼为所缘之义。‘先作行之’:当善行退缩生起时,从中脱离,依发勤转起心行,此为先行。此处说‘先’,是因为由此转起之先行业而有此行,或说并非时间上的先。显示巴利原文
Vuttanayenevāti ‘‘deyyadhammapaṭiggāhakādisampattiṃ, aññaṃ vā somanassakāraṇaṃ āgammā’’ti evaṃ vuttanayena. Ussāhitoti deyyadhamme sāpekkhāditāya, sīlasampadādīsu anadhimuttatādīhi ca puññakiriyāya saṅkocāpajjanato attanā, parena vā kenaci ussāhito. Parehīti pana vuttanayameva. Karoti dānādīni puññānīti sambandho. Tamevāti somanassasahagatādinā taṃsadisatāya vuttaṃ. Hoti hi taṃsadisepi taṃvohāro yathā ca ‘‘sāyeva tittirī, tāniyeva osadhānī’’ti. Ettha pana ‘‘ussāhito’’ti iminā sasaṅkhārikataṃ dasseti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Imasmiṃ panattheti imasmiṃ sasaṅkhārikasaddābhidheyye, ussāhitabbacittasaṅkhāte atthe taṃvisayeti attho. Pubbappayogassāti puññakiriyāya saṅkoce jāyamāne tato vivecetvā samussāhanavasena pavattassa cittappayogassa. Pubba-ggahaṇaṃ panettha tathāpavattapubbābhisaṅkhāravasena so payogo hotīti katvā vuttaṃ, na tassa pubbakālikatāyāti vuttovāyamattho.
‘由见修行’:因见比丘等,而行施物舍离、礼拜等修行。‘愚’:即无慧,仅依出入息而活,非以智慧而活,此是意趣。愚人即愚童。然此处他们由‘有施’等理转起的正见未生,故是无智的愚童。此处为显明而以‘愚童’说。在急速施等时分,其余也与智不相应。‘他们生喜’:即喜悦生起,生喜之义。‘急速’:因急欲布施,于生起的同时便急速而行。显示巴利原文
Paṭipattidassanenāti bhikkhū disvā deyyadhammapariccajanavandanādipaṭipattidassanena. Balanti anantīti bālā, assāsitapassāsitamatteneva jīvanti, na paññājīvitenāti adhippāyo. Bālāyeva bālakā. Te pana idha ‘‘atthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattāya sammādiṭṭhiyā abhāvena asañjātabuddhino dārakā. Pākaṭavasena cettha bālaka-ggahaṇaṃ. Sahasā karaṇādikāle pana itaresampi ñāṇavippayuttaṃ hotīti. Somanassaṃ jātaṃ etesanti somanassajātā, jātasomanassāti attho. Sahasāti sīghaṃ sīghaṃ dātukāmatāya uppattisamakālameva.
于此,“由见修行”一句,是说明他人并无加行;“由已生惯习”一句,是说明自己并无加行。这两句都显示了此心的无行性。“愚童”“急速”等语,是说明此心与智不相应;“比丘等生喜”是说明此心与喜俱。或者,由“修行…惯习”显示无行性,由“愚童比丘等生喜”等显示智不相应及喜俱性;而由“急速”一词所说,即如前所显,为智不相应无行性。如此,逆次则显示喜俱等性;顺次则由“生喜”显示喜俱性,由取“急速”显示智不相应无行性。“由修行等见”则是说明喜俱等之因。“他们”是指那些亲属,或指那些愚童。“依喜乐因之无有”一句,应仅看作举例,因为在面对中庸所缘时,像这样的心行等,也唯以舍俱为因。心中无喜,则人亦无喜,因此“于四等中”是依人施设而说,意指造善业者无喜。“如是”等是结论。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘paṭipattidassanenā’’ti iminā paresaṃ payogābhāvamāha, ‘‘jātaparicayā’’ti attano payogābhāvaṃ. Ubhayenāpi imassa asaṅkhārikabhāvaṃ dīpeti. ‘‘Bālakā, sahasā’’ti ca imehi ñāṇavippayuttabhāvamāha, ‘‘bhikkhū…pe… jātā’’ti somanassasahagatabhāvaṃ. Atha vā ‘‘paṭipatti…pe… paricayā’’ti iminā asaṅkhārikabhāvassa ‘‘bālakā bhikkhū…pe… jātā’’ti ca imehi ñāṇavippayuttasomanassasahagatabhāvassa ca dīpitattā ‘‘sahasā’’ti vacanena yathāvuttameva ñāṇavippayuttaasaṅkhārikabhāvaṃ pakāseti. Evaṃ sati paṭilomato somanassasahagatādibhāvo dassito hoti. Anulomato pana ‘‘somanassajātā’’ti iminā somanassasahagatabhāvaṃ, sahasā-ggahaṇena ñāṇavippayuttāsaṅkhārikabhāvaṃ dīpeti. ‘‘Paṭipatti…pe… disvā’’ti ettāvatā pana somanassasahagatādibhāvassa kāraṇaṃ vuttanti. Teti te ñātakā, te bālakāti vā attho. ‘‘Somanassahetūnaṃ abhāvaṃ āgammā’’ti idaṃ nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Majjhattārammaṇaṃ tathārūpe cetobhisaṅkhārādayopi hi upekkhāsahagatatāya kāraṇamevāti. Cittassa somanassābhāve puggalassapi somanassarahitatā hotīti ‘‘catūsupi…pe… hontī’’ti puggalādhiṭṭhānaṃ katvā vuttaṃ, somanassarahitā honti puññaṃ karontāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Eva’’ntiādi nigamanaṃ.
在这八类心中,从喜俱到舍俱,舍俱更强;从智不相应到智相应,智相应更强;从有行到无行,在同类中无行更强。若不同类,则依受、智、加行的差别而有强弱。即:从喜俱三因无行到舍俱三因有行,后者更强;从舍俱二因无行到喜俱三因有行,后者更强。如此,从第四心到第三心更强,从第三心到第八心更强,从第八心到第七心更强,从第七心到第二心更强,从第二心到第一心更强,从第一心到第六心更强,从第六心到第五心更强。应当了知这样的强弱次第。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana aṭṭhasu viññāṇesu somanassasahagatato upekkhāsahagataṃ balavataraṃ, ñāṇavippayuttato ñāṇasampayuttaṃ, sasaṅkhārikato asaṅkhārikaṃ sadisaṃ balavataraṃ. Visadisaṃ pana vedanāñāṇappayogavasena balavaṃ, dubbalañca hoti. Somanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikato hi upekkhāsahagatatihetukasasaṅkhārikaṃ balavataraṃ, upekkhāsahagataduhetukaasaṅkhārikato somanassasahagatatihetukaasaṅkhārikaṃ balavataraṃ. Iti catutthacittato tatiyacittaṃ balavataraṃ, tato aṭṭhamacittaṃ, tato sattamacittaṃ, tato dutiyacittaṃ, tato paṭhamacittaṃ, tato chaṭṭhacittaṃ, tato pañcamacittanti evamimesaṃ balavabalavatarabhāvo veditabbo.
26 26. 如是,依巴利传来之理,由受与智加行之差别显示八种之后,今为显示注疏中传来之福行等差别,故说“十种福行等”。“等”词应见统摄六所缘、四增上、三业及劣等差别。是故彼说——显示巴利原文
26. Evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ āgatanayena vedanāñāṇappayogabhedato aṭṭhavidhataṃ niddisitvā idāni aṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatapuññakiriyādīnaṃ vasenapi pabhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘dasa puññakriyādīna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Ādi-saddena channaṃ ārammaṇānaṃ, catunnaṃ adhipatīnaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ, hīnādibhedassa ca saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tenevāhu –
依次由福事,及所缘、增上;
复依业与劣等差别,善巧者应知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Kamena puññavatthūhi, gocarādhipatīhi ca; Kammahīnādito cāpi, gaṇeyya nayakovido’’ti.
27 27. 今为略示如是转起者,依他们各自所得之算数差别,故说“一万七千”等。其计算应如是了知:此八识依十种福行事而转起故,各各计为十,得八十心;复依六所缘而转起故,以六乘之,成四百八十;依四增上之结合故,以四乘之,成一千九百二十;依身、语、意三业故,以三乘之,成五千七百六十;依劣、中、胜差别故,以三乘之,成一万七千二百八十。然而,智不相应心无审察增上之结合,故依增上唯有一千六百八十;依业等略集,则成一万五千二百。岂非如此?确实。然而,依入流之理,不取彼说,唯取增上之算数,故不应视为因此减损算数。显示巴利原文
27. Idāni tathāpavattamānassa tassa yo yo tesaṃ tesaṃ vasena labbhamāno gaṇanaparicchedo, taṃ sampiṇḍitvā dassetuṃ ‘‘sattarasa sahassānī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatthevaṃ gaṇanā veditabbā – imāni tāva aṭṭha viññāṇāni dasannaṃ puññakiriyavatthūnaṃ vasena pavattanato paccekaṃ dasa dasāti katvā asīti cittāni honti, tāni ca chasu ārammaṇesu pavattanato chagguṇitāni sāsītikāni cattāri satāni honti, tāni catunnaṃ adhipatīnaṃ sahayogavasena catugguṇitāni sahassaṃ, vīsādhikāni ca nava satāni honti, tāni ca kāyavacīmanosaṅkhātānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ kammānaṃ vasena tiguṇitāni sasaṭṭhisattasatādhikāni pañca sahassāni honti, tāni ca hīnamajjhimapaṇītabhedato tiguṇitāni sāsītikadvisatādhikāni sattarasa sahassāni hontīti. Nanu ca ñāṇavippayuttacittānaṃ vīmaṃsādhipatisahayogābhāvato adhipativasena sahassaṃ, sāsītikāni ca cha satāni hontīti tāni kammādīnaṃ vasena sampiṇḍitāni vīsasatādhikāni pannarasa sahassāni bhavantīti? Saccametaṃ, sotapatitavasena pana taṃ anādiyitvā adhipatigaṇanā gahitāti na tassa vasena gaṇanahāni katāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
难道不是说过“善业有果报”吗?为了回答“那如何、在何处、结什么果”的质难,便接着说“然而那……”等。因为三因善业能给予三因或二因的结生,不给予无因的结生。当它引发三因结生时,在转起中能成就十六种果报;当引发二因结生时,成就十二种。二因善业则产生二因及无因的结生,不产生三因结生。当它引发二因结生时,在转起中有十二种果报;当引发无因结生时,有八种。然而,对于依传承而主张果报诸行有差别者,依其见解,三因善业成熟十二种或十种果报,二因善业成熟十种或八种,因此说“随顺适当”。由于具有种种成就之处的状态而是美妙的,由于应去往而是去处,故为善趣,欲界有就是善趣,即欲界善趣。在那欲界善趣中。在“有与享受的成就”这句中,“有”是存在,这是对称为生有之有的异熟蕴及业生色的总称;“享受”是应受用的,是在转起中应获得的成就;或者,“有”是结生,“享受”是与其余异熟及业生色一起在转起中应获得的成就。有与享受称为有与享受,它们本身由于具足的状态而是成就,或者它们的成就称为有与享受的成就。成就那有与享受的成就。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca ‘‘savipākaṃ kusala’’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ pana kathaṃ, kuhiṃ, kiṃ phalatīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘taṃ panā’’tiādi. Yasmā tihetukaṃ kusalaṃ tihetukaṃ vā duhetukaṃ vā paṭisandhiṃ deti , nāhetukaṃ paṭisandhiṃ deti. Yadā ca tihetukaṃ paṭisandhiṃ janeti, tadā pavatte soḷasa vipākāni abhinipphādeti. Yadā dvihetukaṃ, tadā dvādasa. Duhetukaṃ pana duhetukamahetukañca paṭisandhiṃ janeti, na tihetukaṃ. Yadā ca duhetukaṃ janeti, tadā pavattiyaṃ dvādasa. Yadā ahetukaṃ, tadā aṭṭha. Ye pana āgamanato vipākassa saṅkhārabhedamicchanti, tesaṃ matena tihetukaṃ dvādasa, dasa vā vipaccati, duhetukaṃ dasa, aṭṭha vā, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘yathānurūpa’’nti. Nānāvidhasampattiṭṭhānabhāvato sobhanā, gantabbato gati cāti sugati, kāmāvacarabhavova sugati kāmāvacarasugati. Tassaṃ kāmāvacarasugatiyaṃ. Bhavabhogasampattinti ettha ca bhavatīti bhavo, upapattibhavasaṅkhātānaṃ vipākakkhandhakaṭattārūpānametaṃ gahaṇaṃ, bhuñjitabbato bhogo, pavattiyaṃ paṭilabhitabbasampatti, bhavoti vā paṭisandhi, bhogo sesavipākakaṭattārūpehi saha pavattiyaṃ paṭilabhitabbā sampatti, bhavo ca bhogo ca bhavabhogo, teyeva sampannabhāvato sampatti, tesaṃ vā sampatti bhavabhogasampatti, taṃ abhinipphādeti, janakavasena ca upanissayavasena ca sādhetīti attho. Ettha ca bhavabhogasampattīnaṃ niravasesato labbhamānaṭṭhānaṃ sandhāya ‘‘kāmāvacarasugatiya’’nti vuttaṃ. Sahetukavipākavajjaṃ pana pavattivipākakaṭattārūpasabhāvaṃ bhavasampattiṃ, ekaccabhogasampattiñca, bhogasampadameva vā avisesena sugatiyaṃ duggatiyampi abhinipphādetiyeva. Nāgasupaṇṇādīnampi hissa devasampattisadisaṃ manuññaṃ bhogajātaṃ, tabbisayāni ca vipākacittāni, suvaṇṇatāsussaratādi ca taṃ sabbaṃ kāmāvacarakusalasseva phalaṃ. Na hi akusalassa iṭṭhaphalaṃ atthi. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ akusalassa iṭṭho kanto vipāko saṃvijjatī’’ti.
色界善法注释显示巴利原文
Rūpāvacarakusalavaṇṇanā
现在,由于在欲界善之后,到了解释已列出的色界善的时机,因此为了显示它,而开始“在其余中”等。其中,“在其余中”是指从如前所述的欲界善之外其余中,即色界等中的意思。依有依处而成为一种,因为完全依于依处的缘故。因为在无色界中,得不到色界法,由于是通过修习离色而转起的,且不再有色界禅那等至的缘故。显示巴利原文
Idāni yasmā kāmāvacarakusalānantaraṃ uddiṭṭhassa rūpāvacarakusalassa niddesāvakāso anuppatto, tasmā taṃ dassanatthaṃ ‘‘itaresū’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha itaresūti yathāvuttakāmāvacarakusalato itaresu, rūpāvacarādīsūti attho. Savatthukato ekavidhaṃ ekantena vatthusannissitattā . Na hi arūpadhātuyaṃ rūpāvacaradhammā labbhanti rūpavirāgabhāvanāya nibbattattā puna rūpāvacarajjhānasamāpattiyā abhāvato.
以劣、中、胜的差别:在此,应如前文那样,以增上的劣等状态来连接禅那的劣等状态。或者,仅得而未修习的是劣,因为极其羸弱;修习不充分、未得圆满自在的是中;修习极充分、一切圆满自在的是胜。同样,为了希求广大福果而转起的是劣,为了世间神通而转起的是中,由住于圣者状态、以希求远离而转起的是胜。或者,为自利而转起的是劣,纯粹以无贪意乐而转起的是中,为他利而转起的是胜。或者,以轮转意乐而转起的是劣,以远离意乐而转起的是中,以离转意乐、作为出世间基础而转起的是胜。显示巴利原文
Hīnamajjhimapaṇītabhedatoti ettha pubbe viya adhipatīnaṃ hīnādibhāvehi jhānassa hīnādibhāvo yojetabbo. Atha vā paṭiladdhamattamanāsevitaṃ hīnaṃ paridubbalabhāvato, nātisubhāvitaṃ aparipuṇṇavasibhāvaṃ majjhimaṃ, ativiya subhāvitaṃ pana sabbaso paripuṇṇavasibhāvaṃ paṇītaṃ. Tathā uḷārapuññaphalakāmatāvasena pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ, lokiyābhiññatthāya pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ, vivekakāmatāya ariyabhāve ṭhitena pavattitaṃ paṇītaṃ. Attahitāya vā pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ, kevalaṃ alobhajjhāsayena pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ, parahitāya pavattitaṃ paṇītaṃ. Vaṭṭajjhāsayena vā pavattitaṃ hīnaṃ, vivekajjhāsayena pavattitaṃ majjhimaṃ, vivaṭṭajjhāsayena lokuttarapādakatthaṃ pavattitaṃ paṇītaṃ.
以行道等差别:即依苦行道迟通达等行道与通达的差别。或者,单说“行道”时,因通达与行道不相离,通达亦被含摄。同样,此处因常称“行道四法”等,故以“等”字摄增上等。因此,“以行道等差别”意为:依行道差别、依增上差别、依所缘差别、依退分等差别。其中,先明行道差别:有苦行道迟通达、苦行道速通达、乐行道迟通达、乐行道速通达四种。此中,行道苦故,名苦行道;通达迟故,名迟通达。此理于“苦行道速通达”等亦同。显示巴利原文
Paṭipadādibhedatoti dukkhapaṭipadādandhābhiññādīnaṃ paṭipadābhiññānaṃ bhedena. Paṭipadāvacaneneva vā tadavinābhāvato abhiññāpi labbhati. Tathā hettha paṭipadācatukkanti voharantīti ādi-saddena adhipatiādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo, tasmā paṭipadādibhedatoti paṭipadābhedato, adhipatibhedato, ārammaṇabhedato, hānabhāgiyādibhedatoti attho. Tattha paṭipadābhedato tāva dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ, dukkhapaṭipadaṃ khippābhiññaṃ, sukhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ, sukhapaṭipadaṃ khippābhiññanti evaṃ catubbidhaṃ hoti. Tattha dukkhā paṭipadā assāti dukkhapaṭipadaṃ. Dandhā abhiññā assāti dandhābhiññaṃ. Esa nayo ‘‘dukkhapaṭipadaṃ khippābhiñña’’ntiādīsupi.
其中,若人未断盖障、未镇伏禅那贪求,且智的作用未明晰,但已圆满完成所有前分准备者,从“地、地”或“水、水”等初作意起,直至各禅那近行生起,其间有盖障断除与贪求镇伏,此期间所修之前分,称为“行道”,因依此而行于禅那。若人已断盖障、已镇伏禅那贪求,智已明晰者,从近行禅起,至安止生起,此期间之慧,较前分慧更为殊胜,故称为“通达”。因此,若人最初镇伏烦恼与禅那贪求时,是苦、有行、需功用、艰辛地镇伏,且镇伏后,住于安止等待期,经长时间才令诸支显现,则他的禅那是苦行道、迟钝通达。若人有行地镇伏烦恼等后,不久即令诸支显现,则为苦行道、速疾通达。若人镇伏烦恼等时,是乐、无辛劳地镇伏,但安止等待期延迟,则为乐行道、迟钝通达。若人乐地镇伏烦恼等后,迅速达到安止,则为乐行道、速疾通达。应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Tattha appahīnanīvaraṇassa, avikkhambhitajhānanikantikassa ca ñāṇakiccassa aparibyattatāya pariniṭṭhitasakalapubbakiccassa ‘‘pathavī pathavī’’ti vā ‘‘āpo āpo’’ti vā evaṃ pavattapaṭhamasamannāhārato paṭṭhāya yāva tassa tassa jhānassa upacāruppattiyā nīvaraṇappahānaṃ, nikantivikkhambhanañca hoti, tāva pavattā pubbabhāgabhāvanā paṭipadā nāma ‘‘paṭipajjati jhānaṃ etāyā’’ti katvā. Pahīnanīvaraṇassa, pana vikkhambhitajhānanikantikassa ca ñāṇakiccassa paribyattabhāvato upacārajjhānaṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva appanāya uppatti, tāva pavattā paññā pubbabhāgapaññāya visiṭṭhabhāvato abhiññā nāma, tasmā yo ādito kilese jhānanikantiñca vikkhambhento dukkhena sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamanto vikkhambheti, vikkhambhitakilesajhānanikanti ca appanāparivāsaṃ vasanto cirena aṅgapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa dukkhapaṭipadaṃ, dandhābhiññañca jhānaṃ hoti. Yo pana sasaṅkhārena kilesādike vikkhambhetvā na cirena aṅgapātubhāvaṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa dukkhapaṭipadaṃ, khippābhiññañca. Yo kilesādike vikkhambhento sukhena akilamanto vikkhambheti, appanāparivāsaṃ pana cirāyati, tassa sukhapaṭipadaṃ, dandhābhiññaṃ. Yo pana sukheneva kilesādike vikkhambhetvā sīghameva appanaṃ pāpuṇāti, tassa sukhapaṭipadaṃ, khippābhiññanti veditabbaṃ.
然而,这种行道与通达的差别,应依烦恼与根的强弱差别来了知。因为,若某人的贪等烦恼强盛,而信等五根羸弱,且于止与观未作加行,则他所起的禅那是苦行道、迟钝通达。由于他的烦恼现行强盛,镇伏盖障需艰难辛苦地成就,故行道是苦、非乐;又因其信等根羸弱,通达亦迟钝、缓慢、不速疾生起。或者,由于在往昔生中于止未作加行,故行道是苦;于观未作加行,故通达亦迟钝。反之,若有人与上述相反,由于烦恼现行强盛、诸根锐利、于止观已作加行,则依次为乐行道、速疾通达。因为,在往昔生中已熟习者,犹如将已熟练而舍弃的典籍,仅以少许努力便能善巧诵出,其修习亦仅以少许辛苦便能成就。应知,此中所说的已作加行与未作加行,在行道方面是依止于止而说,因为行道以定为增上;在通达方面是依止于观而说,因为安止以智为增上。显示巴利原文
So panāyaṃ paṭipadābhiññānaṃ bhedo kilesindriyādhikāravasena veditabbo. Yassa hi rāgādayo kilesā tibbā honti, saddhāpañcamakāni ca indriyāni mudūni. Yo ca samathavipassanāsu akatādhikāro, tassa pavattajhānaṃ dukkhapaṭipadaṃ, dandhābhiññañca hoti. Tassa hi kilesasamudācāratibbatāya nīvaraṇavikkhambhanassa kicchena kasirena samijjhanato paṭipadā dukkhā asukhā, tasseva saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ mudutāya abhiññāpi dandhā mandā asīghappavattinī hoti. Bhavantare vā samathe akatādhikārattā paṭipadā dukkhā, vipassanāya akatādhikārattā abhiññāpi dandhā. Yo pana vuttaviparīto hoti, tassa kilesānaṃ atibbasamudācāratāya, indriyānañca tikhīṇatāya samathavipassanāsu katādhikāratāya yathākkamaṃ sukhapaṭipadā, khippābhiññā ca hoti. Bhavantare kataparicayassa hi yathā paguṇaṃ katvā vissaṭṭhagantho appamattakena payogena suppavatti vācuggato ca hoti, evaṃ bhāvanā appakasireneva ijjhatīti. Svāyaṃ akato, kato ca adhikāro samathanissito paṭipadāyaṃ vutto samādhippadhānattā paṭipadāya. Vipassanānissito abhiññāya ñāṇappadhānattā appanāyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
然而,若有人烦恼炽盛而根利,或唯于观修加行,依前述之理,其行道为苦,证智速疾;反之,则乐行道、迟证智。故应知,这些差别乃依烦恼强弱、根利钝及往昔串习之有无而有。显示巴利原文
Yo pana tibbakileso tikkhindriyo vipassanāyameva vā katādhikāro hoti, tassa vuttanayena dukkhā paṭipadā, khippā pana abhiññā hoti, tabbiparītassa sukhapaṭipadā dandhābhiññāti. Tasmā kilesānaṃ tibbamandabhāvato, indriyānaṃ tikhiṇamudubhāvato, pubbaparicayassa ca sambhavāsambhavavasenāti evaṃ kilesindriyādhikāravasena imāsaṃ bhedo veditabbo.
再者,就下文将述及的适当与不适当、断除障碍等前行准备及安止善巧而言:若有人于证得近行之前与之后,皆亲近不适当者,其行道为苦,证智为迟。若前后皆亲近适当者,则行道为乐,证智为速。若先前亲近不适当,而后亲近适当者,其行道为苦,证智为速。与此相反者,应知是乐行道、迟证智。显示巴利原文
Apica yāni parato sappāyāsappāyāni, palibodhupacchedādīni pubbakiccāni, appanākosallāni ca āgamissanti, tesu yo upacārādhigamato pubbe, pacchā ca asappāyasevī hoti, tassa dukkhā paṭipadā, dandhā ca abhiññā hoti. Ubhayattha sappāyasevino sukhā paṭipadā, khippā ca abhiññā. Yo pana tato pubbabhāge asappāyaṃ sevitvā aparabhāge sappāyasevī hoti, tassa dukkhā paṭipadā, khippā abhiññā. Tabbiparītassa sukhā paṭipadā, dandhā abhiññā ca veditabbā.
同样,若未完成断除障碍等前行准备而即修习者,因有障碍故,行道为苦;反之,无障碍故,行道为乐。若未成就安止善巧,因智不明净故,证智为迟;成就者反之,证智为速。复次,应依渴爱、无明、三有、生之差别来了知这些差别:被渴爱所制者,行道为苦,因渴爱是定的对治面,为止行道的障碍;未被制者,因无此障碍故,行道为乐。被无明所制者,证智为迟,因无明是慧的对治面;另一者则证智为速。然而,此类行道差别,唯属止行者所证得的禅那;若依观行者所证得者,于根本行道中,则无这些差别。但有些论师纯依道而解说其行道等差别,谓:‘因道有苦行道等状,故彼禅那亦如是。’显示巴利原文
Tathā palibodhupacchedādipubbakiccaṃ asampādetvā bhāvanamanuyuñjantassa saparipanthatāya dukkhā paṭipadā, vipariyāyena aparipanthatāya sukhā. Appanākosallāni asampādentassa ñāṇassa avisadatāya dandhā abhiññā hoti, sampādentassa vipariyāyato khippā abhiññāti. Kiñca – taṇhāvijjātibhavanavasena etāsaṃ bhedo veditabbo. Taṇhābhibhūtassa hi dukkhā paṭipadā hoti tassā samādhissa ujupaṭipakkhattā samathapaṭipadāya paripanthakabhāvato, anabhibhūtassa tadabhāvato sukhā. Avijjābhibhūtassa ca tassā paññāya ujupaṭipakkhabhāvato dandhā abhiññā, itarassa khippā abhiññāti. So panāyaṃ paṭipadābhedo kevalaṃ samathabhāvanāvasena paṭiladdhajjhānassa, maggādhigamavasena paṭiladdhajjhānassa pana natthi dukkhapaṭipadādibhedo. Keci pana maggavaseneva tassa paṭipadādibhedaṃ vaṇṇenti ‘‘maggassa hi dukkhapaṭipadādibhāve tasmiṃ dukkhapaṭipadādika’’nti.
在增上差别等中:依增上差别,有欲增上、心增上、精进增上、观增上;依所缘差别,有小而缘小者、小而缘无量者、无量而缘小者、无量而缘无量者;依退分等差别,有退分、住分、胜进分、抉择分,当知有此四种分类。其中,以‘具欲者能生禅那,我亦当能生起’之心,以欲为优先而生起的,是欲增上。心增上等也同此理。不熟练且不能成为上地禅那之缘的,称为‘小’;在仅如盘子大小、未扩展的所缘上生起的,称为‘缘小者’。与此相反者,当知依次为‘缘无量者’等。至于退分等的差别,他将自行加以说明。显示巴利原文
Adhipatibhedādīsu pana chandādhipateyyaṃ cittādhipateyyaṃ vīriyādhipateyyaṃ vīmaṃsādhipateyyanti evaṃ adhipatibhedato, parittaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ, parittaṃ appamāṇārammaṇaṃ, appamāṇaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ , appamāṇaṃ appamāṇārammaṇanti evaṃ ārammaṇabhedato, hānabhāgiyaṃ ṭhitibhāgiyaṃ visesabhāgiyaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyanti evaṃ hānabhāgiyādibhedato ca catubbidhatā veditabbā. Tattha ‘‘chandavato ce jhānaṃ nibbattissati, mayhampi nibbattissatī’’ti evaṃ chandaṃ dhuraṃ katvā uppannaṃ chandādhipateyyaṃ. Esa nayo ‘‘cittādhipateyyā’’dīsupi. Appaguṇaṃ pana uparijhānassa paccayo bhavituṃ asakkontaṃ parittaṃ, suppasarāvamattesu avaḍḍhitārammaṇesu nibbattaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ. Vuttapaṭipakkhato pana yathākkamaṃ appamāṇārammaṇādīni veditabbāni. Hānabhāgiyādivisesaṃ sayameva vakkhati.
“禅支结合差别”是指:有些情况有五禅支,有些有四支,有些有三支,有些有二支,还有些有另外二支,如此依禅支的结合而有差别。难道这里不应像对欲界善心那样,也纳入‘行差别’吗?因为这也只是:依随顺修习而得的称为‘有行’,依证道而得的称为‘无行’。那么是否应说‘依禅支与行的结合差别而有十种’呢?并非如此。因为即便依证道从七种方式获得,之后也只是依遍作而生起。因此,若无称为遍作的前行,一切禅那唯凭增上缘不会生起,所以不能称为‘无行’;若无增上缘,唯凭遍作行也不会生起,所以也不能称为‘有行’。因此,唯依禅支的结合差别而说为五种。显示巴利原文
Jhānaṅgayogabhedatoti katthaci pañca jhānaṅgāni, katthaci cattāri, katthaci tīṇi, katthaci dve , katthaci aparāni dveti evaṃ jhānaṅgānaṃ sampayogabhedato. Nanu cettha kāmāvacarakusale viya saṅkhārabhedo kasmā na gahito. Idampi hi kevalaṃ samathānuyogavasena paṭiladdhaṃ sasaṅkhāraṃ, maggādhigamavasena paṭiladdhamasaṅkhāraṃ, tasmā ‘‘jhānaṅgasaṅkhārayogabhedato dasavidha’’nti vattabbanti? Nayidamevaṃ, maggādhigamavasena sattito paṭiladdhassāpi aparabhāge parikammavaseneva uppajjanato, tasmā sabbassapi jhānassa parikammasaṅkhātapubbābhisaṅkhārena vinā kevalaṃ adhikāravasena anuppajjanato ‘‘asaṅkhāra’’ntipi vattuṃ na sakkā, adhikārena ca vinā kevalaṃ parikammābhisaṅkhāreneva anuppajjanato ‘‘sasaṅkhāra’’ntipi vattuṃ na sakkāti jhānaṅgayogabhedato pañcavidhatā ca vuttāti.
已断除欲贪、嗔恚、昏沉睡眠、掉举恶作、疑这五种盖的,称为“已断欲贪……乃至……已断”。此处“已断”一词,应视为正如“已置”一词那样,是别处的用语。或者说,“已断欲贪等”是指已与它们脱离、不相系属,且成为能断除它们者。其中,“欲”是贪求义,“贪”是欲求义,合称“欲贪”,这是对粗显欲贪的称呼。嗔恚等的含义将在后文说明。因为若欲贪等未断,禅那便不会生起,所以应知这些是禅那的断支。难道这里其他不善法不也由此禅那所断吗?为何只说五断支?因为它们是与禅那特相违背的障碍。由于欲贪,心被种种所缘诱引,不能于一境得定;或因被欲贪所征服,便不修习能断除种种所缘纷杂之欲界的行道;由于嗔恚,心在所缘上受到撞击,不能无碍地运作;被昏沉睡眠所征服,则不堪任;被掉举恶作所纠缠,心便不寂静而散乱;被疑所害,则不能登上证得禅那的行道,因为若对‘地是地’等作意而生起‘究竟有没有禅那’等疑惑,其证得禅那的行道便无法成就。如后文将说。显示巴利原文
Kāmacchando byāpādo thinamiddhaṃ uddhaccakukkuccaṃ vicikicchāti imāni pañca nīvaraṇāni vippahīnāni etassāti kāmacchanda…pe… vippahīnaṃ. ‘‘Agyāhito’’ti ettha āhita-saddassa viya vippahīna-saddassettha paravacanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kāmacchandādīhi vā vippahīnaṃ visaṃyuttaṃ tesaṃ pahāyakabhāvenāti kāmacchanda…pe… vippahīnaṃ. Tattha kāmetīti kāmo, chandanaṭṭhena chando cāti kāmacchando, bahalakāmarāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Byāpādādīnamatthaṃ vakkhati. Yasmā kāmacchandādīsu appahīnesu jhānaṃ nuppajjati, tasmā tānissa pahānaṅgānīti veditabbāni. Nanu aññepi akusalā dhammā iminā jhānena pahīyanti, atha kasmā pañceva pahānaṅgavasena vuttānīti? Visesena jhānantarāyakarattā. Kāmacchandavasena hi nānāvisayapalobhitaṃ cittaṃ na ekattārammaṇe samādhiyati. Kāmacchandābhibhūtaṃ vā nānāvisayasamupabyūḷhāya kāmadhātuyā pahānapaṭipadaṃ na paṭipajjati, byāpādena ca ārammaṇe paṭihaññamānaṃ na samāhitaṃ pavattati, thinamiddhābhibhūtaṃ akammaññaṃ hoti, uddhaccakukkuccaparetaṃ avūpasantameva hutvā paribbhamati, vicikicchāupahataṃ jhānādhigamapaṭipadaṃ nārohati ‘‘sammāsambuddho nu kho, na nu kho, pathavī pathavī’’tiādinā pavattamanasikārena ‘‘jhānaṃ siyā nu kho, na nu kho’’tiādinā vicikicchantassa jhānādhigamapaṭipadāya asaṃsijjhanato. Yato vakkhati –
我必定将分享此修行之道,
为得远离之乐,发起最上精进。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhāgī assamahaṃ addhā, imāya paṭipattiyā; Pavivekasukhassāti, katvā ussāhamuttama’’nti.
因此,这些正是定等的直接对立,并特为证得禅那的障碍,故只说这些为断支。于此有云:显示巴利原文
Tasmā samādhiādīnaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhāvena visesena jhānādhigamassa antarāyakaraṇato etāneva pahānaṅgānīti vuttāni. Hoti cettha –
因为五盖在此是定等的对立,
是禅那的障碍,因此被确定为断支。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paccanīkā yato pañca, samādhādīnamettha hi; Jhānantarāyikā tasmā, pahānaṅge niyāmitā’’ti.
如此,以断支说明后,现在以俱生支来说明,故说“寻……乃至……相应”。其中,寻等的词义、特相等将在后文说明。当这些生起时,禅那即名为已生起,所以应知这些是它的俱生支。因此,不应执取另有具备这些以外的其他禅那。然而,如同轮、辋等支的集合有“车”等称呼,禅支的集合有“禅那”的称呼。这在《分别论》中也说过:“禅那者,即寻、伺、喜、乐、心一境性。”为何在触等其他相应法也存在的情况下,唯说这五者为禅支?答:因为它们有审虑的作用,且是欲贪等的直接对立。寻令心投向所缘,伺令继续随行。这些成为证得禅那的特缘,令不散乱、正在加行的心获得加行成就,由此生起喜,它带来喜悦;乐则令增长。然后,由寻的投向、伺的随行、喜的喜悦、乐的增长所资助的一境性,以安止的作用令自身转起,于一个所缘上平等、正确地安住——平等,是由于根平等性;正确安住,是由于远离了敌对法,无有昏沉与掉举。如此,这些的审虑作用是独特的。而作为欲贪等的对立,后文将自说。因此,因有审虑作用,且是欲贪等的直接对立,故唯此五者被确定为禅支。如所说:显示巴利原文
Evamidaṃ pahānaṅgavasena dassetvā idāni sampayogaṅgavasena dassetuṃ ‘‘vitakka…pe… sampayutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha vitakkādayo vacanatthalakkhaṇādivasena upari āgamissanti. Yasmā pana imesu uppannesu jhānaṃ uppannaṃ nāma hoti, tenassa imāni sampayogaṅgānīti veditabbāni, tasmā na etehi samannāgataṃ aññadeva jhānaṃ nāma atthīti gahetabbaṃ. Yathā pana nemiādiaṅgasamudāye rathādivohāro hoti, evaṃ jhānaṅgasamudāye jhānavohāro. Vuttampi hetaṃ vibhaṅge ‘‘jhānanti vitakko vicāro pīti sukhaṃ cittassekaggatā’’ti (vibha. 569). Kasmā pana aññesupi phassādīsu sampayuttadhammesu vijjamānesu imāniyeva pañca jhānaṅgavasena vuttānīti? Vuccate – upanijjhānakiccavantatāya, kāmacchandādīnaṃ ujupaṭipakkhabhāvato ca. Vitakko hi ārammaṇe cittaṃ abhiniropeti, vicāro anubandhati. Evaṃ jhānādhigamassa visesapaccayabhūtehi tehi avikkhepāya samādahitapayogassa cetaso payogasampattisamuṭṭhānā pīti pīṇanaṃ, sukhañca upabrūhanaṃ karoti. Atha naṃ sasampayuttadhammaṃ etehi abhiniropanānubandhanapīṇanaupabrūhanehi anuggahitā ekaggatā samādhānakiccena attānaṃ anuvattāpentī ekattārammaṇe samaṃ, sammā ca ādhiyati, indriyasamatāvasena samaṃ, paṭipakkhadhammānaṃ dūrībhāvena līnuddhaccābhāvena sammā ca ṭhapetīti evametesameva upanijjhānakiccaṃ āveṇikaṃ. Kāmacchandādipaṭipakkhabhāvena pana sayameva vakkhati. Evaṃ upanijjhānakiccavantatāya, kāmacchandādīnaṃ ujupaṭipakkhabhāvato ca imeyeva pañca jhānaṅgabhāvena vavatthitāti. Yathāhu –
因其有审察作用,且是欲贪等的对治支;
虽尚有他法,然唯此五者得名禅支。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Upanijjhānakiccattā, kāmādipaṭipakkhato; Santesupi ca aññesu, pañceva jhānasaññitā’’ti.
由说法次第,及于广大法中为最初所应证得故,称为“初”;由最初应入定故,亦说为“初”。然而,此非决定相,因若依禅那逆次第等方式入定,则此说不能成立。显示巴利原文
Desanākkamato, mahaggatadhammesu paṭhamaṃ adhigantabbato ca paṭhamaṃ, paṭhamaṃ samāpajjitabbantipi paṭhamanti vadanti. Taṃ pana na ekantalakkhaṇaṃ jhānapaṭilomādivasena samāpajjane asambhavato.
即使在前后心中生起,但在安止刹那却不住,因此说寻于此已断,或说由此断除,故称“已断寻”。因为由修习而断,寻于禅那刹那不再生起。然而,由于它的本性并非染污,且近行修习无力断除它,因此在前后阶段、当对立心不生起时,寻确实还会生起。显示巴利原文
Purimapacchimacittesu uppajjamānassāpi appanākkhaṇe anuppajjanato vitakko vippahīno etassa, tato vā etaṃ vippahīnanti vitakkavippahīnaṃ. Bhāvanāya hi pahīnattā vitakko jhānakkhaṇe nuppajjati. Asaṃkiliṭṭhasabhāvattā pana upacārabhāvanāya ca taṃ pahātuṃ asamatthabhāvato purimabhāge, pacchābhāge ca apaccanīkacittappavattito uppajjatiyevāti.
难道不是已经说过“由于本性未被染污”吗?既然如此,它又如何被禅那所断除呢?因为善法并不能断除未被染污的法,而贪等染污的恶法才是它的直接对立面,不是吗?回答是:虽然它的本性未被染污,但因为其粗重而力量微弱,为使它在禅那刹那不生的本性得以成就,遂通过镇伏对它的爱著而修习第二禅。依此第二禅的力量,于禅那刹那不生起的爱著,或以镇伏爱著的方式而被镇伏,即称为断除。若是如此,在近行定中爱著也同样被镇伏,那么在那里也应如初禅近行定中断除诸盖那样,有它的断除,不是吗?并非如此。因为对寻的所缘的爱著的镇伏,并不像诸盖的断除那样,能由近行定殊胜地成就。在此,爱著的断除唯有通过安止定方能殊胜地成就。因此,“且近行修习无力断除它”这句话,应视为经过审细抉择而说。“离伺”等处的含义,也应依所述的方法来理解。此处提及“寻”,仅仅是为了显示在第二禅中已被断除的寻在此处不现起,故说“离寻、离伺”。同样地,在“离寻、离伺、离喜”等处也是如此。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca ‘‘asaṃkiliṭṭhasabhāvattā’’ti vuttaṃ, atha kathaṃ jhānena esa pahīyati? Na hi kusalehi asaṃkiliṭṭhadhammassa pahānaṃ atthi rāgādisaṃkiliṭṭhānaṃ pāpadhammānametassa ujupaṭipakkhabhāvatoti? Vuccate – asaṃkiliṭṭhasabhāvassāpi etassa oḷārikatāya dubbalabhāvato jhānakkhaṇe anuppattisabhāvāpādanatthaṃ tattha nikantivikkhambhanavasena dutiyajjhānabhāvanā hotīti tassā balena taṃ jhānakkhaṇe anuppajjantaṃ nikantivikkhambhanavasena vā vikkhambhitaṃ pahīnaṃ nāma hoti. Yadi evaṃ upacārenapi nikanti vikkhambhīyatīti tatthapissa pahānaṃ siyā, yathā paṭhamajjhānassa upacāre nīvaraṇānīti? Nayidamevaṃ, nīvaraṇappahānassa viya vitakkārammaṇikanikanti vikkhambhanassa upacārena sātisayaṃ anipphajjanato. Sātisayañhi tattha nikantippahānaṃ appanāya eva hoti, tasmā yadavocumhā ‘‘upacārabhāvanāya ca taṃ pahātuṃ asamatthabhāvato’’ti, taṃ suṭṭhu upaparikkhitvā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Vicāravippahīna’’ntiādīsupi vuttanayānusārena attho daṭṭhabbo. Dutiyajjhāneyeva pahīnassa vitakkassa idha appavattimattadassanatthaṃ ‘‘vitakkavicāravippahīna’’nti vitakka-ggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Evaṃ ‘‘vitakkavicārapītivippahīna’’ntiādīsupi.
“随其所应”的意思是:在地遍等业处中,对于任何所缘,只要它能生起相应的禅那,便不超越此范围。即在遍业处和入出息念中,能生起五种禅;在不净业处和身至念中,能生起初禅;在慈、悲、喜三梵住中,能生起除第五禅外的其余四禅;在舍梵住中,能生起第五禅。显示巴利原文
Yathāsambhavanti pathavīkasiṇādīsu yaṃ yaṃ ārammaṇaṃ yassa yassa sambhavati, tadanatikkamato. Kasiṇānāpānesu hi pañceva jhānāni pavattanti, asubhakāyagatāsatīsu paṭhamajjhānaṃ, anupekkhābrahmavihāresu pañcamajjhānavajjāni, upekkhābrahmavihāre pañcamajjhānanti.
“地遍等”中的“等”字,不仅摄指水遍等,还应理解为包含了不净观等能生起安止的业处。在此,胜处与解脱的禅那仅在转起的形态上有别,但就所缘而言,它们即是遍处,因此已被摄入遍处禅那之中。又或者,通过“随其所应……种种”的表述,已含摄了色界禅那中一切可能的方法类别,故胜处与解脱的禅那虽未单独列出,但其自相可知。显示巴利原文
Pathavīkasiṇādīsūti ettha ādi-ggahaṇena kevalaṃ āpokasiṇādīnameva, atha kho asubhādīnampi appanāvahakammaṭṭhānānaṃ saṅgahoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha ca abhibhāyatanavimokkhajhānāni pavattākāramattato bhinnāni, ārammaṇato pana kasiṇāyatanāneva hontīti kasiṇāyatanajhāneheva tāni saṅgahitāni. ‘‘Yathāsambhavaṃ…pe… anekavidha’’nti vā vacanena rūpāvacarajjhāne sabbopi labbhamānakabhedo saṅgahitoti abhibhāyatanavimokkhajhānāni visuṃ na vuttāni, tāni pana sarūpato evaṃ veditabbāni.
在此,具有殊胜智慧的瑜伽行者,超越地遍等所缘后,怀着“于此生起安止并非难事”的心念而修习,在相生起之后的第二或第三速行心路,或在第四或第五速行心路中所证得的禅那,称为胜处。因为此禅能制胜所缘,故名为“胜”;又因它是瑜伽行者殊胜妙乐的住处,或属于意处与法处,故名为“处”,因此称为“胜处”。或者,应被制胜的所缘即是“胜”,以此为处,则名“胜处”。又或者,仅由制胜所缘而称为“胜”,以此为处、为因者,即是“胜处”。遍作或智慧在于制胜所缘之后转起,从近行生起时起,不超过第五速行心路即引发安止。然而,在第五速行心路之后,即使出于制胜的意愿而生起安止,也不称为胜处。通常而言,那仅为遍处。正是针对这种极其迅速的转起,注释书中说:“制胜它们之后而入定,在此,与相的生起同时便生起安止。”注释书难道不应依字面理解吗?若说“与相的生起同时”,似乎意味着与相同时生起的禅那即是胜处,不是吗?并非如此,因为安止不可能与相的生起同时发生。这里所说的“显示巴利原文
Tattha ñāṇuttarassa yogāvacarassa pathavīkasiṇādiārammaṇaṃ abhibhavitvā ‘‘na mettha appanānibbattane bhāro’’ti paṭipannassa nimittuppattito uddhaṃ dutiyatatiyavīthiyaṃ, catutthapañcamavīthiyaṃ vā paṭiladdhaṃ jhānaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ nāma. Tañhi ārammaṇaṃ abhibhavatīti abhibhū, yogino sukhavisesānaṃ adhiṭṭhānatāya, manāyatanadhammāyatanapariyāpannatāya vā āyatananti abhibhāyatanaṃ, abhibhavitabbaṃ vā abhibhū, ālambaṇaṃ, taṃ āyatanamassāti abhibhāyatanaṃ. Atha vā ālambaṇābhibhavanatoyeva abhibhū, parikammaṃ, ñāṇaṃ vā, taṃ āyatanaṃ kāraṇamassāti abhibhāyatanaṃ. Parikammaṃ, ñāṇaṃ vā ālambaṇaṃ abhibhavitvā pavattamānaṃ upacāruppattito pañcamavīthimanatikkamitvā appanaṃ nibbatteti. Pañcamavīthito paraṃ nibbattaṃ pana abhibhavitukāmatāya nibbattitampi abhibhāyatanaṃ nāma na hoti. Sāmaññagatiyā pana kasiṇāyatanameva hoti. Imameva hi sīghatarappavattiṃ sandhāya aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tāni abhibhavitvā samāpajjati, saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ nibbattetī’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 204) vuttaṃ. Nanu ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ yathārutavaseneva attho kasmā na gayhati. ‘‘Saha nimittuppādenevā’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 204) hi vuttattā nimittuppattiyā sahuppannaṃ jhānamabhibhāyatananti viññāyatīti? Nayidamevaṃ, nimittuppādena saha appanāya asambhavato. Nimittuppādoti hi idha paṭibhāganimittassa uppatti tadārammaṇassa vā upacārajjhānassa, kiṃ tāva paṭibhāganimittuppattiyā saha appanāya nibbatti upacārajjhāne asati tassā asambhavato, nāpi upacārajjhānena saha ekavīthiyaṃ nibbatti tassā upacārabhāvanāpabandhasevitabbabhāvena tadā asambhavato, tasmā nāticirāyanappavattidassanatthaṃ samīpimhi samīpakārīyūpacārena aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tathā vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Yadi nimittuppattito nāticirappavattamabhibhāyatanaṃ, kathaṃ tassa dandhābhiññākhippābhiññābhedo pāḷiyaṃ vuttoti? Vuccate – catutthapañcamajavanavīthiyaṃ uppannaṃ cirakālanibbattitāya dandhābhiññaṃ, dutiyatatiyavīthiyaṃ uppannaṃ tabbiparītalakkhaṇatāya khippābhiññanti. Keci pana ‘‘abhibhāyatanaṃ nāma vasibhāvappattameva, netara’’nti vadanti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ, vasibhāvappattiyā nimittuppattito dūratarabhāvena ‘‘saha nimittuppādenevettha appanaṃ nibbattetī’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanena saha virujjhanato.
再者,已达到自在的禅那,无须依赖制胜的因缘,单凭自在力便能随意入定,但这并不称为胜处。因此,应当得出这样的结论:未达自在、最初生起的禅那才是胜处。若如此,为何在胜处的教示中说“无量而以小为所缘,无量而以无量为所缘”呢?因为达到自在的禅那才被称为“无量”,而此最初生起的禅那只应是“小”,不是吗?这并无过失。因为最初以胜处的方式证得的禅那,即便后来达到自在,也仍获得胜处的名称。因此,达到自在的胜处称为“无量”,未达自在者则是“小”。显示巴利原文
Apica vasibhāvappattaṃ jhānaṃ abhibhavanakāraṇanirapekkhaṃ vasibhāvabaleneva sakkaccaṃ samāpajjituṃ na sakkāti na taṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā appattavasibhāvā paṭhamuppannāyeva abhibhāyatananti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ ‘‘appamāṇaṃ parittārammaṇaṃ, appamāṇaṃ appamāṇārammaṇa’’nti (dha. sa. 212-213) abhibhāyatanadesanāyaṃ vuttaṃ. Vasibhāvappattañhi jhānaṃ appamāṇanti vuccati. Idañca uppannamattattā parittamevāti? Nāyaṃ doso. Paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanavasena paṭiladdhajjhānaṃ pacchā vasibhāvappattampi abhibhāyatananāmameva labhatīti vasibhāvappattamabhibhāyatanaṃ appamāṇaṃ, itaraṃ parittaṃ.
再者,已得自在者,依殊胜状态与摄受而说为“无量”。而诸师以“凡更强力者即是无量”作为此义的标记而说。强力修习是“无量性”的因缘。而强力性,由于从初安止速行到最后安止速行的强力,即使在未达究竟的禅那中也可能存在,因此强力者为“无量”,其余为“狭小”——如是,即使在未达究竟的禅那中,也应知有“无量”等差别。或者,安止的强力性,唯有当近行强有力时才具足。而那种能迅速引生安止的近行,即是强有力的近行。因此,速通达者的两种胜处禅那,在近行路心之后,无间于第二路心生起者,由于近行禅那的强力性,其自身也更为强力,故称“无量”;越过第二路心,于第三路心生起者,因属其余之类,故为“狭小”。同样,迟通达者于第四路心生起者为“无量”,于第五路心生起者为“狭小”。或者,在任何安止路心中,第五个生起的安止,比起第四个生起的,其强力性较弱。依此道理,这里亦应知狭小与无量的差别。显示巴利原文
Atha vā vasibhāvappattaṃ appamāṇanti ukkaṃsagatipariggahavasena vuccati. Taṃ pana yaṃ balavataraṃ, taṃ appamāṇanti imassa atthassa upalakkhaṇaṃ katvā vadanti. Balavabhāvanibandhanaṃ appamāṇattaṃ. Balavabhāvo ca paṭhamaappanāvārato pacchimapacchimaappanāvārānaṃ balavatāya avasitāpattepi jhāne sambhavatīti balavantaṃ appamāṇaṃ, itaraṃ parittanti evaṃ avasitāpattepi jhāne appamāṇādibhāvo veditabbo. Atha vā appanāya balavabhāvo nāma upacārassa balavatāya sati hoti. Upacārañca taṃ balavaṃ, yaṃ sahasā appanaṃ uppādetuṃ sakkuṇeyya, tasmā khippābhiññānaṃ dvinnaṃ abhibhāyatanajhānānaṃ upacāravīthiyā anantaraṃ dutiyavīthiyaṃ uppannaṃ upacārajjhānassa balavatāya sayampi balavataranti appamāṇaṃ nāma hoti. Dutiyavīthimatikkamitvā tatiyavīthiyaṃ uppannaṃ taditarasabhāvatāya parittaṃ. Tathā dandhābhiññānaṃ catutthavīthiyaṃ uppannaṃ appamāṇaṃ. Pañcamavīthiyaṃ uppannaṃ parittanti. Atha vā yattha katthaci appanāvīthiyaṃ pañcamaṃ uppajjanakaappanāto catutthaṃ uppajjamānāya balavabhāvoti taṃvasenāpettha parittaappamāṇatā veditabbā.
然而,此胜处依数目共有八种。如所说:显示巴利原文
Taṃ panetaṃ gaṇanato aṭṭhavidhaṃ hoti. Yathāha –
“内无色想者,外观色为狭小,作如是念:‘我胜彼,知、见。’内无色想者,外观色为狭小、美丑。内无色想者,外观色为无量。内无色想者,外观色为无量、美丑,作如是念:‘我胜彼,知、见。’观青、青色、青现、青光者,作如是念:‘我胜彼,知、见。’观黄、黄色、黄现、黄光者,作如是念:‘我胜彼,知、见。’观赤、赤色、赤现、赤光者,作如是念:‘我胜彼,知、见。’观白、白色、白现、白光者,作如是念:‘我胜彼,知、见。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmi. Nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni, tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmi. Pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Lohitāni lohitavaṇṇāni lohitanidassanāni lohitanibhāsāni. Odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni, ‘tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hotī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.173; 3.338; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 1.427-434; 8.65).
其中,“内无色想者”:由于未获得或无意乐,对内在的发等所缘,没有遍作与安止之想。“外观色”:因为在外在的八遍处,或仅在四界遍处已作了遍作,故以遍作和安止而见外在的八种或四种遍处色。“狭小”:即微细而不广大。“胜解后”:譬如一位食量大、食物丰足的人,得到仅有一匙的食物,心想“这么一点食物,有什么可吃的?”,便将其拢作一团一口吞下;同样,智慧超胜、智见明净的人,心想“在此狭小所缘上,有什么可入定的?这并非我的负担”,便以遍作或以智慧胜解他们色后而入定。依前述方式,迅速生起安止。“我知、我见”:以此说明其先前的作意;而依此作意而来,在定中则成为心的造作。否则,若仅说明其作意,便不曾说明由此所应成就的禅那,因为此胜处的教说是以禅那为境的。然而,在诸义注中,依出定后的前分修习,取禅那刹那中现行的胜解行相,而说其现行的作意:显示巴利原文
Tattha ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti alābhitāya vā anatthikatāya vā ajjhattesu kesādīsu parikammaappanāsaññāvirahito. Bahiddhā rūpāni passatīti bahiddhā aṭṭhasu kasiṇesu, catūsu bhūtakasiṇesu eva vā kataparikammakatāya parikammavasena ceva appanāvasena ca tāni bahiddhā aṭṭha, cattāri vā kasiṇarūpāni passati. Parittānīti amahantāni. Abhibhuyyāti yathā mahagghaso sampannagahaṇiko puriso kaṭacchumattaṃ bhattaṃ labhitvā ‘‘kiṃ ettha bhuñjitabbaṃ bhattaṃ atthī’’ti saṅkaḍḍhitvā sabbaṃ ekakabaḷameva karoti, evameva ñāṇuttariko puggalo visadañāṇo ‘‘kiṃ ettha parittake ārammaṇe samāpajjitabbaṃ atthi, nāyaṃ mama bhāro’’ti tāni rūpāni parikammena, ñāṇena vā abhibhavitvā samāpajjati. Heṭṭhā vuttanayena sīghaṃ appanaṃ nibbatteti. ‘‘Jānāmi passāmī’’ti iminā panassa pubbābhogo kathito, tadāgamanato ca antosamāpattiyaṃ cittābhisaṅkhāro. Itarathā anena ābhogamatte kathite tena sādhitabbaṃ jhānaṃ na vuttaṃ hoti, abhibhāyatanadesanāvāyaṃ jhānavisayāti. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa pubbabhāgabhāvanāvasena jhānakkhaṇe pavattamabhibhavanākāraṃ gahetvā pavattamābhogaṃ sandhāya –
以此说明了其作意。然而,此作意是出定者的作意,非在定中。显示巴利原文
‘‘Iminā panassa ābhogo kathito. So ca kho samāpattito vuṭṭhitassa, na antosamāpattiya’’nti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.173; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.249; a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.8.65) vuttaṃ.
在第二项中,“美丑”:即清净与不清净之色。因为清净的青色等为“美”,不清净者为“丑”,此处即指此义。显示巴利原文
Dutiye suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānīti parisuddhāparisuddhavaṇṇāni. Parisuddhāni hi nīlādīni suvaṇṇāni, aparisuddhāni dubbaṇṇānīti idha adhippetāni.
第三项中,“无量”:指广大、扩展,如打谷场等。然而,此处并非依扩展而取“无量”之义,因为在此遍处的扩展是不可能的。遍处有两种扩展之地:近行地与安止地。其中,近行地中扩展尚不可能,因为禅那生起时,犹如与似相同时生起一般,哪里还有扩展的余地?安止地中也不可能,因为扩展后成为初生禅那的所缘,这是不合理的。因此,此处“无量”是指所缘本性即广大。然而,另有人说:“即依扩展而为无量。先无胜解之欲时作扩展,后有胜解之欲时,以胜解行相转起,于彼生起安止。”这是说,获得安止后,于扩展的似相中,此胜处被开示。显示巴利原文
Tatiye appamāṇānīti vuddhippamāṇāni vipulāni khalamaṇḍalādīni. Vaḍḍhanavasena panettha appamāṇatā na gahitā kasiṇavaḍḍhanassa idha asambhavato. Kasiṇassa hi dve vaḍḍhanabhūmiyo upacārabhūmi, appanābhūmi vā. Tattha na tāva idha upacārabhūmiyaṃ vaḍḍhanaṃ sambhavati. Nimittuppattiyā samakālaṃ viya uppajjamāne jhāne kuto tassa okāsoti, nāpi appanābhūmiyaṃ. Vaḍḍhitassa paṭhamuppannajhānārammaṇatā na yujjati, tasmā sabhāvamahantāneva ālambaṇāni idha appamāṇānīti adhippetāni. Keci pana ‘‘vaḍḍhitavaseneva appamāṇānīti gahetvā paṭhamaṃ abhibhavanicchāya abhāvena vaḍḍhetvā pacchā abhibhavanicchāya sati abhibhavanākārena pavatto tasmiṃ appanaṃ nibbattetīti appanaṃ paṭilabhitvā vaḍḍhitanimittesu idaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti.
第四项中,“胜解后”:即胜解之后。正如一位饮食丰足、食量很大的人,得到一满钵的食物,心想:“再来一些,再来一些,这又能奈我何?”因而并不觉得多;同样,智慧超胜、智见明净的人,心想:“于此还需入什么定?此非无量,对我成就心一境性而言,反成负担。”胜解之后而入定。依前述方式生起安止。显示巴利原文
Catutthe abhibhuyyāti abhibhavitvā. Yathā nāma sampannagahaṇiko mahagghaso puriso ekaṃ bhattavaḍḍhitakaṃ labhitvā ‘‘‘aññopi hotu, aññopi hotū’ti kiṃ esa mayhaṃ karissatī’’ti na taṃ mahantato passati, evameva ñāṇuttaro visadañāṇo puggalo ‘‘‘kiṃ ettha samāpajjitabbaṃ, nayidaṃ appamāṇa’nti mayhaṃ cittekaggatākaraṇe bhāro’’ti abhibhavitvā samāpajjati. Vuttanayeneva appanaṃ nibbatteti.
第五项中,“nīlāni”……“nīlanibhāsāni”这些都是同义词。其中,“nīlāni”是从总括一切的角度而说的。然而,如果仅仅这样说,由于依其关联性质而用其名称,便可能兼及具有该性质的事物,因此为了排除这种情况,从颜色的角度说为“nīlavaṇṇāni”。即使这样,由于依持业释也可能牵涉到性质,因此从所显的角度说为“nīlanidassanāni”。因为“nidassana”是应被显示者,即眼所应见的色。由此,为了排除白色等,与“nīla”构成复合词,其意为:衣不会被认知为其他样子,颜色不混杂,唯显现为一种蓝色。“Nīlanibhāsāni”则是从光辉的角度说的,意为具有蓝色光辉、具有蓝色光芒者。以此显示它们的极清净性。对于“pītāni”等,也应依此理趣了知其义。在这八者中,前两者是就依制伏的方式、不具颜色作意、以八遍中的小遍为所缘而生起者而说的。第三者是就同样以无量遍为所缘而生起者而说的。第二与第四这两者,是就具有颜色作意而生起者而说的,而非就依颜色遍而生起者而说的,因为……显示巴利原文
Pañcame nīlāni…pe… nīlanibhāsānīti etāni pariyāyanāmānīti tattha ‘‘nīlānī’’ti sabbasaṅgāhakavasena vuttaṃ. Ettakeyeva pana vutte taṃyogato tabbohārena guṇayuttepi pasaṅgo siyāti tannivāraṇatthaṃ ‘‘nīlavaṇṇānī’’ti vaṇṇavasena vuttaṃ. Evampi hi bahubbīhivasena guṇopi pasaṅgo hotīti ‘‘nīlanidassanānī’’ti nidassanavasena vuttaṃ . Nidassitabbañhi nidassanaṃ, cakkhunā daṭṭhabbaṃ rūpaṃ. Tato setādinivāraṇatthaṃ nīla-saddena saha samāso katoti apaññāyamānacīvarāni asambhinnavaṇṇāni ekanīlāneva hutvā dissamānānīti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Nīlanibhāsānī’’ti idaṃ pana obhāsavasena vuttaṃ, nīlobhāsāni nīlappabhāyuttānīti attho. Etena tesaṃ suvisuddhattaṃ dasseti. ‘Pītānī’’tiādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Aṭṭhasu cetesu purimaṃ abhibhavanākārena vaṇṇābhogarahitāni aṭṭhapi kasiṇāni parittāni ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tatiyaṃ tathā appamāṇāni. Dutiyacatutthāniyeva dve vaṇṇābhogasahitāni ārabbha uppannaṃ, na pana vaṇṇakasiṇavasena uppannaṃ tassa visuṃ vakkhamānattā.
然而,第五等胜处是就那些于此处已作加行者,纯粹依极清净的颜色而说的。因为对他们而言,制伏之因并非小或无量,而是极清净的蓝色等状态。因为他们已于此处作了加行。难道不是有这样的说法:“在圣典注释书中说:‘无论是妙色或丑色,这些胜处都是依小与无量而说的’”?确实如此,但那是因为在圣典中,胜处以不同方式出现,故而那样宣说。在那里——显示巴利原文
Pañcamādīni pana tesu katādhikāre sandhāya suvisuddhavaṇṇavaseneva desitāni. Na hi tesaṃ abhibhavanassa parittatā, appamāṇatā vā kāraṇaṃ, atha kho suvisuddhanīlādibhāvo. Tattha hi te katādhikārāti. Nanu ca āgamaṭṭhakathāsu ‘‘suvaṇṇāni vā hontu dubbaṇṇāni vā, parittaappamāṇavaseneva imāni abhibhāyatanāni desitānī’’ti (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.173; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.249; a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.8.65) vuttanti? Saccaṃ, taṃ pana āgame abhibhāyatanānaṃ aññathā āgatattā vuttaṃ. Tattha hi –
“内具色想者,一人观外诸色,小者,或妙或丑;无量者,或妙或丑。内无色想者,一人观外诸色,小者,或妙或丑;无量者,或妙或丑。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni, appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.173; 3.338; ma. ni. 2.249; a. ni. 1.427-434; 8.65) –
如此,仅有四种胜处出现。因此,在那些注释书中,无论颜色作意存在与否,都依小与无量的性质而说这些胜处的教导。因为在这四种胜处中,小与无量是制伏的原因,无论颜色作意存在与否。难道不是由于处处都说“或妙或丑”,所以那里只包含具颜色作意者吗?并非如此。不具颜色作意者与具颜色作意者,所有小者被合起来说为“小者,或妙或丑”;同样,说为“无量者,或妙或丑”。若如此,如何对殊胜的不具颜色作意者与具颜色作意者一起作意呢?并非一起作意,而是分别对它们作意。若如此,在分别的情况下如何成为一体的?依小性的共通性。若如此,“或妙或丑”的表述岂非多余?并非多余,因为存在间接教示的方式。确实存在这样的方式:不执取由颜色作意所生与未生的差别,依小性的共通性将其归为一体,说“制伏小者”之后,为了再显示其中所含的差别以调伏弟子,那些有时依颜色而被转向者,由于应说“制伏或妙或丑者”,分别作意不具颜色作意者与具颜色作意者后,在两种情况下——制伏不具颜色作意的小者与制伏具彼的小者——执取制伏小者的共通显示巴利原文
Evaṃ cattāriyeva abhibhāyatanāni āgatāni, tasmā tadaṭṭhakathāsu vaṇṇābhoge vijjamāne avijjamānepi parittaappamāṇatāvaseneva imesaṃ desitabhāvo vutto. Parittaappamāṇatā hi imesu catūsu abhibhavanassa kāraṇaṃ vaṇṇābhoge vijjamāne avijjamānepīti. Nanu ca sabbattha ‘‘suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti vacanato vaṇṇābhogasahitāniyeva tattha gahitānīti? Taṃ na, vaṇṇābhogarahitāni, sahitāni ca sabbāni parittāni ekato katvā ‘‘parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti vuttāni, tathā ‘‘appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇānī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ kathaṃ visiṭṭhānaṃ vaṇṇābhogarahitānaṃ, sahitānañca ekajjhaṃ manasikāro, na ekajjhaṃ, visuṃyeva tesaṃ manasikāro. Yadi evaṃ visuṃ kathamekattanti? Parittabhāvasāmaññato. Yadi evaṃ suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇa-ggahaṇamatiriccati avasiṭṭhoti? Nātiriccati pariyāyadesanābhāvato. Atthi hi esa pariyāyo, yadidaṃ vaṇṇābhogajanitājanitaṃ visesaṃ aggahetvā parittabhāvasāmaññena ekattaṃ netvā ‘‘parittāni abhibhuyyā’’ti vatvā puna tadantogadhameva pabhedaṃ vineyyavasena dassetuṃ tāni ca kadāci vaṇṇavasena āvajjitāni honti, ‘‘suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni abhibhuyyā’’ti vattabbatāya vaṇṇābhogarahitāni, sahitāni ca visuṃ manasi katvā ubhayatthāpi vaṇṇābhogarahitaparittābhibhavane, taṃsahitaparittābhibhavane ca parittābhibhavanasāmaññaṃ gahetvā ekattaṃ katanti. Abhidhamme pana nippariyāyadesanattā vaṇṇābhogarahitāni, sahitāni ca visuṃ vuttāni. Atthi hi ubhayatthābhibhavanavisesoti. Hotu tāva, evaṃ suttābhidhammapāṭhavisesato aṭṭhakathāya pāṭhabhede pana ko adhippāyoti? Vuccate – suttante hi paṭhamavimokkhaṃ dvedhā bhinditvā paṭhamadutiyaabhibhāyatanāni vuttāni, pariyāyadesanattā vimokkhānampi abhibhavanapariyāyo vijjatīti ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī’’ti abhibhāyatanadvayaṃ vuttaṃ.
在第三与第四胜处中,即包含了第二解脱;在色胜处中,则包含了第三解脱,这是从胜处的克服作用而加以统摄的。然而在此,由于是无余的直接开示,为了显示解脱与胜处不相混杂,故将解脱另置一边而独说胜处。再者,一切解脱的作用,都已在解说解脱时说明过了。这可以从以下得知:在《内有色想》等经中所说的两种胜处,于阿毗达摩中并未提及;而“见内色、见外色”等语,是一切解脱作用共通之语,由此作了决定。这确实应当如此接受;若不接受,则必须在经与阿毗达摩的文句差异上另行给出理由。那么,这里又该如何说呢?难道不是在义注中已提到:“为何如经中所说‘内有色想,见外色少’等,却不如此说,而在此四处胜处中皆说‘内无色想’?”并给出了“因为内色不可胜”的理由吗?其实那并非真正的理由说明,真正的理由说明是:无论何处,都不说“见内色”,而处处只说“见外色”。正因如此,无论在彼处还是此处,都说“唯应胜外色”。内色不可胜,是因为内色如同外色一样,未得清晰显现。因为若没有清晰显现的状态,上智便不能胜过所缘。然而,义注中不是说经文两种读法的差异,是以教说的善巧作为理由而说的吗?显示巴利原文
Tatiyacatutthaabhibhāyatanesu dutiyavimokkho, vaṇṇābhibhāyatanesu tatiyavimokkho ca abhibhavanappavattito saṅgahito, idha pana nippariyāyadesanattā vimokkhābhibhāyatanāni asaṅkarato dassetuṃ vimokkhe vajjetvā abhibhāyatanāni kathitāni. Sabbāni ca vimokkhakiccāni vimokkhadesanāya vuttāni, tadetaṃ ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī’’ti sutte āgatassa abhibhāyatanadvayassa abhidhamme avacanato ‘‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīnañca sabbavimokkhakiccasādhāraṇavacanabhāvato vavatthānaṃ katanti viññāyati. Avassañcetaṃ eva sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, na sampaṭicchantehi suttābhidhammapāṭhabhede aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ vattabbaṃ. Atha kimettha vattabbaṃ, nanu aṭṭhakathāyameva ‘‘kasmā pana yathā suttante ‘ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittānī’tiādi vuttaṃ, evaṃ avatvā idha catūsupi abhibhāyatanesu ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññitāva vuttā’’ti vatvā ‘‘ajjhattarūpānaṃ anabhibhavanīyato’’ti kāraṇaṃ vuttanti? Na taṃ tassa kāraṇavacanaṃ, atha kho katthaci ‘‘ajjhattaṃ rūpāni passatī’’ti avatvā sabbattha yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’ti, tassa ca kāraṇavacanaṃ. Teneva hi tattha vā idha vā ‘‘bahiddhā rūpāniyeva abhibhavitabbānī’’ti tattheva vuttaṃ, anabhibhavanīyatā ca ajjhattarūpānaṃ bahiddhā rūpāni viya avibhūtattā. Na hi suṭṭhu vibhūtabhāvamantarena ñāṇuttarānaṃ ārammaṇābhibhavanaṃ sambhavatīti. Nanu ca aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pāṭhadvayavisesassa desanāvilāso kāraṇabhāvena vuttoti? Saccaṃ vutto, so ca yathāvuttavavatthānavaseneva veditabbo . Desanāvilāso hi nāma vineyyajjhāsayānurūpaṃ vijjamānasseva pariyāyassa vibhāvanaṃ, na yassa kassacīti. Evaṃ tāva abhibhāyatanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
在此,“解脱”是指已证得禅那者,为了入定而如理作意,在速行心路过程之后,犹如坐在父亲腿上的小孩自然放下手脚一般,对所缘毫无滞碍,又如初入作意那样轻快,未起出定之心,乃至不超过四、五个心识刹那,便依于安住所缘之力而转起、已达自在的禅那——这即是它的名称。因为依遍处或胜处而生起的禅那,已从敌对法中善巧解脱,且心倾注于所缘,故称为“解脱”。义注中亦说:显示巴利原文
Tattha vimokkhoti paṭiladdhajjhānassa jhānaṃ samāpajjitukāmatāvasappavattajavanavīthisamanantarameva pituaṅke vissaṭṭhaaṅgapaccaṅgassa viya dārakassa ārammaṇe nirāsaṅkameva hutvā paṭhamakappanā viya ca lahuṃ avuṭṭhahitvā antamaso catupañcacittakkhaṇato anosakkitvā ārammaṇe abhirativasena pavattassa vasibhāvappattassa jhānassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi kasiṇāyatanavasena vā abhibhāyatanavasena vā uppannaṃ paccanīkadhammehi suṭṭhu vimuttattā, ārammaṇe adhimuttatāya ca ‘‘vimokkho’’ti vuccati. Vuttampi cetaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
“然而,应以何义了知为‘解脱’呢?以胜解之义。什么是此胜解之义?即从敌对法中善解脱之义,以及依于安住所缘之力而善胜解之义。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Kenaṭṭhena pana vimokkho veditabboti? Adhimuccanaṭṭhena. Ko ayaṃ adhimuccanaṭṭho nāma? Paccanīkadhammehi ca suṭṭhu vimuccanaṭṭho, ārammaṇe ca abhirativasena suṭṭhu adhimuccanaṭṭho’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 248).
若唯有已达自在的禅那才名为解脱,为何在它的所缘四类中,经文却说到了“有限”?因为已达自在的禅那不是被称为“有限”吗?这并无过失,因为此处是就圆满已达自在者而言,而未圆满已达自在者即因其有限性而被称为有限,故唯有已达自在的禅那才名为解脱,而非其他。然而其他的禅那,若依遍处而生起,即是遍处;若依胜处而生起,即是胜处。但有人说:“从最初的安止到最后的禅那,由于从最后的对立面善得解脱,依遍处与胜处而生起的,除初作意之外,其余皆是解脱。”显示巴利原文
Yadi vasibhāvappattameva vimokkho, kathamassa ārammaṇacatukke parittatā pāḷiyaṃ vuttā. Avasitāpattañhi jhānaṃ parittanti vuccatīti? Nāyaṃ doso, paripuṇṇavasibhāvappattaṃ sandhāya aparipuṇṇavasibhāvappattassa parittabhāvena tattha adhippetattā, tasmā vasibhāvappattameva jhānaṃ vimokkho nāma, na itaraṃ. Itaraṃ pana yadi kasiṇāyatanavasena uppannaṃ, kasiṇāyatanaṃ. Atha abhibhāyatanavasena, abhibhāyatanamevāti. Keci pana ‘‘paṭhamaappanāto pacchimapacchimāya paṭipakkhato suṭṭhu vimuttattā kasiṇāyatanavasena, abhibhāyatanavasena ca uppannaṃ paṭhamakappanaṃ ṭhapetvā sesaṃ vimokkhoyevā’’ti vadanti.
然依数目,此有三种。如所说:显示巴利原文
Taṃ panetaṃ gaṇanato tividhaṃ. Yathāha –
“有色者见诸色,内无色想者见外诸色,胜解于净。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Rūpī rūpāni passati, ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, subhanteva adhimutto hotī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.174; 3.339; paṭi. ma. 1.209).
此中,‘有色’:指于自身头发等处所修习的色界禅那之色,具足此色故称‘有色’。‘见诸色’:亦以禅眼观见外在的青遍等色。以此开示于内外所缘的遍处中证得禅那。‘内无色想’:即内无色想,意指于自身头发等处未修习色界禅那。以此开示依外在预备行相唯于外在证得禅那。‘净’:以此开示于极清净的青等净色遍中成就的禅那。在此,虽然初入安止时尚无‘清净’之作意,然而若以极清净的净遍为所缘而安住,依胜解之力入于初禅乃至第二禅等而住,故作如是教示。而在《无碍解道》中,则依‘此处比丘以慈俱行之心遍满一方而住’等,依梵住而说净解脱。在《法集论》中,由于梵住另于他处阐述,故排除彼义理;义注中唯依极青等遍而说净解脱,此处亦依彼义理而作定论。如是,当知应如此理解解脱禅那。显示巴利原文
Tattha rūpīti ajjhattaṃ kesādīsu uppāditaṃ rūpajjhānaṃ rūpaṃ, tadassa atthīti rūpī. Rūpāni passatīti bahiddhāpi nīlakasiṇādirūpāni jhānacakkhunā passati. Iminā ajjhattabahiddhavatthukesu kasiṇesu jhānapaṭilābho dassito. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññīti ajjhattaṃ narūpasaññī, attano kesādīsu anuppāditarūpāvacarajjhānoti attho. Iminā bahiddhā parikammaṃ katvā bahiddhāva paṭiladdhajjhānatā dassitā. ‘‘Subha’’nti iminā suvisuddhesu nīlādīsu vaṇṇakasiṇesu jhānāni dassitāni. Tattha kiñcāpi antoappanāyaṃ ‘‘subha’’nti ābhogo natthi, yo pana suvisuddhaṃ subhakasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā viharati, so yasmā ‘‘subha’’nti adhimuccanavasena paṭhamajjhānaṃ upasampajjitvā viharati, tathā dutiyādīni, tasmā evaṃ desanā katāti. Paṭisambhidāmagge pana ‘‘idha bhikkhu mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharatī’’tiādinā (paṭi. ma. 1.212) brahmavihāravasena subhavimokkho vutto. Dhammasaṅgaṇiyaṃ pana brahmavihārānaṃ visuṃyeva āgatattā taṃ nayaṃ paṭikkhipitvā sunīlakādivaseneva subhavimokkho aṭṭhakathāyaṃ anuññātoti idhāpi tattha vuttanayeneva vavatthānaṃ katanti evaṃ tāva vimokkhajhānaṃ veditabbaṃ.
‘随顺适当’,谓随顺低劣等次第而相应。初禅若为低劣,能感得寿命三分之一劫的梵众天的投生;中等者感得寿命半劫的梵辅天;殊胜者感得寿命一劫的大梵天。同样,第二禅与第三禅中,低劣者感得寿命二劫的少光天;中等者感得寿命四劫的无量光天;殊胜者感得寿命八劫的光音天。第四禅中,低劣者感得寿命十六劫的少净天;中等者感得寿命三十二劫的无量净天;殊胜者感得寿命六十四劫的遍净天。至于第五禅,三品皆能感得寿命五百劫的广果天的投生;而外道以离想之欲修习此第五禅者,则感得同寿命五百劫的无想有情天。然而,由不来者在凡夫等位及之后修习的第五禅,则随信等根增上倾向的次第,依次感得寿命一千劫、二千劫、四千劫、八千劫、一万六千劫的五净居天——无烦天、无热天、善现天、善见天、阿迦腻咤天的投生。如此,‘随顺适当’能成就十六种色界梵天世界的投生。故说‘随顺适当……能成就……’。显示巴利原文
Yathānurūpanti hīnādianurūpaṃ. Paṭhamajjhānañhi hīnaṃ kappassa tatiyabhāgāyuke brahmapārisajje upapattiṃ nipphādeti, majjhimaṃ upaḍḍhakappāyuke brahmapurohite, paṇītaṃ ekakappāyuke mahābrahme. Tathā dutiyajjhānaṃ, tatiyajjhānañca hīnaṃ dvikappāyuke parittābhe, majjhimaṃ catukappāyuke appamāṇābhe, paṇītaṃ aṭṭhakappāyuke ābhassare. Catutthajjhānaṃ hīnaṃ soḷasakappāyuke parittāsubhe, majjhimaṃ dvattiṃsakappāyuke appamāṇasubhe, paṇītaṃ catusaṭṭhikappāyuke subhakiṇhe. Pañcamajjhānaṃ pana tividhampi pañcakappasatāyuke vehapphale upapattiṃ nipphādeti, tadeva titthiyehi saññāvirāgavasena bhāvitaṃ pañcakappasatāyukeyeva asaññasatte. Anāgāmīhi pana puthujjanādikāle pacchāpi bhāvitaṃ saddhādiindriyādhimuttatānukkamena yathākkamaṃ sahassadvisahassacatusahassaaṭṭhasahassasoḷasasahassakappāyukesu avihāatappāsudassāsudassīakaniṭṭhanāmakesu pañcasuddhāvāsesu upapattiṃ nipphādetīti evametaṃ yathānurūpaṃ soḷasarūpāvacarabrahmalokūpapattinipphādakanti āha ‘‘yathānurūpaṃ…pe… hotī’’ti.
然而,由于在色界有中持续所受用的受用成就,只是欲界善业的果报,故此处不说‘成就欲有之受用成就’,而仅说成就投生,应如此理解。于此,从第二禅地起,一切处皆应视为依圆满大劫而划分;初禅地则依不可数劫来划分。因为彼处无法以其他方式划分,即使在一劫中亦无毁坏,因其寿命唯安立于大劫的四分之一处。显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana rūpabhavepi pavattiyaṃ labhitabbā upabhogasampatti kāmāvacarasseva phalaṃ, tasmā idha ‘‘bhavabhogasampattiṃ nipphādetī’’ti avatvā upapattinipphādanameva vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ettha ca dutiyajjhānabhūmiṃ upādāya sabbattha paripuṇṇassa mahākappassa vasena paricchedo daṭṭhabbo, paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ pana asaṅkhyeyyakappavasena. Na hi tattha itaravasena paricchedo sambhavati ekakappepi avināsābhāvena mahākappassa catutthabhāgeyeva tassa saṇṭhahanato.
无色界善法注释显示巴利原文
Arūpāvacarakusalavaṇṇanā
现在,正是解说无色界善法的时候,为了解说它而说“于其余之中”等。除去虚空遍,由任一遍的扩展而得的虚空,称为“遍扩展虚空”。于彼虚空转起的识,称为空无边处。因为那是第二无色的所缘。“一切”:指以一切方式,即依见到色法、执杖取物等所生过患等一切方式,对于色法、地遍等色相以及以彼为所缘的禅那,以见过患的方式;或者对于那些色相,以断除欲贪、不愿证入等方式。又或者,“一切”指一切种类,即依善等分类而无余。“色想”:是以“想”为首而说的色界禅那及其所缘。因为色界禅那也称作“色”,如“有色者见色”等处,省略了后分;其(禅那的)所缘即遍色,如“由天所施”、“于外见色”等处,省略了前分。所以,在此,于色、于色禅那与其俱行的想,称为“色想”,这是以想为首而说的色界禅那的异名。具有色想者,名为“有色想”,即拥有色相之名。应知,这是依所取的地遍等分类的其所缘的名称。因为“色想”是就同种类剩余的方式所作的解释。“超越”:指离欲、灭尽。这意味着什么呢?即对这些依善、异熟、唯作而分的十五种禅那,予以离欲、灭尽。显示巴利原文
Idāni arūpāvacarakusalassa niddesāvakāso anuppattoti tanniddesatthamāha ‘‘sesesu panā’’tiādi. Ākāsakasiṇavajjitassa yassa kassaci kasiṇassa ugghāṭanato laddhamākāsaṃ kasiṇugghāṭimākāsaṃ. Tattha pavattaṃ viññāṇanti ākāsānañcāyatanamāha. Tañhi dutiyāruppassa ārammaṇaṃ hoti. Sabbasoti sabbākārena, rūpanimittadaṇḍādānasambhavadassanādinā sabbena rūpadhammesu, pathavīkasiṇādirūpanimittesu tadārammaṇajjhānesu ca dosadassanākārena, tesu eva vā rūpanimittesu nikantippahānaasamāpajjitukāmatādinā ākārenāti attho. Atha vā sabbasoti sabbāsaṃ, kusalādibhedena anavasesānanti attho. Rūpasaññānanti saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānānañceva tadārammaṇānañca. Rūpāvacarajjhānampi hi ‘‘rūpa’’nti vuccati uttarapadalopena ‘‘rūpī rūpāni passatī’’tiādīsu viya. Tadārammaṇampi kasiṇarūpaṃ purimapadalopena ‘‘devena dattoti, bahiddhā rūpāni passatī’’tiādīsu viya, tasmā idha rūpe rūpajjhāne taṃsahagatasaññā rūpasaññāti gahitā, saññāsīsena vuttarūpāvacarajjhānānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ‘‘Rūpa’’nti saññā assāti rūpasaññaṃ, rūpanāmavantanti attho. Taṃgahitena pathavīkasiṇādibhedassa tadārammaṇassa cetaṃ nāmanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ‘‘Rūpasaññāna’’nti hi sarūpekasesavasena niddeso kato. Samatikkamāti virāgā, nirodhā ca. Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti? Etāsaṃ kusalavipākakiriyāvasena pañcadasannaṃ jhānasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ, etesañca pathavīkasiṇādivasena navannaṃ ārammaṇasaṅkhātānaṃ rūpasaññānaṃ anavasesānaṃ sabbākārena ca, tesu eva vā nikantippahānaasamāpajjitukāmatādinā ākārena virāgā, nirodhā ca jigucchanato ceva tappaṭibandhachandarāgavikkhambhanato ca nibbattaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya sahagataṃ arūpāvacarakusalacittaṃ. Na hi sakkā sabbaso anatikkantarūpasaññena taṃ nibbattetunti.
这不仅由超越这些(色想)而成就,也由镇伏有对想等而成就,因此说“有对想”等。其中,由眼等诸处与色等诸所缘的抵触——即名为相互融合的撞击——而生起的想,称为有对想,这是色想等五种想的异名。如所说:显示巴利原文
Na kevalaṃ etāsaṃyeva samatikkamanato idaṃ nibbattaṃ, atha kho paṭighasaññādīnamatthaṅgamāditopīti āha ‘‘paṭighasaññāna’’ntiādi. Tattha cakkhādīnaṃ vatthūnaṃ, rūpādīnañca ārammaṇānaṃ paṭighātena aññamaññasamodhānasaṅkhātena paṭihananena uppannā saññā paṭighasaññā, rūpasaññādidvipañcasaññānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha –
“其中,什么是有对想?色想、声想、香想、味想、触想,这些称为有对想。”(《分别论》603)显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamā paṭighasaññā? Rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā, imā vuccanti paṭighasaññāyo’’ti (vibha. 603).
其意为:通过使那些作为善、不善果报的诸法灭去、断除、不再生起、不再转起。然而,这些诸法难道在证入色界禅那者那里也不存在吗?确实,在证入初禅等时,心并不依五门而转起,这是事实。但正如在‘由断除乐与断除苦……进入并安住于第四禅’(《中部》)中,为了赞叹,于别处已断的乐与苦却在第四禅中被提及;又如‘由断除有身见与疑……进入并安住于一来道’中,于初道便已断除的有身见等却在第二道中被提及;同样地,在此禅那中,为了策励修行者的精进,出于对禅那的赞叹,而说这些诸法于此被断除。应当如此理解。或者,虽然那些诸法在证入色界禅那者那里也不存在,但并非因已断除而不存在。因何故如此?因缺乏缘。因为色界修习并不导向离色,而那些诸法的转起正依赖于色。然而,无色界修习则导向离色,因此说‘它们于此被断除’是合适的。正如因为它们在前未被断除,世尊才说‘对于证入初禅者,声音是刺’。而在此(无色界定)中,正因它们已断除,才以‘不动行’等词,以及‘那些寂静的解脱,超越色而成为无色’等,宣说无色等。显示巴利原文
Tāsaṃ kusalākusalavipākabhūtānaṃ atthaṅgamā pahānā asamuppādā appavattikaraṇenāti vuttaṃ hoti. Nanu ca etā rūpāvacarajjhānasamāpannassāpi na santi. Na hi paṭhamajjhānādisamāpannakāle pañcadvāravasena cittaṃ pavattatīti? Saccametaṃ, yathā pana ‘‘sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti ettha pasaṃsāvasena aññattha pahīnānampi sukhadukkhānaṃ catutthajjhāne, ‘‘sakkāyadiṭṭhivicikicchānaṃ pahānā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmimaggaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti ettha paṭhamamaggeyeva pahīnānaṃ sakkāyadiṭṭhādīnaṃ dutiyamagge ca vacanaṃ, evameva imasmiṃ jhāne paṭipajjanakānaṃ ussāhajananatthaṃ imassa jhānassa pasaṃsāvasena etāsaṃ ettha vacananti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā kiñcāpi tā rūpāvacarasamāpannassāpi na santi, na pana pahīnattā na santi. Kiñcarahi paccayābhāvena. Na hi rūpāvacarabhāvanā rūpavirāgāya saṃvattati, rūpāyattā eva tāsaṃ pavattīti. Arūpabhāvanā pana rūpavirāgāya saṃvattati, tasmā ‘‘tā ettha pahīnā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Tathā hi etāsaṃ ito pubbe appahīnattāyeva ‘‘paṭhamajjhānaṃ samāpannassa saddo kaṇṭako’’ti vutto bhagavatā. Idha ca pahīnattā eva arūpasamāpattīnaṃ āneñjābhisaṅkhāravacanādīhi, ‘‘ye te santā vimokkhā atikkamma rūpe arūpā’’tiādinā ca āneñjatā, santavimokkhatā ca vuttā.
“种种想”(nānattasaññānaṃ)是指:转起于种种境域的想,或种种不同的想,即前述所余的四十四种欲界想。这就是其含义。显示巴利原文
Nānattasaññānanti nānatte gocare pavattānaṃ, nānattānaṃ vā saññānaṃ, vuttāvasesānaṃ catucattālīsakāmāvacarasaññānanti attho. Etā eva hi –
“其中,哪些是种种想?对于未证入等至而具足意界者,或具足意识界者,其想、了知、了知性——这些即称为种种想。”(《分别论》604)显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamā nānattasaññā? Asamāpannassa manodhātusamaṅgissa vā manoviññāṇadhātusamaṅgissa vā saññā sañjānanā sañjānitattaṃ, imā vuccanti nānattasaññāyo’’ti (vibha. 604) –
在《分别论》中已如上分别解说。然而,这些想由于是在色、声等种种不同自性的所缘中转起,并且可被分为八种欲界善想、十二种不善想、十一种欲界善果报想、两种不善果报想、十一种欲界唯作想,共计四十四种,自性各异,互不相似,因此称为“种种想”。“不作意”是指:完全不转向、不注意、不省察,或者说,由于速行的促成者而不令有分心进入所缘,即除了遍作虚空之外,心于种种所缘不作造作。由此,其实也说明了作为种种想之作意因的色法已被超越;但在色界禅那中,既然没有这种不作意,所以不说“由不作意种种想”。那么,超越等有什么差别呢?答:由于色想与有对想在此禅那所引生的趣中也不存在,加上无色想的修习,若没有这种修习,从死没之后,色想与有对想直至其自果报生起为止,都处于不生起的法性,更何况在证入此禅那的当下,因此用“超越”与“灭去”两种方式都显示了它们的不存在。至于种种想,那些在该种趣中不生的,是因为依止于色而缺乏所依处,故不起,并非被无色修习所遮止;而有些则因未被遮止而生起,因此对它们说为“不作意”,即不转向。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ vibhaṅge vibhajitvā vuttā. Tā pana yasmā rūpasaddādibhede nānatte nānāsabhāve ārammaṇe pavattanti, yasmā ca aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalasaññā, dvādasa akusalasaññā, ekādasa kāmāvacarakusalavipākasaññā, dve akusalavipākasaññā, ekādasa kāmāvacarakiriyasaññāti evaṃ catucattālīsappabhedā nānāsabhāvā, aññamaññaṃ asadisā, tasmā ‘‘nānattasaññā’’ti vuccanti. Amanasikārāti sabbaso anāvajjanā asamannāhārā apaccavekkhaṇahetu javanapaṭipādakena vā bhavaṅgacittassa anto akaraṇā ṭhapetvā kasiṇugghāṭimākāsaṃ nānārammaṇe cittassa asaṅkharaṇatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Iminā hi nānattasaññāmanasikārahetūnaṃ rūpadhammānaṃ samatikkamopi vutto, rūpajjhāne pana tadabhāvato ‘‘nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā’’ti na vuttaṃ. Atha samatikkamādīnaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti? Vuccate – yasmā rūpasaññā, paṭighasaññā ca iminā jhānena nibbattitabhavepi na vijjanti, arūpasaññāya bhāvanāya abhāve cutito uddhaṃ uppattirahānaṃ rūpasaññāpaṭighasaññānaṃ yāva attano vipākuppatti, tāva anuppattidhammataṃ āpādiyamānattā, pageva pana imaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannakāle, tasmā ‘‘samatikkamā, atthaṅgamā’’ti ubhayathāpi tāsaṃ abhāvoyeva dassito. Nānattasaññāsu pana yā tasmiṃ bhave na uppajjanti ekantarūpanissitattā, tā anokāsatāya na uppajjanti, na arūpabhāvanāya nivāritattā, anivāritattā ca kāci uppajjanti, tasmā tāsaṃ amanasikāro anāvajjanaṃ apaccavekkhaṇaṃ javanapaṭipādakena vā bhavaṅgamanassa anto akaraṇaṃ appavesanaṃ vuttaṃ. Tatra pavattamānānampi hi jhānaṃ samāpannassa tāsaṃ amanasikāroyeva itarathā jhānasamāpattiyā abhāvato. Iti saṅkhepato ‘‘rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā’’ti iminā sabbarūpāvacaradhammānaṃ pahānaṃ vuttaṃ, ‘‘paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā’’ti sabbesaṃ kāmāvacaracittacetasikānaṃ pahānaṃ, amanasikāro ca vutto, tīhi panetehi samādhissa thirabhāvo kathitoti.
“与空无边处想俱行”:此处,“没有边际”故为“无边”;“无边的虚空”即是“空无边”,也就是遍作虚空。然而,无边性应知是由于没有生灭的边际,或者由于无边的作意。因为虚空并非有自性之法,所以它的生边际或灭边际不可得。有自性之法,先无而后生,既生已还灭,故为生灭边际所限定;虚空则不如此。而修习者作意此时,并不执取可称作分际的边际,唯取色之远离,以遍满无边的方式转起作意,因此,由没有生灭的边际,或者依于作意,应知此为“无边”。本应说“无边虚空”,但依“无边”一词的连声规则,说为“空无边”。空无边即是“空无边处”,将连声后的“ta”转为“ca”,此空无边即是“处”,因为作为与其相应法的禅那之所缘,依住持义,如同天之处所,故为“空无边处”。在这空无边处达到安止的想,名为“空无边处想”;与此想俱行的识,即为“与空无边处想俱行”。或者,空无边是其与相应法之想的处所,故为“空无边处”;此即是想;与此想俱行的禅那,便是“与空无边处想俱行”。显示巴利原文
Ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagatanti ettha pana nāssa antoti anantaṃ, anantaṃ ākāsaṃ ākāsānantaṃ, kasiṇugghāṭimākāsaṃ, anantatā pana uppādavayantābhāvato anantamanasikāravasena vā veditabbā. Na hi etassa uppādanto, vayanto vā paññāyati asabhāvadhammattā. Sabhāvadhammo hi ahutvā sambhavanato, hutvā ca vinassanato uppādavayantaparicchinno, netaro. Na ca panetaṃ manasi karonto yogāvacaro tassa paricchedasaṅkhātamantaṃ gaṇhāti, atha kho rūpavivekamattasseva gahaṇena anantapharaṇākāreneva manasikāraṃ pavatteti, tasmā uppādavayantavirahato manasikāravasena vā etamanantanti veditabbaṃ. ‘‘Anantākāsa’’nti ca vattabbe ananta-saddassa paranipātavasena ‘‘ākāsānanta’’nti vuccati. Ākāsānantameva ākāsānañcaṃ saṃyogaparassa ta-kārassa ca-kāraṃ katvā, tadeva āyatanaṃ sasampayuttadhammassa jhānassa ārammaṇabhāvato adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena devāyatanaṃ viyāti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ, tasmiṃ appanāpattā saññā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññā, tāya sahagataṃ viññāṇaṃ ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Atha vā ākāsānañcaṃ āyatanamassā sasampayuttadhammāya saññāyāti ākāsānañcāyatanā, sāyeva saññā, tāya jhānaṃ sahagatanti ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ.
识……乃至……俱行:即那第一无色界识,以其自性法故,虽然也有生灭等边际,但由以缘取作用而遍满于无边虚空,或者由不执取关于自身的边际而转起的作意,故称为“识无边”。在应说“viññāṇānañca”之处,“viññāṇañca”一词已约定俗成地用于该义,或可看作省略了ā音与na音而说为“viññāṇañca”。显示巴利原文
Viññāṇa…pe… sahagatanti yadetaṃ paṭhamāruppaviññāṇaṃ, taṃsabhāvadhammattā uppādādiantavantampi ārammaṇakaraṇavasena anantākāse pharaṇato attānaṃ ārabbha antassa aggahaṇavasena pavattamanasikārato vā anantaṃ viññāṇanti viññāṇānantaṃ, ‘‘viññāṇānañca’’nti vattabbe viññāṇañca-saddo tadatthe nirūḷho ā-kāra na-kāralopoti vā katvā ‘‘viññāṇañca’’micceva vuttaṃ. Evañca katvā vakkhati –
然而,这里应这样说:‘识无边’。显示巴利原文
‘‘Viññāṇānantamiccevaṃ, vattabbaṃ panidaṃ siyā’’ti.
又或者,应由第二无色界之识,依所缘而通达、了知,故称‘识无边处’。其余皆如前说。显示巴利原文
Atha vā dutiyāruppaviññāṇena añcitabbaṃ ārammaṇavasena pāpuṇitabbanti viññāṇañcaṃ. Sesaṃ purimasadisameva.
‘无所有……乃至……俱行’:该第一无色界之识没有任何所有,故称‘无所有’,即连最微细的坏灭分也没有剩余。若仍有坏灭分,它便成了‘有所有’。无所有的状态即是‘无所有处’,这是空无边处识之无的增语。其余如前所述。显示巴利原文
Ākiñcaññā…pe… sahagatanti nāssa paṭhamāruppaviññāṇassa kiñcananti akiñcanaṃ, antamaso bhaṅgamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ natthīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sati hi bhaṅgamattepi tassa sakiñcanatā siyā. Akiñcanassa bhāvo ākiñcaññaṃ, ākāsānañcāyatanaviññāṇābhāvassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
非想……乃至……俱行:由于没有下地禅那中那样的粗显之想,所以‘此没有想’称为‘非想’;由于有微细的想存在,所以‘此并非没有想’称为‘非非想’;既为非想又为非非想,故为‘非想非非想’,也就是第四无色禅那。若如此,是否应说‘nevasaññanāsañña’呢?确实如此。只是为了言辞优美,才将音声延长来说。或者,将‘此没有想,并非没有想’合为一聚,依多财释而说为‘非想非非想’。那非想非非想既是处,又因属于意处与法处,故为‘非想非非想处’;与之相应的想俱行,即‘非想非非想处想俱行’。又或者,想本身因不能执行敏锐想的作用,故为‘非想’;如同热水中的火界,因其达到唯余行蕴的微细状态,故为‘非非想’;如此便为非想非非想。它本身由于是其余诸法的依止缘,或以住处之义而属于法处,故为‘处’,即‘非想非非想处’;与非想非非想处之想俱行,故为‘非想非非想处想俱行’。显示巴利原文
Nevasaññā…pe… sahagatanti heṭṭhimajhānesu viya oḷārikāya saññāya abhāvato nevassa saññā atthīti nevasaññaṃ, sukhumāya ca saññāya atthitāya nāssa saññā natthīti nāsaññaṃ, nevasaññañca taṃ nāsaññañceti nevasaññānāsaññaṃ, catutthāruppajjhānaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘nevasaññanāsañña’’nti vattabbaṃ? Saccametaṃ. Vacanasobhanatthaṃ pana dīghaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. Atha vā nevassa saññā nāsaññāti evaṃ ekajjhaṃ bahubbīhisamāsavasena ‘‘nevasaññānāsañña’’nti vuttaṃ. Nevasaññānāsaññañca taṃ āyatanañca manāyatanadhammāyatanapariyāpannattāti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, tena sampayuttaṃ saññāsahagataṃ nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ. Atha vā saññāyeva paṭusaññākiccakaraṇe asamatthatāya nevasaññā, uṇhodake tejodhātu viya saṅkhārāvasesasukhumabhāvappattiyā nāsaññāti nevasaññānāsaññā, sā eva sesadhammānaṃ nissayapaccayatāya, adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena dhammāyatanapariyāpannatāya eva vā āyatananti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanabhūtāya saññāya sahagatanti nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ.
如其所宜……乃至……能成就:即依各自相宜的方式,于四无色地中成就投生者,如说‘于第一无色地者为第一,于第二无色地者为第二’等。然而应知,其中第一无色地寿量为二万劫,第二为四万劫,第三为六万劫,第四则为八万四千劫。显示巴利原文
Yathānurūpaṃ…pe… nipphādakanti ‘‘paṭhamāruppabhūmiyā paṭhamaṃ, dutiyāruppabhūmiyā dutiya’’ntiādinā attano anurūpavasena catūsu arūpabhūmīsu upapattisādhakaṃ. Tāsu pana paṭhamā vīsatisahassakappāyukā hoti, dutiyā cattālīsasahassakappāyukā, tatiyā saṭṭhisahassakappāyukā, catutthā pana caturāsītisahassakappāyukāti veditabbaṃ.
出世间善法注释显示巴利原文
Lokuttarakusalavaṇṇanā
如此,将三种世间善法说明已,今为说明出世间善法而说‘其他则’等。以坏灭、崩解之义为‘世间’,彼有三种:行世间、有情世间、器世间。从彼超出,故为‘出世间’。因为四道皆以无漏性,从称为取蕴的行世间中超出。于有情世间中,入流道从凡夫世间超出,斯陀含道从须陀洹世间超出,阿那含道从斯陀含世间超出,阿罗汉道从阿那含世间超出。于器世间中,初道从恶趣世间超出,斯陀含道从欲界一部分超出,阿那含道从整个欲界超出,阿罗汉道从色界、无色界超出。如是,四种道心从三种世间超出,故为‘出世间’;又因远离可呵责的放逸等而为‘善’,因思惟等而为‘心’,故为‘出世间善心’。果则因已超出世间而为‘出世间’。或者,两者与涅槃一同,从称为取蕴的世间超出而更为殊胜,故为‘出世间’。正如所说:‘诸比丘,于一切法中,不论有为或无为,离欲之法被说为最上。’显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tividhampi lokiyakusalaṃ niddisitvā idāni lokuttarakusalaṃ niddisanto āha ‘‘itaraṃpanā’’tiādi. Lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena loko, so tividho – saṅkhāraloko sattaloko bhājanalokoti. Tato idaṃ uttaratīti lokuttaraṃ. Cattāropi hi maggā upādānakkhandhasaṅkhātasaṅkhāralokato uttaranti anāsavabhāvena. Sattalokesu ca sotāpattimaggo anariyalokato uttarati, sakadāgāmimaggo sotāpannalokato, anāgāmimaggo sakadāgāmilokato, arahattamaggo anāgāmilokato uttarati. Bhājanalokesu pana paṭhamamaggo apāyalokato uttarati, sakadāgāmimaggo kāmalokekadesato, anāgāmimaggo sakalakāmalokato, arahattamaggo rūpārūpalokato uttarati. Iti catubbidhampi maggacittaṃ tividhalokato uttaratīti lokuttaraṃ, kucchitasalanādito pana kusalaṃ, cintanādito cittañcāti lokuttarakusalacittaṃ. Phalaṃ pana lokato uttiṇṇattā lokuttaraṃ, ubhayampi vā saha nibbānena upādānakkhandhasaṅkhātalokato uttaraṃ visiṭṭhataranti lokuttaraṃ. Yathāha ‘‘yāvatā, bhikkhave, dhammā saṅkhatā vā asaṅkhatā vā, virāgo tesaṃ dhammānaṃ aggamakkhāyatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.34; itivu. 90).
以定所依与不定所依之差别:入流道必须依靠他语为缘才能生起,于无色界有中不可能存在,故为定所依;其余七种道则即使无他语为缘,单凭观力也能成就,因此于无色界有中亦可能存在,故为不定所依。显示巴利原文
Niyatāniyatavatthukabhedatoti sotāpattimaggassa paratoghosapaccayena vinā anuppajjanato arūpabhave sambhavo natthīti taṃ niyatavatthukaṃ, itaraṃ pana sattavidhampi paratoghosaṃ vināpi vipassanābaleneva nipphajjanato tatthāpi sambhavatīti aniyatavatthukaṃ.
以三种……乃至……三种的:由于是出世间解脱之门,故凭借名为解脱门的空随观等三种出起通达观而得证。此出世间善法有三种:空、无相、无愿。那么,什么是出世间解脱呢?即九种出世间法。如经中说:“四圣道、四沙门果以及涅槃,这些是无漏解脱。”因为它们从杂染法中善得解脱,故称为解脱。它们各各为空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱这三种。如经中说:“诸比丘,有三种解脱——空解脱、无相解脱、无愿解脱。”然而,在此处,因善法增上之义,唯独以四道所摄的出世间法作为所指。显示巴利原文
Tīhi…pe… tividhanti lokuttaravimokkhānaṃ dvārabhāvato vimokkhamukhasaṅkhātāhi suññatānupassanādīhi tīhi vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāhi pattabbato idaṃ lokuttarakusalaṃ tividhaṃ suññataṃ animittaṃ appaṇihitanti. Katame pana te lokuttaravimokkhāti? Nava lokuttaradhammā. Yathāha ‘‘cattāro ca ariyamaggā cattāri ca sāmaññaphalāni nibbānañca, ayaṃ anāsavo vimokkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.213). Imāni hi saṃkilesadhammehi suṭṭhu vimuttattā vimokkhā nāma. Tāni pana paccekaṃ suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkhoti tividhāni. Yathāha ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, vimokkhā – suññato vimokkho, animitto vimokkho, appaṇihito vimokkho’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.209). Idha pana kusalādhikārattā catumaggasaṅkhātāyeva lokuttaradhammā adhippetā.
“空”等名称的获得,应从其由来、自性和所缘三方面来理解。由来即是指道与果由此而来。这种由来有两种:道的由来和果的由来。其中,出起通达观是道的由来,圣道是果的由来。在道所来之处,即取道的由来;在果所来之处,即取果的由来。然而,此处因道已来,故取道的由来。因此,从由来的角度而得名。就自性而言,即是依其本质;就所缘而言,即是依所缘法。显示巴利原文
Suññatādināmalābho ca nesaṃ āgamanato, saguṇato, ārammaṇato ca veditabbo. Tathā hi āgacchati maggo, phalañca etenāti āgamanaṃ. Tañhi duvidhaṃ maggāgamanaṃ, phalāgamanañca. Tesu vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā maggāgamanaṃ, ariyamaggo phalāgamanaṃ. Tattha maggassa āgataṭṭhāne maggāgamanaṃ gahetabbaṃ, phalassa āgataṭṭhāne phalāgamanaṃ. Idha pana maggassa āgatattā maggāgamanaṃ gahitanti. Tato āgamanato. Saguṇatoti sabhāvato. Ārammaṇatoti ārammaṇadhammato.
若有人依通达一切诸行无我相而转起的无我随观证得道,他的这种随观,由于镇伏了执取我、以我执为因的见惑,如实把握了三地诸法的无我空性,故名为空随观。而由此空随观所得的道,因为是从空随观而来,故名为空。因此说:“作意无我者,以空解脱而解脱。”显示巴利原文
Yo hi sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ anattalakkhaṇapaṭivedhavasappavattāya anattānupassanāya vasena maggaṃ paṭilabhati, tassa sā anupassanā asuññattakarānaṃ attābhinivesapaccayānaṃ diṭṭhekaṭṭhakilesānaṃ vikkhambhitabhāvena tebhūmakadhammānaṃ attasuññatāya yāthāvato gahaṇato suññatānupassanā nāma hoti. Tāya pana paṭiladdhamaggo suññatāya āgatattā suññato nāma. Tenāha ‘‘anattato manasikaronto suññatavimokkhena vimuccatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.227).
若有人依通达一切诸行无常相而转起的无常随观证得道,他的这种随观,由于镇伏了执取常相等相的烦恼,不执取显现为恒常性的常相等相,故名为无相随观。而由此无相随观所得的道,因为是从无相随观而来,故名为无相。因此说:“作意无常者,以无相解脱而解脱。”显示巴利原文
Yo pana sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ aniccalakkhaṇapaṭivedhavasappavattāya aniccānupassanāya maggaṃ paṭilabhati, tassa sā anupassanā niccanimittādigāhakarānaṃ kilesānaṃ vikkhambhitattā dhuvabhāvūpaṭṭhānasaṅkhātaniccanimittādino aggahaṇato animittānupassanā nāma. Tāya pana laddhamaggo animittāya āgatattā animitto nāma. Tenāha ‘‘aniccato manasikaronto animittavimokkhena vimuccatī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.227).
若有人依通达一切诸行苦相而转起的苦随观证得道,他的这种随观,由于镇伏了渴爱的希求,离于希求,故名为无愿随观。而由此无愿随观所得的道,因为是从无愿随观而来,故名为无愿。因此说:“作意苦者,以无愿解脱而解脱。”这是就其由来而得名称。显示巴利原文
Yo pana sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ dukkhalakkhaṇapaṭivedhavasappavattāya dukkhānupassanāya vasena maggaṃ paṭilabhati, tassa sā anupassanā taṇhāpaṇidhānassa vikkhambhanena paṇidhivirahitattā appaṇihitānupassanā nāma. Tāya pana laddhamaggo appaṇihitāya āgatattā appaṇihito nāma. Tenāha ‘‘dukkhato manasikaronto appaṇihitavimokkhena vimuccatī’’ti. Ayaṃ tāvassa āgamanavasena nāmalābho.
然而,就自性而言:由于自身无贪等故空,无恒常等相故无相,无渴爱希求故无愿;就所缘而言:以无贪等之空、无恒常等相之无相、离希求之无愿的涅槃为所缘,故得空等解脱之名。应了知,这是依自性与所缘而得名。而且,这只是依经说的方式,并非依阿毗达摩的方式。因为经说是方便说,阿毗达摩是非方便说。因此,依自性与所缘得名,由于是一切共通,不能作为确定的区分,故唯依经说之方便而得;而依由来得名,即使在阿毗达摩方式中也能作为确定的区分,故为非方便说。正因如此,阿阇梨才会以“由三解脱门可证得故为三种”为旨趣而说,而非说“从空等名称故为三种”。然而,此处无相之名,从由来的角度,也只是依经说的方式而得,因为在阿毗达摩中,并未于道安立无相之名。未安立并非仅因不应安立,而是因为在非方便说中,道不能获得此名。虽然此观在破除常相的情况下转起,但由于未舍弃行相,故在非方便说中不得无相之名。至于经中所说——显示巴利原文
Attano pana rāgādīhi suññatattā, niccanimittādivirahitattā, taṇhāpaṇidhiabhāvato ca saguṇato, rāgādisuññasseva, niccanimittādivirahitassa, paṇidhivippamuttassa ca nibbānassa ārammaṇakaraṇato ārammaṇato ca suññatādivimokkho nāma hotīti evamassa saguṇārammaṇehi nāmalābho daṭṭhabbo. So ca kho suttantapariyāyeneva, no abhidhammapariyāyena. Suttantakathā hi pariyāyadesanā, itarā nippariyāyadesanā, tasmā saguṇārammaṇato nāmassa sabbasādhāraṇabhāvena avavatthānakarattā pariyāyabhāvato suttantapariyāyeneva lābho, āgamanato pana abhidhammapariyāyenapi vavatthānakarabhāvena nippariyāyattā. Teneva hi ācariyena ‘‘tīhi vimokkhamukhehi pattabbato tividha’’nti vimokkhamukhameva dhuraṃ katvā vuttaṃ, na ‘‘suññatādināmato tividha’’nti. Animittanāmaṃ panettha āgamanatopi suttantapariyāyeneva labbhati abhidhamme maggaṃ pati animittanāmassa anuddhatattā. Anuddhaṭattaṃ pana na anuddharitabbatāmattena, atha kho nippariyāyato tassa magge alabbhanato. Kiñcāpi hi ayaṃ vipassanā niccanimittaṃ ugghāṭentī pavattati, saṅkhāranimittassa pana anissajjanato na nippariyāyato animittanāmaṃ labhati. Yaṃ panetaṃ sutte –
应修习无相,断除慢随眠;
由此通达慢,你将寂静而住。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Animittañca bhāvehi, mānānusayamujjaha; Tato mānābhisamayā, upasanto carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 344) –
这是说明道具有无相性的说法,是依据前面所述的方便说而安立,取其义而说。但在阿毗达摩中,若某一法本身在了义中尚且不得“无相”之名,又如何能赋予道此名呢?因此,道的无相之名并未被举出。若如此,空之名也是如此。因为无我随观虽已把握了补特伽罗空,却未把握法空,故其本身在了义中不名为空随观,由此也不能赋予道空之名。那么,难道仅凭把握补特伽罗空,自身就成为空随观而给予道此名;无常随观虽能把握行相,却因破除常等相,自身就成为无相随观而给予道无相之名吗?并非如此。因为在了义中,道并非通过破除常等相而获得无相性,破除常等相也是方便说。那么,这在一切情况下难道不是相同的吗?空性与无愿性在了义中也不能于道获得,补特伽罗空的把握与愿求的断除是直接由道成就的,因此空随观与无愿随观也只是依方便说而得各自之名,在了义中并不赋予道这些名称吗?不然。因为由这些随观所证得的圣道,在了义中,依相应法确实有空与无愿之名生起。如何呢?除了佛陀出世之时,即使在萨罗邦伽大师等的时代,由于无我相极其微细难知,唯是慧的境界,故在无我随观中,于道刹那慧根增胜。譬如显示巴利原文
Maggassa animittabhāvavacanaṃ, taṃ yathāvuttapariyāyavasena labbhamānaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. Abhidhamme pana yā sayampi nippariyāyato animittanāmaṃ na labhati, sā kathaṃ maggassa taṃ dadeyyāti maggassa animittanāmaṃ na uddhaṭaṃ. Yadi evaṃ suññatanāmenapi idaṃ samānaṃ. Anattānupassanāpi hi kiñcāpi puggalasuññataṃ gaṇhāti, dhammasuññataṃ pana na gaṇhātīti sayaṃ nippariyāyena suññatānupassanā nāma na hotīti suññatanāmampi maggassa na dadeyya. Atha puggalasuññatāggahaṇamattena sayaṃ suññatānupassanā hutvā maggassa taṃ dadeyya, aniccānupassanāpi saṅkhāranimittassa gahaṇepi niccanimittādiugghāṭanato sayaṃ animittānupassanā hutvā maggassa animittanāmaṃ dadeyyāti? Na idamevaṃ, niccādinimittugghāṭanena animittabhāvassa nippariyāyena magge alabbhanato niccādinimittugghāṭanassapi pariyāyabhāvato. Nanu idampi sabbattha samānaṃ. Suññataappaṇihitabhāvopi hi nippariyāyena amagge na labbhati puggalasuññataggahaṇassa, paṇidhisosanassa ca ujukaṃ maggeneva nipphajjanato, tasmā suññatānupassanāpi appaṇihitānupassanāpi pariyāyeneva taṃ taṃ nāmaṃ labhantīti maggassa nippariyāyato nāmaṃ na dentīti? Na, tato laddhaariyamaggassa nippariyāyato sampayuttadhammavaseneva suññataappaṇihitanāmasambhavato. Kathaṃ? Ṭhapetvā buddhuppādaṃ sarabhaṅgasatthārādikālepi dubbijānīyabhāvena sukhumassa anattalakkhaṇassa paññāya eva gocarabhāvato anattānupassanāya anupassanato maggakkhaṇe paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘anattato manasikaroto paññindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hotī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.221).
然而,它(空解脱门)因自身能破除“我”的执著,且属于圣道所摄,故于了义上得“空”之名。以苦随观修习时,于道刹那,由于枯竭了与定对立的、称为“愿求”的贪爱,定根变得强盛。正如所说:“作意苦者,定根强盛。”而它(无愿解脱门)因自身能枯竭愿求,且属于圣道所摄,故于了义上得“无愿”之名。再者,对于一切行,先通过听闻了知无常性,而后自己现量观见,从而对世尊生起多分信心:“世尊确实将无常说为无常啊!”如此作意无常随观时,于道刹那,信根变得强盛。正如所说:“作意无常者,信根强盛。”然而,它(信根强盛之道)虽自身也从行相中出起,但不属于圣道所摄,故不于了义上得“无相”之名。因此,如同以“身业”增上的心被称为“身业”一样,以称为“空”的慧根增上之道得“空”之名;以称为“无愿”的定根增上之道得“无愿”之名;而信根增上之道,由于信本身不得“无相”之名,故自身亦不得此名。若问:如果依相应法而得空等名称,为何又说“由入门”?确实,虽然是由入门而得,但依增上根而得名的,也是由入门而得。显示巴利原文
Tañca pana sayaṃ attābhinivesasamugghāṭanato, ariyamaggapariyāpannattā ca nippariyāyatova suññatanāmaṃ labhati. Dukkhānupassanāya samādhivipaccanīkassa paṇidhisaṅkhātarāgassa sosanato tassā vasena anupassantassa maggakkhaṇe samādhindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘dukkhato manasikaroto samādhindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hotī’’ti. Tañca pana sayaṃ paṇidhisosanato, ariyamaggapariyāpannattā ca nippariyāyatova appaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati. Sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ pana aniccabhāvaṃ āgamanato sutvā pacchā sayaṃ paccakkhato passato ‘‘aniccameva vata so bhagavā ‘anicca’nti āhā’’ti bhagavati saddhābāhullapaṭilābhato aniccānupassanāya manasikaroto maggakkhaṇe saddhindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘aniccato manasikaroto saddhindriyaṃ adhimattaṃ hotī’’ti. Taṃ pana sayaṃ saṅkhāranimittato vuṭṭhahantampi ariyamaggapariyāpannaṃ na hotīti nippariyāyato animittanāmaṃ na labhati, tasmā yathā kāyakammādhikaṃ cittaṃ ‘‘kāyakamma’’nti vuccati, evaṃ suññatasaṅkhātapaññindriyādhimatto maggo suññatanāmaṃ labhati, appaṇihitasaṅkhātasamādhindriyādhimatto appaṇihitanāmaṃ, saddhindriyādhimatto pana saddhāya animittanāmālābhato sayampi taṃ na labhati. Yadi sampayuttadhammavasena suññatādināmālābho, atha kathaṃ ‘‘āgamanato’’ti vuttaṃ? Saccaṃ, āgamanato adhimattassa pana indriyassa vasena laddhanāmampi āgamanatova laddhaṃ hoti.
或者,依阿毗达摩的理趣,“空性”即是人空,因此以执取人空为相的无我随观,于了义上得“空”之名;“愿求”即是贪等,因此以枯竭贪等的苦随观,亦于了义上得“无愿”之名。显示巴利原文
Atha vā abhidhammapariyāyenapi suññatabhāvo nāma puggalasuññatāyevāti puggalasuññataggāhitāya anattānupassanāya suññatanāmaṃ nippariyāyatova labbhati. Paṇidhi nāma rāgādikā evāti rāgādisositāya dukkhānupassanāya appaṇihitanāmampi nippariyāyatova labbhati.
然而,所谓“相”,除依经教理趣之外,若依阿毗达摩理趣,即指行相。由于执取行相的关系,以无常随观并不能依了义而得“无相”之名。因此,依了义得“空”与“无愿”之名的无我随观及苦随观所证得之道,由其入门而获“空”与“无愿”之名;而“无相”一名,则唯依经教理趣而得。故说:“此处‘无相’之名,亦唯由入门、依经教理趣而得,因为阿毗达摩中并未举示道之无相名。”如是,这三种解脱门,由于是进入解脱的入口,故应知:名为空随观等之无我随观等三种,次第递增而成为出起之观,即是三解脱门。对此有言:显示巴利原文
Nimittanti pana ṭhapetvā suttantapariyāyaṃ abhidhammapariyāyena saṅkhāranimittaṃ hotīti saṅkhāranimittaggāhitāya aniccānupassanāya animittanāmaṃ nippariyāyato na labbhati, tasmā nippariyāyato suññataappaṇihitanāmikānaṃ anattadukkhānupassanānaṃ vasena paṭiladdhamaggo āgamanato suññataappaṇihitanāmaṃ labhati, animittanāmaṃ pana pariyāyatova labhati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘animittanāmaṃ panettha āgamanatopi suttantapariyāyeneva labbhati abhidhamme maggaṃ pati animittanāmassa anuddhaṭattā’’ti. Iti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vimokkhānaṃ pavesanadvārabhāvato suññatānupassanādināmikā anattānupassanādikā tisso anukkamena balavabhāvaṃ patvā vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanābhūtā tīṇi vimokkhamukhānīti veditabbāni. Vuttañhetaṃ –
“复有三种解脱门,导向出离世间:依一切行的限量与周圆而随观,心则投入无相界;依一切行中之心意激策,心则投入无愿界;依一切法为他随观,心则投入空界。此三种解脱门,导向出离世间。”(《无碍解道》1.219)显示巴利原文
‘‘Tīṇi kho panimāni vimokkhamukhāni lokaniyyānāya saṃvattanti, sabbasaṅkhāre paricchedaparivaṭumato samanupassanatāya animittāya ca dhātuyā cittasampakkhandanatāya, sabbasaṅkhāresu manosamuttejanatāya appaṇihitāya ca dhātuyā cittasampakkhandanatāya, sabbadhamme parato samanupassanatāya suññatāya ca dhātuyā cittasampakkhandanatāya, imāni tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni lokaniyyānāya saṃvattantī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.219).
此处,“限量与周圆”,即依生灭而作限量及周圆。无常随观先以“诸行于生起之前不存在”而作限量,随后探寻其趣向,见其灭后不再去往他处,便在此处消失,故以周圆、以边际而随观。“随观性”,即正确地随观,与“导向”相连。“心意激策性”,即心之悚惧性。以苦随观,心于诸行中生起悚惧。“他随观性”,即依“非我、非我所”而作无我随观。应知此三句是依无常随观等三种而说。也正因如此,在其后的问答中:显示巴利原文
Ettha hi paricchedaparivaṭumatoti udayabbayavasena paricchedato ceva parivaṭumato ca. Aniccānupassanā hi ‘‘udayato pubbe saṅkhārā natthī’’ti paricchinditvā tesaṃ gatiṃ samannesamānā vayato paraṃ na gacchanti, ettheva antaradhāyantīti parivaṭumato pariyantato samanupassati. Samanupassanatāyāti sammadeva anupassanatāya saṃvattantīti sambandho. Manosamuttejanatāyāti cittasaṃvejanatāya. Dukkhānupassanena hi saṅkhāresu cittaṃ saṃvijjati. Parato samanupassanatāyāti ‘‘nāhaṃ, na mama’’nti evaṃ anattato samanupassanatāya. Iti imāni tīṇi padāni aniccānupassanādīnaṃ tiṇṇaṃ vasena vuttānīti veditabbāni. Teneva ca tadanantare pañhāvissajjane –
作意无常时,诸行以坏灭而现起;作意苦时,诸行以怖畏而现起;作意无我时,诸行以空而现起。(《无碍解道》1.219)显示巴利原文
‘‘Aniccato manasikaroto khayato saṅkhārā upaṭṭhahanti, dukkhato manasikaroto bhayato saṅkhārā upaṭṭhahanti, anattato manasikaroto suññato saṅkhārā upaṭṭhahantī’’ti (paṭi. ma. 1.219) –
已说。对此,难道不应说:既然是在讲说《入阿毗达摩论》,便应唯依阿毗达摩理趣来安立解脱门?确实如此。然而,为显无常随观亦有道之出起,故亦依经教理趣作一安立。但应知,此出起之道,依阿毗达摩理趣,唯摄于纯观行道。显示巴利原文
Vuttaṃ. Nanu cettha abhidhammāvatārassa bhāsamānattā abhidhammapariyāyeneva vimokkhamukhāni ca vavatthapetuṃ yuttanti? Saccaṃ, aniccānupassanāyapi pana maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hotīti pakāsanatthaṃ suttantapariyāyenapi ekaṃ vavatthānaṃ kataṃ, tathā vuṭṭhito pana maggo abhidhammapariyāyena suddhikapaṭipadāyameva saṅgayhatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
所谓“四道结合之差别”,即依入流道等四种圣道相应结合之差别。然而,由于圣道具足正见等八支之体性,且此八支存在于一切出世间心中,故虽从断灭的角度看并无不同,然因诸根利钝、通达与否及证悟之别,断除烦恼便有差别——应知正是依此而有四种分类。因此才说“有身见、疑”等。于名为五取蕴的有身上所生起的见,为有身见;或者,自身于彼处存在时生起的见,为有身见。这是对于依执取五蕴为我、我所而生起的邪见的称呼。此见依每一蕴有四种执取方式,共成二十种。例如,有人观色为我:“色即是我,我即是色,犹如灯的光即是火,火即是光。”或观我拥有色,如树有树影。或观色在我中,如花有香。或观我在色中,如匣中有宝珠。对于受等,亦应以“观受为我”等方式相应配释。其中,五种不离蕴的我执,应知为断见;十五种离蕴的我执,应知为常见。显示巴利原文
Catumaggayogabhedatoti sotāpattiādīhi catūhi ariyamaggehi sampayogappabhedato. Ariyamaggānaṃ pana sammādiṭṭhādiaṭṭhaṅgasabhāvattā, tesañca sabbalokuttare atthitāya bhaṅgavasena abhedepi indriyānaṃ apāṭavapāṭavataratamabhāvena sacchikiriyāvisesato kilesānaṃ pahānabhedo hotīti taṃvasena catubbidhatā daṭṭhabbā. Tenevāha ‘‘sakkāyadiṭṭhivicikicchā’’tiādi. Sati vijjamāne pañcakkhandhasaṅkhāte kāye diṭṭhi sakkāyadiṭṭhi, sayaṃ vā tattha sati diṭṭhi sakkāyadiṭṭhi, pañcasu khandhesu attattaniyābhinivesavasena pavattāya micchādiṭṭhiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sā pana ekekasmiṃ khandhe catudhā abhinivesanavasena vīsatividhā hoti. Tathā hi koci rūpaṃ attato samanupassati ‘‘yaṃ rūpaṃ, so attā, yo attā, taṃ rūpaṃ, yathā dīpassa vaṇṇoyeva acci, acciyeva vaṇṇo’’ti. Rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ samanupassati, chāyāvantaṃ viya rukkhaṃ. Attani vā rūpaṃ, pupphe viya gandhaṃ. Rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ, samugge viya maṇi. Evaṃ vedanādīsupi ‘‘vedanaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādinā yojetabbaṃ. Tattha yo pañcavidho abyatirittaattābhiniveso, sā ucchedadiṭṭhi. Yo pana pannarasavidho byatirittaattābhiniveso, sā sassatadiṭṭhīti veditabbaṃ.
在审察其自性时,由此而生疲惫、困苦,故称为疑;或因难以对治,于此已无对治之智,故称为疑。然而,此疑——显示巴利原文
Sabhāvaṃ vicinanto tāya kicchati kilamatīti vicikicchā, tikicchituṃ dukkaratāya vā vigatā cikicchā ñāṇapatikāro imissāti vicikicchā. Sā pana –
对导师怀疑、疑惑,对法、对僧、对学处、对过去、对未来、对过去未来、对缘起缘生诸法怀疑、疑惑。(《法集论》1008,略有不同)——显示巴利原文
‘‘Satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati, dhamme, saṅghe, sikkhāya, pubbante, aparante, pubbantāparante, idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu kaṅkhati vicikicchatī’’ti (dha. sa. 1008 thokaṃ. visadisaṃ) –
如是,由对佛等的怀疑,此疑有八事为所依。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ buddhādīsu kaṅkhāvasena aṭṭhavatthukā,
“于过去世,我曾存在吗?未曾存在吗?曾是什么?曾是如何?曾是何者,而后成为何者?于未来世,我将存在吗?将不存在吗?将是什么?将是如何?将是什么,而后成为什么?”又或于现在,内心生起如此疑惑:“我存在吗?我不存在吗?我是何者?我如何?此有情从何处来?将去往何处?”显示巴利原文
‘‘Ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhānaṃ, na nu kho ahosiṃ, kiṃ nu kho ahosiṃ, kathaṃ nu kho ahosiṃ , kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosiṃ nu kho ahamatītamaddhānaṃ, bhavissāmi nu kho ahamanāgatamaddhānaṃ , na nu kho bhavissāmi, kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmi, kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāmi, kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāmi nu kho ahamanāgatamaddhānaṃ, etarahi vā pana paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ kathaṃkathī hoti, ahaṃ nu khosmi, no nu khosmi, kiṃ nu khosmi, kathaṃ nu khosmi, ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato, so kuhiṃ gāmī bhavissatī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.18; saṃ. ni. 2.20) –
如是,依于对过去等缘而生起的方式,也被说为以十六事为所依之疑。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pubbantādayo ārabbha pavattivasena soḷasavatthukā ca niddiṭṭhā.
其中,对导师生疑者,是怀疑其色身与法身之存在与否;对法生疑者,是怀疑其为善说或不善说;对僧生疑者,是怀疑其为善行抑或恶行等;对学处生疑者,是怀疑其为善制或不善制;对过去生疑者,依常见之相与无因生之相,而怀疑过去自己之存在与否;对未来生疑者,依常见之相与断灭之相,而怀疑未来自己之生起与否;对过去未来生疑者,则怀疑现在自己之存在与否。因现在时具有前后之分,故亦称为‘过去未来’。然而,依这些所生之疑是否合理?无论是合理或不合理,于此又何须思虑?因为愚痴凡夫犹如癫狂之人,于一切事皆易生疑。正因如此,在解说以十六事为所依之疑时,才说‘又或于现在时’等。然而,诸师长亦说:‘“过去未来”是将过去与未来合为一处,依此二者而生疑者,即是对过去未来之疑。’对缘起与缘生诸法生疑者,则怀疑无明等缘与行等缘生法之间的因果缘生关系是否实有。如是,当知八事所依之疑的生起方式。显示巴利原文
Tattha satthari kaṅkhanto tassa rūpakāyadhammakāyānaṃ vijjamānataṃ, avijjamānatañca kaṅkhati, dhamme kaṅkhanto tassa svākkhātadvākkhātabhāve kaṅkhati, saṅghe kaṅkhanto tassa suppaṭipannavippaṭipannatādibhāve kaṅkhati, sikkhāya kaṅkhanto tassā supaññattaduppaññattabhāvaṃ kaṅkhati, pubbante kaṅkhanto sassatākāraṃ, adhiccasamuppattiākārañca nissāya atīte attano vijjamānataṃ, avijjamānatañca kaṅkhati, aparante kaṅkhanto sassatākāraṃ, ucchedākārañca nissāya anāgate attano uppattiṃ, anuppattiñca kaṅkhati, pubbantāparante kaṅkhanto paccuppanne attano atthibhāvaṃ, natthibhāvañca kaṅkhati. Paccuppanno hi addhā pubbabhāgāparabhāgakoṭṭhāsavantatāya ‘‘pubbantāparanto’’ti vuccati, yuttaṃ pana taṃ ārabbha kaṅkhājanananti? Yuttaṃ, ayuttanti kā ettha cintā. Ummattako viya hi bālaputhujjano. Tasmā so yaṃ kiñci kaṅkhatiyeva. Teneva ca soḷasavatthukavicikicchāniddese ‘‘etarahi vā panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ācariyā pana ‘‘pubbantāparantoti atītānāgate ekajjhaṃ gahetvā tadubhayamārabbha kaṅkhanto pubbantāparante kaṅkhatī’’tipi vadanti. Idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu kaṅkhanto pana avijjādīnaṃ paccayānaṃ, saṅkhārādīnañca paccayuppannānaṃ hetuhetusamuppannabhāvassa sabbhāvāsabbhāvaṃ kaṅkhatīti evaṃ tāva aṭṭhavatthukakaṅkhāya pavatti veditabbā.
于十六事所依疑中,怀疑“我曾存在吗?……乃至……我未曾存在吗?”者,即如前述,对过去自体之存在与否生疑。怀疑“曾是什么?”者,依生类、性别与趣生而疑:“我曾是刹帝利吗?或是婆罗门等、在家者等、天等中的某一种吗?”怀疑“曾如何?”者,依形态而疑:“我曾是高的吗?或是矮的、白的、黑的等某一种吗?”或说,依自在天所造等而疑:“我曾是以何种方式存在的?”即由出生方式而生疑。怀疑“曾是什么后又成了什么?”者,依生类等而疑:“曾是刹帝利后又成了婆罗门吗?……乃至……曾是天人后又成了人吗?”即对自己前后相续的流转生疑。“将存在吗?将不存在吗?”依前述方式,对未来自体之存在与否生疑。“将是什么?”等亦如前说。“我存在吗?我不存在吗?”是对现在自体之存在与否生疑,其中理由如前。“我是什么?”者,虽身为刹帝利等,却对自己的刹帝利等身份生疑。其余诸句同理。“我如何?”者,执取“内有命者”后,对其长短等状态生疑。然而,不知现在自身形态者实无可能。“此从何处来?将去往何处?”应知是对自体之来处与去处生疑。显示巴利原文
Soḷasavatthukā pana ‘‘ahosiṃ nu kho…pe… na nu kho ahosi’’nti kaṅkhanto vuttanayeneva atīte attano vijjamānāvijjamānataṃ kaṅkhati. Kiṃ nu kho ahosinti jātiliṅgupapattiyo nissāya ‘‘khattiyo nu kho ahosiṃ, brāhmaṇādīsu gahaṭṭhādīsu devādīsu aññataro nu kho’’ti kaṅkhati. Kathaṃ nu khoti saṇṭhānākāraṃ nissāya ‘‘dīgho nu kho ahosiṃ, rassaodātakāḷādīnañca aññataro’’ti kaṅkhati. Issaranimmānādīni nissāya ‘‘kena nu kho pakārena ahosi’’nti nibbattanākārato kaṅkhatīti vadanti. Kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahosinti jātiādīni nissāya ‘‘khattiyo hutvā nu kho brāhmaṇo ahosiṃ…pe… devo hutvā nu kho manusso ahosi’’nti attano aparāparaṃ pavattiṃ kaṅkhati. Bhavissāmi nu kho, na nu khoti heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva anāgate attano vijjamānāvijjamānataṃ kaṅkhati. ‘‘Kiṃ nu kho bhavissāmī’’tiādi vuttanayameva. Ahaṃ nu khosmi, na nu khosmīti idāni attano atthibhāvaṃ, natthibhāvañca kaṅkhati. Tattha kāraṇaṃ vuttameva. Kiṃ nu khosmīti khattiyādikova samāno attano khattiyādibhāvaṃ kaṅkhati. Eseva nayo sesesupi. Kathaṃ nu khosmīti ‘‘abbhantare jīvo nāma atthī’’ti gahetvā tassa dīghādibhāvaṃ kaṅkhati. Paccuppannaṃ pana attano sarīrasaṇṭhānaṃ ajānanto nāma natthi. Kuto āgato, kuhiṃ gāmī bhavissatīti attabhāvassa āgatagataṭṭhānāni kaṅkhatīti veditabbaṃ.
所谓戒禁,即戒与誓戒。其中,于牛戒等不净道,由受持故为“戒”,由不违犯故为“誓戒”。或两者皆可为“戒”,而因作为苦行之事被取着故为“誓戒”。又或因牛等本性的状态,自己执受牛等状态为“戒”,而行“走时咀嚼、站时排泄”等牛之行为为“誓戒”。或省察各自应作之事而转离恶行为“戒”,受持后实行吃粪便等特殊行为为“誓戒”。超越自性而执取他物为“执取”,对戒禁的执取即“戒禁取”。此外,有沙门婆罗门主张“由戒清净、由誓戒清净、由戒禁清净”,如是于不净道中生起“清净道”之邪决定,即是此戒禁取之名。有身见、疑、戒禁取,即有身见乃至戒禁取,正是它们于业异熟中、于轮回中结缚、系缚有情,故为“结”;他们由见清净等以分断而断除,依证得法性之安立而作究竟断除,故为有身见乃至戒禁取之断。显示巴利原文
Sīlañca vatañca sīlabbataṃ, tattha gosīlādiasuddhimaggo samādānavasena sīlaṃ, avītikkamavasena vataṃ. Ubhayathāpi vā sīlaṃ, tapokammabhāvena gahitattā vataṃ. Gavādipakatibhāvato attano vā gavādibhāvādhiṭṭhānaṃ sīlaṃ, ‘‘gacchanto bhakkheti, tiṭṭhanto muttetī’’tiādinā gavādikiriyāya karaṇaṃ vataṃ. Taṃtaṃakiccasammasato vā nivatti sīlaṃ, taṃsamādānavato vesabhojanakiccacaraṇādivisesapaṭipatti vataṃ. Sabhāvaṃ atikkamma parato āmasanaṃ gahaṇanti parāmāso, sīlabbatassa parāmāso sīlabbataparāmāso. Ito bahiddhā samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sīlena suddhi, vatena suddhi, sīlabbatena suddhīti evaṃ asuddhimagge ‘‘suddhimaggo’’ti pavattassa micchābhinivesassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sakkāyadiṭṭhi ca vicikicchā ca sīlabbataparāmāso cāti sakkāya…pe… parāmāso, teyeva kammavipākesu, vaṭṭasmiṃ vā satte saṃyojenti bandhantīti saṃyojanāni, tesaṃ diṭṭhivisuddhiādīhi tadaṅgavasena pahīnānaṃ anuppattidhammatāpādanena accantasamucchedappahānaṃ karotīti sakkā…pe…ppahānakaraṃ.
因趋向、流入涅槃,故名为“流”,即圣八支道;从初始便趣入流,故为“入流”;因寻求涅槃,或被希求涅槃者所寻求,故为“道”,或因杀烦恼而行,故为“道”;入流即是道,故称“入流道”。或说,从初始即趣入、证得流,故为“入流”,即第一圣者;其道为“入流道”,即正见等八支;与此相应之心为“入流道心”。显示巴利原文
Nibbānaṃ pati savanato sandanato soto vuccati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgikamaggo, tassa ādito pajjanaṃ sotāpatti, nibbānaṃ maggati, nibbānatthikehi maggīyati, kilese mārento gacchatīti vā maggo, sotāpatti eva maggo sotāpattimaggo. Atha vā sotaṃ ādito pajjati adhigacchatīti sotāpatti, paṭhamo ariyapuggalo, tassa maggo sotāpattimaggo, sammādiṭṭhiādīni aṭṭhaṅgāni, tena sampayuttaṃ cittaṃ sotāpattimaggacittaṃ.
染着、执着故为“贪”,此指五欲功德及欲有之渴爱。违逆故为“嗔”,即以十种嗔恨事为近因的嗔恚。痴昧故为“痴”,即于苦等八事之无智。令这些烦恼减轻、变薄故为贪……乃至……令变薄。其中,由二原因而变薄:由不频生起,及由现起微弱故。即如随顺轮回大众之一来圣者,烦恼不频生起,偶尔稀疏地生起;如是生起时,亦如压伏、覆盖、作暗冥而不生起。又由二道所断故,生起极微极薄。然而有说一来圣者的烦恼久乃生起,且生起时粗重。如说彼之子女可见。此非正因,无有依事缘受胎之本性故;是故应知依前述二原因而变薄。为何此处说痴之变薄?岂非应说此是第三道所断?若不如是,则由下三道断上道所断之烦恼由粗至细故,此处应说一切上分结之变薄,且巴利中亦说“欲贪嗔恚之变薄为证第二地”。此言诚然,然于经中取上道所断之变薄门,说“贪嗔痴变薄故为一来”,由三因变薄之语已至,此处亦随顺而说。或读作“欲贪嗔恚”亦是正读。如上于第二道智之说明中亦说“嗔恚欲贪之变薄”(abhidha. 1353)。依结生仅一来此人界故为“一来”,彼之道为“一来道”。虽然于道位者不可能依结生而来,唯果位者名为一来,然彼作为来因之道,为区别于他道,依随属彼而说为“一来道”,与此相应之心为“一来道心”。显示巴利原文
Rajjati abhisajjatīti rāgo, so idha pañcakāmavisayā, kāmabhavavisayā ca taṇhā. Dussatīti doso, dasavidhaāghātavatthupadaṭṭhāno byāpādo. Muyhatīti moho, dukkhādīsu aṭṭhasu aññāṇaṃ. Etesaṃ kilesānaṃ tanuttaṃ tanubhāvaṃ karotīti rāga…pe… tanuttakaraṃ. Tattha dvīhi kāraṇehi tanuttaṃ abhiṇhānuppattito, pariyuṭṭhānamandatāya cāti. Sakadāgāmissa hi vaṭṭānusārimahājanassa viya kilesā abhiṇhaṃ na uppajjanti, kadāci viraḷākārā hutvā uppajjanti, tathā uppajjantāpi maddantā chādentā andhakāraṃ karontā nuppajjanti. Dvīhi pana maggehi pahīnattā mandamandā tanukatanukā uppajjanti. Keci pana sakadāgāmissa kilesā cirena uppajjantāpi bahalāva uppajjanti. Tathā hissa puttadhītaro dissantīti vadanti. Taṃ akāraṇaṃ, vatthupaṭisevanena vināpi gabbhaggahaṇasabbhāvato, tasmā vuttanayeneva dvīhi kāraṇehi nesaṃ tanubhāvo veditabbo. Kasmā panettha mohassa tanubhāvo vutto, nanu tatiyamaggavajjhānameva iminā tanuttakaraṇaṃ vattabbaṃ, itarathā heṭṭhā tīhipi maggehi uparimaggavajjhakilesānaṃ bahalābahalāvatthāya pahīyamānattā idha sabbesameva uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanānaṃ tanubhāvo vattabbo, teneva ca pāḷiyampi ‘‘kāmarāgabyāpādānaṃ tanubhāvāya dutiyāya bhūmiyā pattiyā’’ti vuttanti. Saccametaṃ, sutte pana uparimaggavajjhānaṃ tanubhāvapariyāyaṃ gahetvā ‘‘rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī hotī’’ti hetuttayatanubhāvassa āgatattā idhāpi tadanulomena vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kāmarāgabyāpādāna’’micceva vā pāṭho. Tathā hi ettheva upari dutiyamaggañāṇaniddese ‘‘byāpādakāmarāgānaṃ, tanubhāvaṃ tu sādhaya’’nti (abhidha. 1353) vuttaṃ. Paṭisandhivasena sakideva imaṃ manussalokaṃ āgacchatīti sakadāgāmī, tassa maggo sakadāgāmimaggo. Kiñcāpi hi maggaṭṭhassa paṭisandhivasena āgamanāsambhavato phalaṭṭhoyeva sakadāgāmī nāma hoti, tassa pana āgamanabhūto maggo maggantarāvacchedanatthaṃ tadāyattabhāvūpanayanena sakadāgāmimaggoti vuccati, taṃsampayuttaṃ cittaṃ sakadāgāmimaggacittaṃ.
于五欲功德及欲有之贪为“欲贪”。以此恼害心故为“嗔恚”。依结生不来此欲界故为“不来”。于色有之欲贪为“色贪”。于无色有之欲贪为“无色贪”。慢,于此依证阿罗汉果唯是高举。掉举,亦唯是心以“谁是我断烦恼之担”等类转起而不寂灭。无明,亦唯是于不乐计乐之颠倒。由远离烦恼故,或由远离邪行者故,或由贪等怨敌故,或由轮回轮辐之怨敌故,或由诸缘等之远离故,或由恶作中无隐秘(raho)故,以应远离、应舍故名为“rahā”之恶法无有故,或由诸善士应远故不应亲近故,或由所谓隐秘之行于轮回中无有故,为“阿罗汉”,即第八圣者;彼之状态为“阿罗汉果”,此即最上果之名称。盖以“阿罗汉”之名及智之转起为因,作阿罗汉之状态故说为“阿罗汉果”;彼作为来因之道为“阿罗汉道”,与此相应之心为“阿罗汉道心”。显示巴利原文
Pañcasu kāmaguṇesu, kāmabhave ca rāgo kāmarāgo. Byāpajjati tena cittanti byāpādo. Paṭisandhivasena imaṃ kāmadhātuṃ na āgacchatīti anāgāmī. Rūpabhave chandarāgo rūparāgo. Arūpabhave chandarāgo arūparāgo. Māno idha arahattādhigamaṃ paṭicca uṇṇatimattaṃ. Uddhaccampi ‘‘ko me bhāro kilesasamucchedane’’ti evamākārappavattaṃ cittassa avūpasamamattaṃ. Avijjāpi asukhe sukhasaññāvipallāso. Ārakattā kilesehi, micchāpaṭipannehi vā, rāgādiarīnaṃ, saṃsāracakkassa arānañca hatattā, paccayādīnaṃ arahattā, rahopi pāpākaraṇena pāpakaraṇe rahassa abhāvā, rahitabbato jahitabbato ‘‘rahā’’ti laddhanāmānaṃ vā pāpadhammānaṃ abhāvato, sādhūhi arahitabbato apariccajitabbato, rahasaṅkhātassa vā gamanassa saṃsāre abhāvato arahā, aṭṭhamo ariyapuggalo, tassa bhāvo arahattaṃ, aggaphalassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Tañhi ‘‘arahā’’ti abhidhānassa, buddhiyā ca pavattinibandhanattā arahato bhāvoti katvā ‘‘arahatta’’nti vuccati, tassa āgamanabhūto maggo arahattamaggo, taṃsampayuttaṃ cittaṃ arahattamaggacittaṃ.
“由禅支与结合之差别”者,即如色界禅那由五禅支结合之差别。然其差别云何?于此先有注疏之说,及三长老说,故有四说。即于注疏中先说:“到达行舍智之出起观道,决定其禅支”。三藏小那伽长老则说:“作为观道近依之基础禅那,决定其(禅支)”。摩罗瓦毕大摩诃达多长老说:“作为观之所缘之诸蕴决定之。即入定后出起观察彼禅那,如彼(禅支)而转起”。三藏小阿毗长老则说:“人之意愿决定之。如‘愿我证得五支或四支之道’等,如其意愿,其道即如彼转起”。显示巴利原文
Jhānaṅgayogabhedatoti rūpāvacaraṃ viya pañcahi jhānaṅgehi sampayogabhedato. Kathaṃ panassa bhedoti? Ettha tāva aṭṭhakathāvādo, tayo ca theravādāti cattāro vādā honti. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ tāva ‘‘saṅkhārupekkhābhāvaṃ patvā vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāmaggassa jhānaṅgaṃ niyametī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tipiṭakacūḷanāgatthero pana ‘‘maggāsannavipassanāya padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ pādakajjhānaṃ niyametī’’ti āha. Moravāpivāsimahādattatthero ‘‘vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamenti. Yañhi jhānaṃ sammasitvā vuṭṭhāti, taṃsadisova hotī’’ti āha. Tipiṭakacūḷābhayatthero pana ‘‘puggalajjhāsayo niyameti, ‘aho vata pañcaṅgikaṃ, caturaṅgikaṃ vā maggaṃ pāpuṇeyya’ntiādinā yathā yathāssa ajjhāsayo hoti, tathā tathā maggo hotī’’ti āha.
然而,由于注疏之论具有权威性,且三位长老皆是智者、通达者,故应知这四种论说彼此不相排斥。如何理解?首先,对于纯观行者观照欲界法后所生起的道,以及未以禅那为基而修习所生起的道,依观照的法则,它们都是初禅之道。若是以某种禅那为基而修习所生起的,则依该禅那之力而有禅支的转变,因此该道与相应的禅那相似。然而,在此,缘于欲界蕴而转起的观照,就欲界法与大法而言,并不像修习差别那样存在禅支的差别,因此,主张‘所观照之蕴决定道’的第二长老说,并不涵盖这一论说。对于观照禅那法后所生起的道,若无基禅,则依所观照的禅那而决定,成为与该禅那相应之道。若从初禅出定后,观照第二禅等法而生起,则依个人意乐的法则,成为两种禅那中某一种相似之道。但若无那样的个人意乐,又当如何?对此,首先有些人说:‘在多种转向路中,从作为基的禅那退转,而在单一转向路中达到种姓位后,于退转的观照中,作为所缘的蕴才是强有力的,因此依所观照之蕴决定,道与彼相似。’若如此,则主张‘依基禅决定’的第一长老说,便仅适用于从显示巴利原文
Yasmā pana aṭṭhakathāvādo pamāṇaṃ, tayo ca therā paṇḍitā byattā, tasmā cattāropi vādā aññamaññaṃ appaṭibāhanavasena evaṃ veditabbā. Kathaṃ? Kāmāvacaradhamme tāva sammasitvā sukkhavipassakassa uppannamaggopi samāpattilābhino jhānaṃ pādakaṃ akatvā uppāditamaggopi vipassanāniyāmena paṭhamajjhānikāva honti. Sace pana kiñci jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppādito hoti, tassa vasena aṅgapariṇāmo hotīti taṃtaṃjhānasadiso hoti. Yasmā panettha kāmāvacarakkhandhe ārabbha pavattā vipassanā kāmāvacaradhammesu ca mahaggatadhammesu viya bhāvanāvisesato jhānaṅgaviseso natthi, tasmā ‘‘vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamentī’’ti evaṃ pavatto dutiyattheravādo imaṃ vādaṃ na pavisati. Jhānadhamme sammasitvā uppāditamaggo sace pādakajjhānaṃ natthi, sammasitajjhānaniyāmena taṃtaṃjhāniko hoti. Sace paṭhamajjhānato vuṭṭhāya dutiyādijhāne sammasitvā uppādito, puggalajjhāsayaniyāmena dvīsu aññatarajjhānasadiso hoti. Sace pana puggalassa tathāvidho ajjhāsayo natthi, tadā kathanti? Ettha tāva keci ‘‘nānāvajjanavīthiyameva nivattamānapādakajjhānato ekāvajjanavīthiyaṃ gotrabhubhāvaṃ patvā nivattamānāya vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhāyeva balavanto, tasmā sammasitakkhandhaniyāmena taṃsadiso maggo hotī’’ti vadanti. Evañca sati ‘‘pādakajjhānaniyāmena hotī’’ti evaṃ pavatto paṭhamattheravādo pādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya kāmāvacarakkhandhe sammasitvā uppāditamaggameva sandhāya tiṭṭhatīti.
另一些人说:‘基禅以根本因及近因的方式成为道的缘,而所观照的蕴唯以根本因的方式成为缘,因此,相较于所观照的蕴,基禅更为强有力,故道与基禅相似。’然而,若如此,则主张‘依所观照之蕴决定’的第二长老说,便仅适用于不以等至为基、唯观照禅那法而生起道的情况。然而,因为从较低、较低的禅那,到较高、较高的禅那,力量渐次增强,所以从较低禅那出定后,观照较高禅那法而生的道,不依赖于基禅,而依所观照的禅那,成为与彼相应之道。但从较高禅那出定后,观照较低禅那法而生的道,则不依赖于所观照的禅那,而与基禅相似。此为其中精要。如是,两位长老的论说便都成为无余分、果报平等的领域。显示巴利原文
Apare pana ‘‘pādakajjhānaṃ maggassa mūlakāraṇavasena paccayo hoti āsannakāraṇavasenapi, sammasitakkhandhā pana mūlakāraṇavaseneva paccayā honti, tasmā sammasitakkhandhato pādakajjhānameva balavataranti pādakajjhānasadiso maggo hotī’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ sante pana ‘‘sammasitakkhandhaniyāmenā’’ti evaṃ pavatto dutiyattheravādo samāpattiṃ pādakaṃ akatvā kevalaṃ jhānadhammeyeva sammasitvā uppāditamaggameva sandhāya tiṭṭhati. Yasmā pana heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimajjhānato uparūparijhānaṃ balappattaṃ hoti, tasmā heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimajjhānato vuṭṭhāya uparūparijhānadhamme vipassato uppannamaggo pādakajjhānaṃ anapekkhitvā sammasitajjhānavasena taṃtaṃjhāniko hoti. Uparūparijhānato pana vuṭṭhāya heṭṭhimaheṭṭhimajjhānadhamme sammasitvā uppāditamaggo sammasitajjhānaṃ anapekkhitvā pādakajjhānasadiso hotīti idamettha sārataraṃ. Evañhi sati dvinnampi therānaṃ vādā nippadesavisayā samaphalā honti.
在此,第三长老说,若无基禅或所观照之禅那,仅凭意乐不能成就。在三种论说中,除其余禅支的转变外,受的转变唯依观照的法则而发生。须知,三位长老的论说皆离不开观照的法则。难道受不也是禅支吗?既然如此,受亦应依基禅的法则而转变?并非如此,因为若受也依基禅法则而转变,则在不依赖于观照法则的情况下,于道刹那,当其余禅支依基禅法则转变之处,受也应发生转变。但事实并非如此,因为在单一转向路中,受从一开始即已转变,故受的法则依于在道出定路中较近现起的观照之力。显示巴利原文
Tatiyattheravādo cettha pādakajjhānaṃ, sammasitajjhānaṃ vā vinā ajjhāsayamatteneva na ijjhati. Tīsupi vādesu ṭhapetvā sesajhānaṅgapariṇāmaṃ vedanāpariṇāmo vipassanāniyāmeneva hoti. Tayopi theravādā vipassanāniyāmena vinā na hontīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Nanu ca vedanāpi jhānaṅgameva, tasmā tāyapi pādakajjhānaniyāmeneva bhavitabbanti? Taṃ na, vedanāyapi pādakajjhānaniyāmena pariṇāme sati vipassanāniyāmaṃ anapekkhitvā pādakajjhānaniyāmeneva maggakkhaṇe sesajhānaṅgāni pariṇāmaṭṭhāneyeva vedanāyapi pariṇāmo bhaveyya, tathā pana ahutvā ekāvajjanavīthiyā āditova pariṇāmanato maggavuṭṭhānavīthiyā āsannatarappavattāya vipassanāya vasena vedanāniyāmo hoti.
或者,当有基禅及被观照的禅那时,那些禅那中未生起的感受在观照中并不存在,因此也不能说它依基禅或被观照禅那的法则而转化。于此,可能有人会问:凡有基禅之处,基禅即起决定作用;但在没有三禅、四禅作为基禅的无色界有中,又是何者起决定作用呢?在那里,同样是基禅起决定作用。因为,一位获得八等至的比丘以初禅为基,证得入流道果后,于未退失禅那的情况下命终,生于无色界有,从初禅的须陀洹果等至出定后,建立观照而证得其余三道果——他的这些道果都属于初禅。第二禅等的情形,也是如此。因为在无色界中,也能生起属于三禅、四禅的出世间法。如是,于此应知每一种出世间善心的禅支组合差别。显示巴利原文
Atha vā pādakajjhānasammasitajjhānānaṃ sambhave tesu anuppannā vedanā vipassanāya na hotīti pādakajjhānasammasitajjhānaniyāmena pariṇamatītipi na sakkā vattuṃ. Ettha siyā – yattha tāva pādakajjhānaṃ atthi, tattha taṃ niyameti. Yattha pana tikacatukkapādakajjhānaṃ natthi, tasmiṃ arūpabhave kiṃ niyametīti? Tatthāpi pādakajjhānameva niyameti. Yo hi bhikkhu aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī paṭhamajjhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā sotāpattimaggaphalāni nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno kālaṃ katvā arūpabhave nibbatto paṭhamajjhānikāya sotāpattiphalasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhāya vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā upari tīṇi maggaphalāni nibbatteti, tassa tāni paṭhamajjhānikāneva honti. Dutiyajjhānikādīsupi eseva nayo. Arūpepi hi lokuttaraṃ tikacatukkajjhānaṃ uppajjatīti evamettha ekekassa lokuttarakusalassa jhānaṅgayogabhedo veditabboti.
道……成就,正如三地善法虽不在结生与转起中直接感果,却能通过成就各自相应的果,令达到各个果位的须陀洹、斯陀含、阿那含、阿罗汉——即从总体上成就了四种圣者。特别地,它还成就了诸如“七返有”等众多须陀洹等圣者。显示巴利原文
Maggā…pe… nipphādetīti tebhūmakakusalaṃ viya paṭisandhippavattīsu avipaccavantampi attano attano anurūpassa phalassa nipphādanena taṃtaṃphalappatte sotāpanno sakadāgāmī anāgāmī arahāti sāmaññato cattāro ariyapuggale abhinipphādetīti. Visesato pana sattakkhattuparamatādike anekepi sotāpannādayo nipphādeti.
四地善心解释。显示巴利原文
Catubhūmakakusalavaṇṇanā
28 如此,依其自性阐明四地善心之后,现在总结道:“于欲有八”等。其中,“于欲”指欲界有;“于色”等,也如此。显示巴利原文
28. Evaṃ catubhūmakakusalacittaṃ sarūpato niddisitvā idāni taṃ nigamento āha ‘‘kāme aṭṭhevā’’tiādi. Tattha kāmeti kāmabhave. Tathā ‘‘rūpe’’tiādīsu.
29 29. ‘已离善与不善’:即已远离善与不善业。因为从最上道生起之时起,阿拉汉的一切善与不善业便称为已断除,由于缺乏缘而无力令结生生起。因此,圣道智被称为‘业灭尽者’。或者,由于无因无缘的清净并不存在,故以断除烦恼的善道,远离不善。‘以善为善’:即透过名为善的修行——因舍断鄙恶等而称为善,于教导、生起等方面皆善巧。‘牟尼’:即成就二世间牟尼的最上果智,或具足一切知智,故为牟尼。因此说:显示巴利原文
29.Kusalākusalāpagatenāti kusalākusalakammato apagatena. Aggamaggassa hi uppannakālato paṭṭhāya arahato sabbāni kusalākusalakammāni pahīnāni nāma honti paccayavekallena paṭisandhidāne asamatthabhāvato. Yato ca ariyamaggañāṇaṃ ‘‘kammakkhayakara’’nti vuccati. Atha vā ahetuapaccayavisujjhanassa abhāvato kilesasamucchedakena maggakusalena akusalehi apagatena. Kusale kusalenāti kucchitānaṃ salanādīhi kusalasaṅkhātāya paṭipattiyaṃ desanuppādanādīsu chekena. Munināti ubhayalokamunanakena aggaphalañāṇena, sabbaññutaññāṇena vā samannāgatattā muninā. Tenāha –
“了知二世间者,因此称为牟尼。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Yo munāti ubho loke, muni tena pavuccatī’’ti.
“自在者”:因具足六神通而拥有最上心自在,亦因具足禅那等五种自在,成为自在者、诸根已达自在状态者。显示巴利原文
Vasināti chaḷabhiññatāya paramena cittavasibhāvena samannāgatattā, jhānādīsu pañcavidhavasisabbhāvato ca vasibhūtena vasibhāvūpagatindriyena.
不善法解释。显示巴利原文
Akusalavaṇṇanā
至此,已将“善、不善、无记三种生类差别”中所说的善法如实说明。现在为显示紧随其后所列的不善法,便说“不善呢”等。为确定并开示“从地来说为一种”的含义,故说“唯是欲界”。然而,其他部派认为色界、无色界也有不善,为遮止其主张而作了简别。因为即使此不善生起于广大地,即使在色界中能给予转起果报,它也绝对唯属欲界。那么,这一断定从何而来?因为它是欲爱之境。正如欲爱之境是欲界属性的理由,色爱、无色爱之境便是色界、无色界属性的理由。这一点应如此为决定性而接受。若非如此,则不会有遍满的特征。因为若依所缘法来安立地,则无所缘的法便无法被包含;若依给予果报来安立,则无果报的法也无法被包含。因此,对于属于三界的法,应唯依所缘法来安立;而对于不属于三界的法,应知因其超越世间而为出世间,因其无有更上而为无上。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca yaṃ ‘‘kusalākusalābyākatajātibhedato tividha’’nti ettha vuttaṃ kusalaṃ, taṃ sarūpato niddisitvā idāni tadanantaruddiṭṭhaṃ akusalaṃ niddisanto āha ‘‘akusalaṃ panā’’tiādi. ‘‘Bhūmito ekavidha’’nti vuttamatthaṃ niyametvā dassento āha ‘‘kāmāvacaramevā’’ti. Nikāyantarikā pana rūpārūpāvacarampi akusalaṃ icchantīti tesaṃ matinisedhanatthaṃ avadhāraṇaṃ kataṃ. Mahaggatabhūmiyaṃ uppajjantampi hetaṃ tattha rūpadhātuyaṃ pavattivipākaṃ dentampi ekantena kāmāvacaramevāti. Kuto panesa niyamoti? Kāmataṇhāvisayabhāvato. Kāmataṇhāvisayatā hi kāmāvacarabhāvassa kāraṇaṃ yathā rūpārūpataṇhāvisayatā rūpārūpabhāvassa. Ekaṃsena cetaṃ evaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ. Itarathā byāpitalakkhaṇaṃ na siyā. Yadi hi ālambitabbadhammavasena bhūmivavatthānaṃ kareyya, evaṃ sati anārammaṇānaṃ saṅgaho na siyā. Atha vipākadānavasena, evampi avipākānaṃ saṅgaho na siyā, tasmā ālambaṇadhammavaseneva pariyāpannānaṃ sā kātabbā. Apariyāpannānaṃ pana lokato uttiṇṇatāya lokuttaratā, uttaritarābhāvato anuttaratā ca veditabbāti.
由于忧受没有无盖的状态,与之相应的心唯在欲界生起,因此它是固定所依的;其余盖即使在无色界也能生起,故是不固定所依的,因此说“固定……二种”。由于疑、掉举相应心以痴为单一因,其余不善心则依贪痴、嗔痴而有二因,因此说“单因、双因者”。由于前十一不善心能引生结生,掉举相应心则不能,因此说“能引结生、不能引结生者”。因为掉举相应心虽能给予转起果报,却不能引生结生。正如将说:显示巴利原文
Domanassassa anīvaraṇāvatthāya abhāvena taṃsahagatacittuppādo kāmabhūmiyaṃyeva pavattatīti so niyatavatthuko, itare arūpabhūmiyampi pavattanato aniyatavatthukāti āha ‘‘niyatā…pe… duvidha’’nti. Vicikicchuddhaccasahagatānaṃ mohekahetukattā, itaresampi lobhamohadosamohavasena dvihetukattā āha ‘‘ekahetukaduhetukato’’ti. Ādito ekādasannaṃ akusalacittānaṃ paṭisandhijananato, uddhaccasahagatassa tadabhāvato āha ‘‘paṭisandhijanakājanakato’’ti. Uddhaccasahagatañhi pavattivipākaṃ dentampi paṭisandhiṃ nākaḍḍhati. Yato vakkhati –
除去掉举之心,十一种(不善心)之外,
结生亦有十一种。(《阿毗达摩》第536偈)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ekādasavidhānaṃ tu, hitvā uddhaccamānasaṃ; Ekādasavidhā ceva, bhavanti paṭisandhiyo’’ti. (abhidha. 536);
至于它不引生结生的原因,我们将在结生决断论中,依此偈颂的注解处加以说明。所谓“以三受”,即依乐受、苦受、舍受这三受。如所说:“诸比丘,有此三受。哪三种?乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受。”(《相应部》4.249)然而,在某处经中又说:“诸比丘,有二受:乐受、苦受。”(《相应部》4.267)应知那是以方便说,将属于善分的舍受归入乐受,将属于不善分的舍受归入苦受。如同根本一般,因为是善安住状态的原因,故称为根;贪是此心的根,故称贪根。虽然痴也存在于贪根心中,但由于它遍通一切不善,不能成为区分特征,所以依不共法而只说“贪根”,如同说“鼓声”“麦芽”。同样,“嗔根”也是如此。由于没有其他根,唯以痴为根,别无其他,故称痴根。显示巴利原文
Yena pana kāraṇena taṃ paṭisandhiṃ nākaḍḍhati, taṃ paṭisandhivinicchayakathāhi imissā gāthāya vaṇṇanāpadeseyeva vakkhāma . Tīhi vedanāhīti sukhadukkhopekkhāsaṅkhātāhi tīhi vedanāhi. Yathāha – ‘‘tisso imā, bhikkhave, vedanā. Katamā tisso? Sukhā dukkhā adukkhamasukhā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.249). Yaṃ pana katthaci sutte ‘‘dvemā, bhikkhave, vedanā sukhā dukkhā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.267) vacanaṃ, taṃ kusalapakkhikaṃ upekkhaṃ sukhe, akusalapakkhikañca dukkhe pakkhipitvā pariyāyena vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Suppatiṭṭhitabhāvakāraṇattā mūlamivāti mūlaṃ, lobho mūlaṃ etassāti lobhamūlaṃ. Kiñcāpi hi mohopi lobhamūlesu atthi, so pana sabbākusalasādhāraṇattā vavatthānakaro na hotīti asādhāraṇadhammavasena ‘‘lobhamūla’’ntveva vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘bherisaddo yavaṅkuro’’ti. Tathā ‘‘dosamūla’’nti etthāpi. Mūlantaravirahato moho eva mūlaṃ imassa, nāññanti mohamūlaṃ.
以邪执而见,称为见;此见本身即成“见取”,如同说“虚空取”“力取”。或者,由颠倒执取之见所到达之处,而此处并无应到达的、具有如此自性之物,故为“见取”;又或,它包含于六十二见之中,故为“见取”。与此相应、以种种方式结合,即“见取相应”。显示巴利原文
Micchāvasena dassanaṃ diṭṭhi, diṭṭhiyeva diṭṭhigataṃ yathā ‘‘ākāsagataṃ thāmagata’’nti. Atha vā vipariyesaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā gatameva, na ettha gantabbavatthu tathāsabhāvanti diṭṭhigataṃ, dvāsaṭṭhiyā vā diṭṭhīsu antogadhanti diṭṭhigataṃ, tena samaṃ pakārehi yuttanti diṭṭhigatasampayuttaṃ.
“当……时”等,是显示贪根心生起的行相。邪见,即断灭见等邪见。因为被邪见颠倒的心,以忿怒为境,乃至以根境为范围,否定他世而执取“诸欲中无过患”。以“等”字——显示巴利原文
‘‘Yadā hī’’tiādi lobhamūlacittānaṃ pavattiākāradassanaṃ. Micchādiṭṭhinti ucchedadiṭṭhiādiṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ. Tāya hi vipallattacittā tāva kodhavisayo, yāva indriyagocaroti paralokaṃ paṭikkhipitvā ‘‘natthi kāmesu ādīnavo’’ti gaṇhanti. Ādi-saddena –
“这条通往天界的道路是虚妄的,
有子者与无忧者由此道而行;”
畜生与飞鸟也看见此道,
因此,连母亲们也以此道行淫。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Esa panthovitatho devayāne, Yena yanti puttavanto visokā; Taṃ passanti pasavo pakkhino ca, Tena te mātaripi mithunaṃ carantī’’ti. –
依等起之理,将‘见子之面是天界涅槃道’等此类邪见也包含在内。‘于诸欲’中的‘或’字是不确定义。由此,将‘婆罗门偷金才是有罪的不与取,其他无罪;为师长、牛、自己生命及婚姻的利益而说妄语无罪,其他有罪;为师长等的利益而作离间语无罪,其他有罪;讲述婆罗多战争、掠走西塔等故事能止息罪恶’等如此之类的邪执也包含在内。‘见吉祥等’:即所见、所闻、所觉的吉祥。执为真实:即不以前兆相而执取增长,而是以‘这即是增长之因’的方式执为真实。以自性猛利:即依贪或邪执的自身本性而猛利、粗重。以迟钝:即缓慢、不猛利。然而,那样的心由自己或他人的激励而转起,故说‘受激励的’。偷取他人之物:‘或’字应知也包含了如此转起的妄语等。于诸欲:即正在享受的诸欲功德。‘或’字包含了由于对他人之物的不如理作意,认为‘所得者应取’之类的执取等。显示巴利原文
Ādinā nayena puttamukhadassanaṃ saggamokkhamaggoti evamādikaṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Kāme vāti ettha vā-saddo aniyamattho. Tena ‘‘brāhmaṇānaṃ suvaṇṇaharaṇameva adinnādāne sāvajjaṃ, itaraṃ anavajjaṃ, gurūnaṃ, gunnaṃ, attano jīvitassa, vivāhassa ca atthāya musāvādo anavajjo, itaro sāvajjo, guruādīnaṃ atthāya pesuññakaraṇaṃ anavajjaṃ, itaraṃ sāvajjaṃ, bhāratayuddhasītāharaṇādikathā pāpavūpasamāya hotī’’ti evamādike micchāgāhe saṅgaṇhāti. Diṭṭhamaṅgalādīnīti diṭṭhasutamutamaṅgalāni. Sārato paccetīti vuḍḍhiyā pubbanimittabhāvena aggahetvā ‘‘idameva vuḍḍhikāraṇa’’nti evaṃ sāravasena gaṇhāti. Sabhāvatikkhenevāti lobhassa, micchābhinivesassa vā vasena saraseneva tikhiṇena kururena. Mandenāti dandhena atikhiṇena. Tādisaṃ pana attano, parassa vā samussāhanena pavattatīti āha ‘‘samussāhitenā’’ti. Parassa bhaṇḍaṃ vā haratīti vā-saddena tathāpavattanakamusāvādādīnampi saṅgaho veditabbo. Kāmānaṃ vāti anubhuyyamānānaṃ kāmaguṇānaṃ. Vā-saddena parasantakassa ayathādhippetatāya yaṃ laddhaṃ, taṃ gahetabbanti gahaṇādikaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
嗔根心在相应法上并无差别,故依无行与有行而分为两种。既然如此,为何说“与忧俱行、与嗔相应”?这是为了以不共法来标示此心。杀生,即极度地、或超越界限地令有情丧命。以“等”字,还摄取了不与取、妄语、离间语、粗恶语、杂秽语及嗔恚。因为在十不善业道中,唯有邪淫、贪欲、邪见这三种业道不依此心而生起。当心以自性锐利生起时,即是无行;反之,则是有行——这是就“于锐利与微弱生起之时”而言的。然而,若心微弱地生起,并不能一概断定为有行。应知:凡有加行而生起的心,彼心即是微弱,故如是说。显示巴利原文
Sampayuttadhammavasena bhedābhāvato dosamūlaṃ asaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikabhedato duvidhaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘domanassasahagataṃ paṭighasampayutta’’nti vuttaṃ? Asādhāraṇadhammehi tassa cittassa upalakkhaṇatthaṃ. Pāṇassa atīva, atikkamitvā vā pātanaṃ pāṇātipāto. Ādi-saddena adinnādānamusāvādapesuññapharusasamphappalāpabyāpāde saṅgaṇhāti. Dasaakusalakammapathesu hi kāmesumicchācāraabhijjhāmicchādiṭṭhisaṅkhātā tayova kammapathā iminā na sijjhanti. Sabhāvatikkhaṃ hutvā pavattamānaṃ cittaṃ asaṅkhārameva hoti, itaraṃ sasaṅkhāranti adhippāyenāha ‘‘tikkhamandappavattikāle’’ti. Mandaṃ pana hutvā pavattamānaṃ ekaṃsena sasaṅkhāramevāti na sakkāva viññātuṃ. Yaṃ sasaṅkhārena sappayogena pavattati, taṃ mandameva hotīti katvā tathā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
痴根心由于无他根而极度愚钝,又因与疑、掉举相应而动摇不定,故唯与舍俱起,任何时候都无自性锐利。因为对于在所缘上游移、散乱而转的两种心,在如此的作用中,何来自性锐利或应被策励?因此,此处没有行蕴的差别。然而,掉举不是与一切不善心共通的吗?为何唯独在此说为“掉举俱”呢?因为在此心中,它特别强有力。此掉举在此心中强而有力,在相应法中作为主导而转起,故唯独以此作为区别。正因如此,在经典中,其余不善心中的掉举以杂项方式出现,而此处则直接以其自性而说。如是,应知依不共主导法,痴根心分为疑相应与掉举相应两种。未决定,即是疑;散乱,即不寂静、迷乱之义。其中,疑俱心于未决定时转起,掉举俱心于散乱时转起,应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Mohamūlaṃ cittaṃ mūlantaravirahato atimūḷhaṃ vicikicchuddhaccayogato cañcalañcāti upekkhāsahagatameva hoti, na tassa kadācipi sabhāvatikkhatā atthi. Ārammaṇe hi saṃsappanavasena, vikkhipanavasena ca pavattamānassa cittadvayassa kiṃ tādise kicce sabhāvatikkhatāya, ussāhetabbatāya vā bhavitabbaṃ, tasmā na tattha saṅkhārabhedo atthi. Nanu ca uddhaccaṃ sabbākusalasādhāraṇaṃ, kasmā pana etameva tena visesetvā vuttaṃ ‘‘uddhaccasahagata’’nti. Visesato balavabhāvato. Idañhi etasmiṃ citte balavaṃ, tasmā sampayuttadhammesu padhānaṃ hutvā pavattatīti idameva tena visesitabbaṃ. Teneva hi pāḷiyaṃ sesākusalesu uddhaccaṃ yevāpanakavasena āgataṃ, idha pana sarūpatoyeva niddiṭṭhaṃ. Evaṃ asādhāraṇappadhānadhammavasena mohamūlaṃ vicikicchāsampayuttaṃ uddhaccasampayuttanti duvidhaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Asanniṭṭhānaṃ saṃsayo, vikkhepo avūpasamo, bhantatāti attho. Tattha vicikicchāsahagatassa asanniṭṭhānakāle, uddhaccasahagatassa vikkhepakāle ca pavatti veditabbā.
“随顺”,指随顺结生之能生与不能生,以及随顺是否达到业道。或者,“随顺”指随顺其因。通常,以贪根心不断生起饥渴等,而生于饿鬼界;以嗔根心,如嗔怒般,由暴恶之性生于相似的地狱;以痴根心,由常恒愚痴而生于畜生趣。因此,随顺贪等之因,而生各各恶趣,故说“随顺……而生”。由于不善异熟以苦为主,故说为“苦之差别”。显示巴利原文
Yathānurūpanti paṭisandhijanakājanakassa, kammapathabhāvappattāpattassa ca anurūpato. Atha vā yathānurūpanti yo yassa hetu, tadanurūpato. Yebhuyyena hi lobhamūlakena khuppipāsādinirantarapetavisaye uppajjanti, dosamūlakena doso viya caṇḍajātatāya taṃsarikkhake niraye, mohamūlakena niccasammūḷhāya tiracchānayoniyaṃ, tasmā lobhādihetuanurūpato tattha tattha apāye upapattiṃ nipphādetīti āha ‘‘yathānurūpaṃ…pe…upapattiyā’’ti . Akusalavipākānaṃ dukkhappadhānatāya ‘‘dukkhavisesassā’’ti vuttaṃ.
31 以无恶、无垢,已断恶及诸恶者,于恶及诸恶者之心意中,所说之恶心意——如此连接。或以无恶、已断恶及诸恶者,于恶及诸恶者之人中,所说之恶心意——此为另一种连接。然而此处意旨是:非正自觉者由于法性难知,或会将善说为不善,将不善说为善;而世尊由于连同习气彻底断尽不善,且以尽业智为缘而断除善业,故为正自觉者,因此绝不依不善法而作不善的教导。显示巴利原文
31.Apāpena alāmakena pāpāpāpappahīnena pāpāpāpesu mānasesu yaṃ pāpamānasaṃ vuttaṃ, pāpāpāpesu puggalesu apāpena pāpāpāpappahīnena yaṃ pāpamānasaṃ vuttanti vā sambandho. Atha vā pāpāpāpesu mānasesu pāpena pāpamānasena pāpavasena pāpāpāpappahīnena yaṃ pāpamānasaṃ vuttanti yojanā. Ayaṃ panettha adhippāyo – asammāsambuddhena tāva dhammasabhāvassa dubbijānīyattā kusalampi akusalato, akusalampi kusalato vucceyya, bhagavato pana saha vāsanāhi viddhaṃsitākusalassa kammakkhayakarañāṇena paccayavekallato viddhaṃsitakusalakammassa ca sammāsambuddhabhāvato ekanteneva akusaladesanā akusaladhammavasenevāti.
无记法说明。显示巴利原文
Abyākatavaṇṇanā
善与不善之果,彼此殊异,即是异熟;这是对已达异熟状态的非色法的称谓。如同世间稻种等所生的相似果被称为异熟,得异熟之名,而非根、芽、叶、茎、秆等;同样地,善与不善之果,因是非色法、有所缘,与彼相似,已达异熟状态,故得异熟之名,而非由业所生的色法,因为色法与业不相似。异熟心即是异熟。唯作仅是作用,因不能给与果报;其不能给与果报的理由,如前所说。唯作心即是唯作。异熟的欲界等状态,应依于善中所说的方法,随应而了知。与无贪等相应因俱行,故为有因;无这些因,故为无因。虽然这些心依能生因而成立,但唯依相应因才称为‘有因’或‘无因’,否则便无法确定。显示巴利原文
Aññamaññavisiṭṭhānaṃ kusalākusalānaṃ pākanti vipākaṃ, vipakkabhāvamāpannānamarūpadhammānametamadhivacanaṃ. Yathā hi loke sālibījādīnaṃ phalāni taṃsadisāni nibbattāni vipakkāni nāma honti, vipākaniruttiñca labhanti, na mūlaṅkurapattadaṇḍanaḷādīni, evaṃ kusalākusalānaṃ phalāni arūpadhammabhāvena, sārammaṇabhāvena ca taṃsadisāni vipakkabhāvamāpannānīti vipākaniruttiṃ labhanti, na pana kammābhinibbattāpi rūpadhammā kammavisadisattā. Vipākameva cittaṃ vipākacittaṃ. Karaṇamattaṃ kiriyā phaladānāsambhavato. Yena pana kāraṇena tassa phaladānaṃ na sambhavati, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Kiriyā eva cittaṃ kiriyacittaṃ. Vipākassa kāmāvacarādibhāvo kusale vuttanayena yathāsambhavaṃ veditabbo. Alobhādisampayuttahetūhi saha vattanato sahetukaṃ. Tadabhāvato ahetukaṃ. Nibbattakahetuvasena sijjhamānampi hetaṃ sampayuttahetuvaseneva ‘‘sahetukamahetuka’’nti vuccati, itarathā vavatthānābhāvato.
‘如自己的善’是指如同能生自己的欲界善。因为依能生与所生的关系,彼彼善业即成为彼彼异熟的‘自己’之名。显示巴利原文
Sakakusalaṃ viyāti attano janakaṃ kāmāvacarakusalaṃ viya. Janakajanitabbasambandhavasena hi taṃ taṃ kusalaṃ tassa tassa vipākassa sakaṃ nāmaṃ hoti.
由于说「如同自己的善」,其在所缘的现起方式等方面可能会变得与之相似;为遮止此义,故说「然而如同……」等。于六所缘中:即依小、大、过去、未来、内、外等分类的六种色等所缘。因为连接他世而结生,故为结生。因为成为无间断转起的因,故为有分的支分,即有分。因为被已生的有遍取,成为死之因,故为死。于小法所摄中:即于欲界法所摄中。因欲界法于镇伏烦恼等方面无力,故为小威力;或因被粗的欲贪等遍取,故称为「小」。因为异熟不会思量后执取所缘,唯随业转起,所以小业异熟唯应于小所缘中转起,不应于大所缘、无量所缘中转起,因此说「于小法所摄中」。若是如此,大异熟也唯应于大所缘中转起吗?不然。因为所缘依于想,以定为主的业达到安止,其异熟也必然如此。因为不取色相特征等,唯随顺世间想而执取地等,由遍作想所生的似相所缘是随想而转、依于想的,所以以彼为所缘、以定为主、达到安止的业之异熟,必定与以定为主、达到安止的业一样,无差别地依于想而取所缘。然而小异熟也有由以大、无量、概念为所缘的业所生者,此将于后文说明。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sakakusalaṃ viyā’’ti vuttattā pavattākāraārammaṇādito cassa taṃsadisatā āpajjeyyāti taṃnivāraṇatthamāha ‘‘yathā panā’’tiādi. Chasu ārammaṇesūti parittādiatītādiajjhattādibhedesu chasu rūpādiārammaṇesu. Bhavantarapaṭisandhānato paṭisandhi. Avicchedappavattihetubhāvena bhavassa aṅganti bhavaṅgaṃ. Nibbattitabhavato parigaññatāya cutihetutāya cuti. Parittadhammapariyāpannesūti kāmāvacaradhammapariyāpannesu. Kāmāvacaradhammā hi kilesavikkhambhanādīsu asamatthabhāvena parittānubhāvatāya, oḷārikāhi vā kāmataṇhādīhi parito gahitattā ‘‘parittā’’ti vuccanti. Vipākassa saṅkappetvā ārammaṇaggahaṇābhāvato kammānurūpameva pavattatīti parittakammavipāko parittārammaṇeyeva pavattitumarahati, na mahaggataappamāṇārammaṇeti vuttaṃ ‘‘parittadhammapariyāpannesū’’ti. Yadi evaṃ mahaggatavipākopi mahaggatārammaṇeyeva āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati, saññāyattārammaṇassa samādhippadhānassa kammassa appanāpattassa tādiseneva vipākena bhavitabbattā. Vaṇṇalakkhaṇādikañhi aggahetvā lokasaññānurodheneva gahite pathavādike parikammasaññāya samuppāditaṃ paṭibhāganimittasaṅkhātamārammaṇaṃ saññāvasaṃ saññāyattaṃ hoti, tasmā tadārammaṇassa samādhippadhānassa appanāpattassa kammassa vipākena samādhippadhānaappanāpattehi viya saññāyattārammaṇatāya nibbiseseneva bhavitabbaṃ. Parittavipāko pana mahaggataappamāṇapaññattārammaṇakammanibbattopi hoti, so parato āgamissati.
「如面像」者:如同依于面而生的像。正如那面像没有主动作用,不能生起另一个面像,也不能凭自己的力量作任何其他事,同样地,此异熟于生起异熟等事上亦不努力,因此说「无努力」。这里所说的努力,是指未断无明、爱、慢随眠的相续中,能生起异熟的能力,即名增上缘力,以及能生起身表和语表的作用。这种努力于异熟中并不存在,因为异熟被业力之流抛出,如掉落般转起,纯是羸弱,故为无努力。显示巴利原文
Mukhanimittaṃ viyāti mukhaṃ paṭicca uppannanimittaṃ viya. Yathā hi taṃ nirīhaṃ aparaṃ mukhanimittaṃ uppādetuṃ, aññaṃ vā kiñci attano balena kātuṃ na sakkoti, evametampi vipākuppādanādīsu na ussahati. Tenāha ‘‘nirussāha’’nti. Ussāhoti cettha anupacchinnāvijjātaṇhāmānānusayasmiṃ santāne vipākuppādanasamatthatāsaṅkhāto, āsevanapaccayabhāvasaṅkhāto, viññattijanakatāsaṅkhāto ca byāpāro. So vipāke natthi kammavegukkhittattā patitaṃ viya hutvā pavattamānassa tassa ekantena dubbalabhāvatoti taṃ nirussāhaṃ.
「异熟之处」者:即依异熟而转起之处,也就是结生、有分、死、彼所缘四种作用生起的场所。其中,死与有分之间是结生作用之所在;结生与转向之间、彼所缘与转向之间、速行与转向之间、确定与转向之间,是有分作用之所在;彼所缘与结生之间、速行与结生之间、有分与结生之间,是死作用之所在;速行与有分之间,是彼所缘作用之所在,应如此了知。然而,这些处所是依诸法的种种作用而显现,为说明「处所应知」,故举出处所,依所显现的作用来阐明,所以说「这些……」等。又或者,作用也可作为具作用者的转起处所而被理解,因此举出「处所」即是举出作用;为显示其自相,故说「这些……」等。显示巴利原文
Vipaccanaṭṭhānanti vipaccanavasena pavattanaṭṭhānaṃ, paṭisandhibhavaṅgacutitadārammaṇavasena catukiccānametesaṃ pavattiokāsoti attho. Tattha cutibhavaṅgānaṃ antarāḷaṃ paṭisandhikiccānaṃ ṭhānaṃ, paṭisandhiāvajjanānaṃ, tadārammaṇāvajjanānaṃ, javanāvajjanānaṃ, voṭṭhabbanāvajjanānañca antarāḷaṃ bhavaṅgakiccānaṃ ṭhānaṃ, tadārammaṇapaṭisandhīnaṃ, javanapaṭisandhīnaṃ, bhavaṅgapaṭisandhīnaṃ vā antarāḷaṃ cutikiccānaṃ ṭhānaṃ, javanabhavaṅgānaṃ antarāḷaṃ tadārammaṇakiccānaṃ ṭhānanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yasmā panetaṃ ṭhānaṃ dhammānaṃ taṃtaṃkiccavasena pākaṭaṃ hoti, tasmā ṭhānaṃ veditabbanti ṭhānaṃ uddharitvā pākaṭakiccavaseneva taṃ pakāsetuṃ ‘‘imānihī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Atha vā kiccampi kiccavantānaṃ pavattiṭṭhānabhāvena gayhatīti ṭhānantipi kiccameva uddhaṭanti taṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ ‘‘imāni hī’’tiādi vuttaṃ.
32 由于卵生、胎生之人以及堕处阿修罗也有无因的结生,因此说到“二因、三因”。与结生识相应的两个无贪等因,具有这些的即为二因;三因亦以此类推。其中,二因者有四个智不相应,三因者有四个智相应。结生如此,有分与死亦然。因为以何种心生起结生,那种心也同样以有分和死的方式转起。然而,彼所缘应当无差别地看待,因为二因者也被允许有三因的彼所缘。难道这不是未经审察的说法,而为阿阇梨自己所禁止的吗?因为他将说:显示巴利原文
32. Aṇḍajajalābujayonisambhavānaṃ manussānaṃ, vinipātikāsurānañca ahetukapaṭisandhiyāpi sabbhāvato āha ‘‘duhetukatihetūna’’nti. Paṭisandhiviññāṇasampayuttā dve alobhādayo hetū yesaṃ te duhetukā. Esa nayo tihetukesupi. Tattha duhetukānaṃ ñāṇavippayuttāni cattāri, tihetukānaṃ ñāṇasampayuttāni cattāri paṭisandhiyo honti, tathā bhavaṅgacutiyopi. Yena yena hi cittena paṭisandhi hoti, taṃ tadeva bhavaṅgacutivasenapi pavattati. Tadārammaṇaṃ pana avisesena daṭṭhabbaṃ duhetukānampi tihetukatadārammaṇassa icchitattā. Nanu cetaṃ asamapekkhitābhidhānaṃ ācariyeneva imassa paṭisiddhattā. Tathā hi vakkhati –
“无因结生者,无有彼所缘;于二因结生者,或二因或三因。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ahetupaṭisandhissa, na tadārammaṇaṃ bhave;
这并非未经审察之说,因为此处是依令结生生起的业而予以遮止。由某业所获得的结生,该业在转起中不会产生比它更殊胜的彼所缘。然而,若有其他任何业在此处获得机会,它必定会产生比它更殊胜的异熟,这确实是存在的。因为《发趣论》说:“有因的有分,以无间缘为无因有分的缘。”依此《发趣论》所说,无因者在善趣中,由不同的业而生起有因的彼所缘,是为所许。因此阿阇梨们说:显示巴利原文
Duhetukaṃ tihetuṃ vā, duhetupaṭisandhino’’ti. (abhidha. 443);
由其他业,无因者亦可有有因。显示巴利原文
Nayidamasamapekkhitābhidhānaṃ paṭisandhijanakakammaṃ sandhāya tattha paṭisiddhattā. Yena hi kammena yā paṭisandhi ādinnā, na taṃ tato adhikataraṃ tadārammaṇaṃ pavatte abhinipphādeti. Yaṃ pana aññampi kiñci kammaṃ tadāladdhāvakāsaṃ siyā, na taṃ tattha tato adhikatarampi vipākaṃ na nibbattetīti atthi. ‘‘Sahetukaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ ahetukassa bhavaṅgassa anantarapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 3.1.102) hi paṭṭhānavacanena ahetukassāpi nānākammena sugatiyaṃ sahetukatadārammaṇamanuññātaṃ. Tenāhu ācariyā –
正如无因者可以有有因,同样,二因者也可以有三因,这是他们所期望的。然而,觉护长老因“有因”一词无差别而说,故而主张无因者也有三因的彼所缘。正如他所说:“以‘有因’的无差别教示,应取二因与三因。”注释书中也说:“无因者被说成有三因的彼所缘,而且《义摄》中说‘无因者给予三因果’。”这又如何解释?应问那位作者。其他一些人则说:“因为根本结生是迟钝的,它确实无法获得三因的彼所缘。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Hoti aññena kammena, sahetukaṃ ahetuna’’nti.
而且,如同无因心之有因所缘,二因心之三因所缘也被认可。然而,觉护长老则因‘有因’一词无差别地说,而主张无因心也有三因彼所缘。因为他曾说:‘以“有因”的无差别教导,应取二因及三因。正如在注释书中说:“无因心也有三因彼所缘被提及,并且在义摄中说无因心给予三因果报。”’这如何可能?应问那作者。其他一些人则说:‘由于根结合处的迟钝,它确实不能获得三因彼所缘。’显示巴利原文
Yathā ca ahetukassa sahetukaṃ, evaṃ duhetukassa tihetukampi icchanti. Ācariyajotipālatthero pana ‘‘sahetuka’’nti avisesena vuttattā ahetukānampi tihetukatadārammaṇaṃ icchati. Vuttañhi tena ‘‘sahetuka’’nti avisesopadesena duhetukaṃ, tihetukañca gahetabbaṃ. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ahetukassāpi tihetukatadārammaṇamabhihitaṃ, yañcarahi atthasamāse ahetukānaṃ tihetukaphalāni detī’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ kathaṃ? So eva pucchitabbo, yo tassa kattāti. Apare pana ‘‘mūlasandhiyā jaḷattā tassa tihetukatadālambaṇaṃ na labbhatiyevā’’ti vadanti.
33-4 从结生之后,自第二个心识开始,尽管其间有路心间断生起,但在路心结束时生起的[彼所缘],仍因直至寿尽不再退转,故说“直至寿尽”。此[彼所缘]于强力所缘——即极大、极明显所缘中生起。因为在五门中,唯于极大所缘时,在意门中,唯于极明显所缘时,彼所缘才会生起,其他所缘则不生。在总说中,为显明结生等三者为同一所缘转起中的同一处所,将彼所缘作为终结;但在此处,应知是按转起次第,以死心为终结。显示巴利原文
33-4.Tatoti paṭisandhito paraṃ, dutiyacittato paṭṭhāya. Satipi antarantarā vīthicittuppāde tadavasāne uppajjamānassa yāvatāyukaṃ anivattanato vuttaṃ ‘‘yāvatāyuka’’nti. Balavārammaṇeti atimahantavibhūtārammaṇe. Pañcadvāre hi atimahantārammaṇe manodvāre vibhūtārammaṇe tadārammaṇamuppajjati, na aññesu. Ekārammaṇappavattiyā paṭisandhādīnaṃ tiṇṇampi ekaṭṭhāne dassanatthaṃ uddese tadārammaṇassa avasānakaraṇaṃ, idha pana pavattikkamavasena cutiyā avasānakaraṇanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
35-6 “业门”是说,[结生心]不作为身业门和语业门的生起因,因此不依它们而转起。其中,“身”指身表;“业”是令彼生起的思,以身所造之业即是身业。虽然身于业的二十四缘中,不以任何缘而为缘,但仍因其为彼业生起之因,有彼存在时即有身业等施设,故说“以此身而作”。作为身业转起处之门,即是身业门。如果照此理解,业门的安立似不可能。因为以身门成就之业称为“身业”,但依“业行于门”之说,彼业亦可于语门成就,故不能以门来安立业;同样,语业亦可于身门成就,故亦不能以业来安门。然而并非如此,因为这是依于[业]多行于此门及多数行于此门而安立的。身业确实多转起于身门,少转起于语门,因此,由于多转起于身门,其身业性得以成立,犹如林居者等因其多居于林中,而得林居者等名。同样,由于身业确实多数转起于身门而非他处,因此,此[身门]的身业门性得以成立,犹如婆罗门村等因婆罗门多数居住,而得婆罗门村等名。故此业门的安立中,无有任何障碍。于语业门,亦应随其所宜,类推此理。显示巴利原文
35-6.Kammadvāranti kāyavacīkammadvārassa janakavasena na pavattantīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tattha kāyoti kāyaviññatti. Kammanti taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā, kāyena kataṃ kammaṃ kāyakammaṃ. Kiñcāpi hi kāyo kammassa catuvīsatiyā paccayesu na kenaci paccayena paccayo hoti, tathāpi taṃsamuṭṭhānassa tassa sabbhāveyeva kāyakammādivohāroti taṃ tena katanti vuccati. Kāyakammassa pavattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ dvāraṃ kāyakammadvāraṃ. Yadi evaṃ kammadvāravavatthānaṃ na siyā . Kāyadvārena hi siddhaṃ kammaṃ ‘‘kāyakamma’’nti vuccati. Taṃ pana ‘‘dvāre caranti kammānī’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1 kāyakammadvāra) vacanato vacīdvārepi sijjhatīti dvārena kammavavatthānaṃ na siyā, tathā vacīkammaṃ kāyadvārepi sijjhatīti kammena dvāravavatthānampi na siyāti? Taṃ na, tabbahulavuttiyā ceva yebhuyyena vuttiyā ca vavatthitattā. Kāyakammañhi kāyadvāreyeva bahulaṃ pavattati, appaṃ vacīdvāre, tasmā kāyadvāre bahulappavattanato etassa kāyakammabhāvo siddho vanacarakādīnaṃ vanacarakādibhāvo viya. Tathā kāyakammameva yebhuyyena kāyadvāre pavattati, na itaraṃ, tasmā kāyakammassa yebhuyyena ettheva pavattito assa kāyakammadvārabhāvo siddho brāhmaṇagāmādīnaṃ brāhmaṇagāmādibhāvo viyāti nettha kammadvāravavatthāne koci vibandhoti. Vacīkammadvārepi esa pabandho yathāsambhavaṃ daṭṭhabbo.
然而,意业门自身即是意,以其作为与己俱行的思、无贪等业的转起门,而得“意门”之称,故不以心生门来理解[意业门]。因为[意]并非自己令自己转起。若以与心相应的[诸法]为业门之义,则它们的业门性不依于意而施设,而是因相应诸法以心为主,犹如[它们]依于心一样,故心被称为“意业门”。但就自性而言,业门即是相应诸法本身,故心依于彼[相应诸法]而转起,即是依意业门转起。至于作为无间缘的[心],其意业门性则无可言说。然而在此处,通过“非表生故”一语,已成立[结生心]唯不依身、语业门转起,故未取意业门。因为“非表生故”这一理由,并不能成立[结生心]亦不依意业门转起。或者,以“非异熟性故”一语,亦已成立[结生心]不依意业门转起。在“业门”一词中,“业”意指异刹那业,故应知彼[异刹那业]亦被包含在内。如此,是为了显示:如同善心于这些名为身业门、语业门的二门中,或与意业门一起的三门中,随其所宜而转起,异熟心则不然;又如善心以造作身业、语业、意业的方式,依布施等福德行事而转起,此[异熟心]则不然;而此[异熟心]既不转起于……显示巴利原文
Manokammadvāraṃ pana sayaṃ manoyeva samānaṃ attanā sahagatacetanāanabhijjhādikammānaṃ pavattidvārabhāvena manodvārasaṅkhaṃ labhatīti na taṃ cittassa uppattidvāravasena gaṇhāti. Na hi sayaṃ attatova pavattati. Yadi pana cittasampayuttā kammadvārabhāvena adhippetā, tadā tesaṃ kammadvārabhāvo manasmiṃ na upacārīyatīti sampayuttadhammānaṃ cittādhipatibhāvo citte viyāti cittaṃ ‘‘manokammadvāra’’nti vuccati. Sabhāvato pana kammadvāraṃ nāma sampayuttadhammāyevāti cittaṃ tato pavattanato manokammadvāravasena pavattati. Anantarapaccayabhūtassa pana manokammadvārabhāve vattabbameva natthi. Idha pana ‘‘aviññattijanattā’’ti vacanena kāyavacīkammadvāravaseneva appavattiyā sādhitattā manokammadvāraṃ na gahitameva. Na hi ‘‘aviññattijanattā’’ti kāraṇaṃ manokammadvāravasenapi appavattiṃ sādheti. Atha vā ‘‘avipākasabhāvato’’ti vacanena manokammadvāravasenapi appavatti sādhitā hoti. ‘‘Kammadvāra’’nti ettha kammaggahanena nānakkhaṇikakammassa adhippetattā tassāpi gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Iti imesu kāyavacīkammadvārasaṅkhātesu dvīsu dvāresu, manokammadvārena saha tīsu eva vā yathā kusalaṃ pavattati, na evaṃ vipāko, yathā ca kusalaṃ kāyavacīmanokammassa āyūhanavasena dānādipuññakiriyavatthuvasena pavattati, na evamayaṃ. Ayaṃ pana neva kāyavacīkammadvāresu pavattati viññattisamuṭṭhāpakattābhāvato, na kammavasena, manokammadvāravasenāpi ca pavattati vipākuppādanabhāvābhāvato, na puññakiriyavasena pavattati dānādivasena appavattanatoti dassetuṃ ‘‘kammadvārañca…pe… no samā’’ti vuttaṃ. Evanti dānādivasena.
37 “小所缘故”等,是依相应法而显示其差别。由于这些[无量心]以小[法]为所缘,而悲与喜以施设[有情]为所缘,于有情施设中转起,故不能以一念之心缘取两种所缘为境,因此悲与喜任何时候都不会在这[无量心]中生起。这是此处第一偈的意趣。显示巴利原文
37.‘‘Parittārammaṇattā’’tiādi sampayuttadhammavasena visesadassanaṃ. Yasmā ete parittārammaṇā, karuṇāmuditā ca paññattārammaṇā sattapaññattiyaṃ pavattanato, tasmā dvinnamālambaṇānaṃ ekacittassa visayabhāvānanugamanato na tesu karuṇāmuditā kadācipi jāyantīti ayamettha paṭhamagāthāya adhippāyo.
38 第二偈中,“hi”字意为“因为”。因为[世尊]说“五学处是善”(《分别论》715),故为此义。所说即:世尊在学处分别中,以“五学处是善”(《分别论》715)如是说“离杀生”等五学处为善性。而这些[学处]自性即是远离:前三学处及最后[学处]的正业,另一[学处]的正语,且五者皆因远离邪命所依之五恶行而转起,并内摄于正命中。因此,这些[学处]对于一向是善的[诸法],有时亦得于无记[心中生起];否则,便应如信、念等那样,被说为“或是善,或是无记”。若如此,则出世间果中的八支或七支道是否便不可得?并非不可得,因为此处唯说世间远离的一向善性;而出世间远离,因[果]为道之映现,与道相似,故应为八支或七支,且不应以一向善性来界定。如此而作,则于后文出世间果中,亦举出八支性等差别之道。显示巴利原文
38. Dutiyagāthāya pana hi-saddo yasmāti imassa atthe. Yasmā ‘‘pañca sikkhāpadā kusalā’’ti (vibha. 715) vuttā, tasmāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – bhagavatā hi sikkhāpadavibhaṅge ‘‘pañca sikkhāpadā kusalā’’ti (vibha. 715) evaṃ ‘‘pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’tiādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ kusalabhāvo vutto, te ca viratisabhāvā eva ādito tiṇṇaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ, pacchimassa ca sammākammante, itarassa sammāvācāyaṃ, pañcannampi micchājīvahetukapañcaduccaritato viramaṇavasena pavattānaṃ sammāājīve ca antobhāvato, tasmā tā ekantakusalabhūtānaṃ kadāci abyākate labhanti, itarathā saddhāsatiādayo viya ‘‘siyā kusalā, siyā abyākatā’’ti vucceyyunti. Yadi evaṃ lokuttaraphalesu aṭṭha, satta vā maggaṅgā na labbhantīti? No na labbhanti lokiyaviratīnameva tattha ekantakusalabhāvassa vuttattā, lokuttaraviratiyo pana phalassa maggapaṭibimbabhūtattā maggasadisato aṭṭhaṅgikatāya, sattaṅgikatāya ca bhavitabbanti na ca ekantakusalabhāvena vavatthāpetuṃ yuttā. Evañca katvā upari lokuttaraphalesupi aṭṭhaṅgikatādibhedo maggo uddhaṭoti.
39 “如主尊”等,是以增上缘之力显示其殊胜。因为一切三地善法,其造业之时与感果之时不同,故不能令其果报执取增上,因此它们并非以欲等为主导而转起。然而,出世间善法由于造业之时与感果之时之间没有间隔,在自身欲等之力尚未止息时便产生果报,故能作为无间缘,令果报执取增上。如此,下文将说到出世间果报的增上相应。显示巴利原文
39.‘‘Tathādhipatino’’tiādi adhipativasena visesadassanaṃ. Sabbesampi hi tebhūmakakusalānaṃ añño āyūhanakālo, añño vipaccanakālo, tasmā na tāni attano vipākehi adhipatiṃ gāhāpetuṃ sakkontīti na te chandādīni dhuraṃ katvā pavattanti. Lokuttarakusalāni ca pana āyūhanakālassa, vipaccanakālassa ca antarābhāvato attano chandādīnaṃ balassa avūpasantakāleyeva vipākaṃ nibbattentīti anantarapaccayā hutvā vipākehi adhipatiṃ gāhāpetuṃ sakkontīti. Evañca katvā upari lokuttaravipākānaṃ adhipatiyogaṃ vakkhati.
40 由于孔雀池住者大授长老是根据异熟的到来而主张无行与有行的区分,而三藏小那伽长老则是根据缘来主张,因此为了说明这两位的见解,才说“无行与有行的安立”等。前一位长老说:如同镜面上脸动时脸上的影像也会动,同样,无行善的异熟是无行,有行善的异熟是有行。因此,为了显示他的见解,而说“无行……从福……”。后一位长老则说:在无行等当中,无论是以哪种心造业,临终者临近死亡时,如果不待自己或他人的努力,无行、无加行地在业、业相、趣相现前时生起的结生,就是无行;如果有行、有加行地在业等现前时生起的,就是有行。同样,有分与死心也是如此。而彼所缘则依于气候、食物等缘的优劣,或依刚刚灭去的善与不善心,而成为无行或有行。他就是这样依缘来说明无行等的安立。因此,为了显示他的见解,而说“亦应依缘而了知”。而这一点,正是诸师所赞叹的。显示巴利原文
40. Yasmā moravāpivāsimahādattattherena vipākānaṃ āgamanato asaṅkhārikasasaṅkhārikabhāvo icchito, tipiṭakacūḷanāgattherena paccayato, tasmā ubhinnampi matidassanatthamāha ‘‘asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāravidhāna’’ntiādi. Purimatthero hi yathā mukhe calite ādāsatale mukhanimittaṃ calati , evaṃ asaṅkhārikassa kusalassa vipāko asaṅkhāriko, sasaṅkhārikassa vipāko sasaṅkhārikoti āha, tasmā tassa matidassanatthaṃ ‘‘asaṅkhāra…pe… puññato’’ti vuttaṃ. Dutiyatthero pana asaṅkhārikādīsu yena kenacipi cittena kamme āyūhite āsannamaraṇassa attano, paresaṃ vā payogena vinā asaṅkhārena appayogena kammakammanimittagatinimittapaccupaṭṭhāne paṭisandhi uppajjamānā asaṅkhārikā. Yassa kassaci sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kammādipaccupaṭṭhāne sasaṅkhārikā. Tathā bhavaṅgacutiyopi. Tadārammaṇañca paṇītāpaṇītautubhojanādipaccayavasena, anantaraniruddhakusalākusalassa vasena vā asaṅkhārasasaṅkhāranti evaṃ paccayato asaṅkhārikādividhānatamāha, tasmā tassa matidassanatthaṃ ‘‘ñeyyaṃ paccayato cevā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idameva ca pana ācariyā pasaṃsanti.
41-2 “因为是劣等之果报”:即使没有增上相应,也是劣、中、胜善法之果报。由此显示依果报的到来而有劣等性。他清除了所化相续中已生起的烦恼垢秽,再次宣说福,其语声便是福德之说,或依前说方式而说福,故为说福者;由那位说福者所说。虽然已经说了“一向有依处”,但色界中的转起还未被遮止,因此说“于欲界”。而“非于他处生”则是通过遮止来显示所得之义。显示巴利原文
41-2.Hīnādīnaṃ vipākattāti adhipatiyogābhāvepi hīnamajjhimapaṇītānaṃ kusalānaṃ vipākattā. Etena āgamanato hīnādibhāvaṃ vibhāveti. Vineyyasantānagatakilesamalavidhamanena tassa punanato puñño vādo vacīghoso etassa, vuttanayeneva puññaṃ vadatīti vā puññavādī, tena puññavādinā. ‘‘Ekantena savatthuka’’nti vuttepi rūpaloke pavatti anivāritāti āha ‘‘kāmalokasmi’’nti . ‘‘Na panaññattha jāyate’’ti iminā pana byatirekato laddhamatthaṃ dassetīti.
如此,先说明了有因的果报之后,现在为了说明无因的果报,而说“无因果报心则”等。为什么有因的业会产生无因的果报呢?回答是:首先,眼识等五种识仅仅是对所缘的撞击,因此不可能与无贪等相应;同样,在作用更微弱的领受与推度中也是如此。因此,由于这些因不可能生起,应当知道它们是“无因”的。至于与舍等相应的情况:眼识等四种识,即使对可意所缘生起,也因依处与所缘的撞击力弱,所以是舍俱;身识则因那种撞击力强,所以是乐俱。领受由于具有与所缘撞击相应的粗重性,而且已经过了四个心刹那而成为旧的了,所以是弱的;它又以与自己不同种类的眼等依处而生起的眼识等作为无间缘,并且依靠之前没有的依处,所以对于所缘滋味的领受力微弱,因而对可意等所缘只是舍俱。推度则与上述情况相反,对可意所缘是乐俱,对可意中性所缘是舍俱。意界:虽然如同意识界,但因为并没有殊胜的意作用,仅仅是“意”,而且以“无有情”“无命我”等义而称为“界”,所以是“意界”。它虽然是识,但因为不作意识特有的殊胜意作用,所以仅仅是“意”。反过来,既是“意”又是“识”,所以是“意识”;它依据前面所说的义理而成为“界”,因此是“意识界”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tāva sahetukavipāke niddisitvā idāni ahetuke niddisituṃ ‘‘ahetukavipākacittaṃ panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Kasmā pana sahetukassa kammassa ahetukavipāko hotīti? Vuccate – cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ tāva pañcannaṃ ārammaṇābhinipātamattattā alobhādisampayogo na sambhavati, tathā mandatarakiccesu sampaṭicchanasantīraṇesūti evaṃ hetūnaṃ uppattiyā asambhavato ca nesaṃ ahetukatā daṭṭhabbā. Upekkhādiyoge pana cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ tāva catunnaṃ iṭṭhārammaṇepi pavattamānānaṃ vatthārammaṇasaṅghaṭṭanāya dubbalabhāvato upekkhāsahagatatā, kāyaviññāṇassa ca tāya balavabhāvato sukhasahagatatā hoti. Sampaṭicchanaṃ pana ārammaṇaghaṭṭanayogyabhāvena oḷārikattā, catucittakkhaṇātītavasena cirajātattā ca dubbalamattano nissayena saha asamānajātikañca cakkhādivatthuṃ nissāya uppannehi cakkhuviññāṇādīhi laddhānantarapaccayatāya, apubbanissayatāya ca ārammaṇarasassāde dubbalanti iṭṭhādīsu ārammaṇesu upekkhāsahagatameva. Santīraṇaṃ pana vuttaviparītato iṭṭhārammaṇe sukhasahagataṃ, iṭṭhamajjhatte ca upekkhāsahagatanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Manoviññāṇadhātu viya visiṭṭhamananakiccābhāvato manomattā nissattanijjīvādiatthehi dhātu cāti manodhātu. Sā hi satipi viññāṇabhāve manoviññāṇato sambhavassa visiṭṭhamananakiccassa akaraṇato mananamattāyeva hoti. Vuttalakkhaṇaviparītato pana mano ca taṃ viññāṇañcāti manoviññāṇaṃ, tadeva yathāvuttaṭṭhena dhātūti manoviññāṇadhātu.
五识的所缘是确定的,因为它们依次各以单一的色等为所缘。其余三者的所缘则不确定,因为它们具有五种或六种所缘的状态。显示巴利原文
Viññāṇapañcakaṃ niyatārammaṇaṃ yathākkamaṃ rūpādiekekasseva ārammaṇakaraṇato. Sesattayamaniyatārammaṇaṃ pañcārammaṇikachaḷārammaṇikabhāvato.
由于可以被看见,故称为‘所见’,即色处。由于可以被听闻,故称为‘所闻’,即声处。由于可以被领受,故称为‘所领受’,意指唯有触及者方可执取,这是香、味、触三处的名称。由于唯依靠意、不依眼等而可被了知,故称为‘所识’,即法处。又因为这是对非触及时节差别的说明,所以过去、未来的色等也以‘所见’等词来称呼。正因如此,通过‘由于可以被看见’等,依时间的共通性而说明其词源。以所见为所缘的,称为‘所见所缘’。所闻所缘等也是如此。显示巴利原文
Daṭṭhabbatāya diṭṭhaṃ, rūpāyatanaṃ. Sotabbatāya sutaṃ, saddāyatanaṃ. Munitabbatāya mutaṃ, sampattasseva gahetabbatāyāti attho, gandhādittayassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Cakkhādīhi vinā kevalaṃ manasā eva vijānitabbatāya viññātaṃ, dhammāyatanaṃ. Anāmaṭṭhakālavisesavacanattā ca nesaṃ atītānāgatāpi rūpādayo diṭṭhādisaddehi vuccanti. Teneva hi ‘‘daṭṭhabbatāyā’’tiādinā kālasāmaññena nesaṃ nibbacanaṃ vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ yassa taṃ diṭṭhārammaṇaṃ. Evaṃ sutārammaṇādīsu.
‘从眼转起’的意思是唯从眼门转起,因为这是对一切文句的确定之义。由此,意界等被遮除了眼识的性质,因为它们也可能从其他门转起。或者,‘从眼转起’是就生起之转起而言,而非流动之转起,所以不像水从池口流出那样是流动,此处所指并非那种转起。而是如同水从月光石流出那样,所指的正是生起之转起。为什么呢?如同从胆囊生起的胆汁、痰、血等,即使从口中流出,也不称为‘口流’;唯有从口生起并从那里流出的唾液,才称为‘口流’。同样地,依止于心所依处生起后,从眼转起的识,并不名为眼识;唯有从眼生起后再从那里转起的识,才名为眼识。如果有人不这样审察义理,只执著于字面,便可能认为从该门转起的其他识也是眼识。为遮止这一点,论师以另一种方式说明其含义,故说‘依止于眼’。如同‘从眼转起’或‘依止于眼的识’称为眼识,耳识等也应以‘从耳转起,依止于耳的识为耳识’等理路类推,因此论师说‘耳识等也是如此’。显示巴利原文
Cakkhuto pavattanti cakkhudvāratova pavattaṃ sabbavākyānaṃ avadhāraṇaphalattā. Tena manodhātuādīnaṃ cakkhuviññāṇabhāvo nivārito hoti tesaṃ dvārantaratopi pavattisambhavato. Atha vā ‘‘cakkhuto pavatta’’nti idaṃ sañjātippavattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na sañcaraṇappavattiṃ, tasmā yathā kuṇḍamukhato udakaṃ sañcaraṇavasena pavattati, na evaṃ pavattamidha gahitaṃ. Yathā pana candakantapāsāṇato udakaṃ sañjātivasena pavattati, evaṃ pavattameva cakkhuto pavattanti gahitaṃ. Yathā ca kiṃ? Yathā kucchito samuṭṭhitaṃ pittasemharuhirādi mukhato sandantampi ‘‘mukhassavo’’ti na vuccati, mukhatoyeva pana samuṭṭhahitvā tato savantaṃ kheḷaṃ ‘‘mukhassavo’’ti vuccati, evaṃ hadayavatthusannissayato samuṭṭhahitvā cakkhuto pavattamānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ nāma na hoti. Cakkhutoyeva pana samuṭṭhahitvā tato pavattamānaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ nāmāti. Yo pana imamatthaṃ asallakkhetvā byañjanamattasseva abhinivisitvā taṃdvārappavattānaṃ sesānampi cakkhuviññāṇabhāvaṃ maññeyya, taṃ nivāretuṃ pakārantarenapi viggahaṃ dassento āha ‘‘cakkhumhi sannissita’’nti. Yathā cakkhuto pavattaṃ, cakkhusannissitaṃ vā viññāṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, evaṃ sotaviññāṇādīsupi ‘‘sotato pavattaṃ, sotasmiṃ sannissitaṃ vā viññāṇaṃ sotaviññāṇa’’ntiādinā yojanaṃ atidisanto āha ‘‘tathā sotaviññāṇādīnī’’ti.
当依止于眼时,其特相为识知色,故此为“依止于眼而识知色的特相”。其中,以“依止于眼”之语,排除了天眼等其他以色为所缘的识;以“识知”之语,排除了依止于眼的触等诸法;以“眼与色”之语,依所依处与所缘而分别了心,因为此二者是依根与依所缘而说的。若无眼,盲人亦应见色,然盲人不见;若无青等之色,则不应有处所等的规定,然确有规定。又说,心是绝对依所缘的;若无所缘,则心无青等色显现而转起,如此转起之论应被视为邪说。故世尊说:“依止于眼与色,生起眼识”等。于此或生疑:那么,这眼与色作为识的缘,是单一的缘还是众多的缘?眼是单一的,色则是众多的。何以故?因缘的状态有别。眼作为眼识的依止缘、前生缘、根缘、不相应缘,以“有缘”的状态为缘,有彼时即有识,无彼时即无识。既然说它是“有缘”等,这种缘的状态不可能存在于单一(的色)中,故眼是眼识的单一缘。而色虽如眼一样作为前生缘、有缘等,因为是先已生起并在住立的刹那作资助,但作为所缘的状态,它则是由众多聚合而成为缘。因为那所缘对识而言,唯依其可被取的方式而成为所缘缘。显示巴利原文
Cakkhusannissitaṃ hutvā rūpassa vijānanalakkhaṇametassāti cakkhusannissitarūpavijānanalakkhaṇaṃ. Tattha cakkhusannissitavacanena dibbacakkhādikaṃ aññaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ viññāṇaṃ nivatteti . Vijānana-ggahaṇena cakkhusannissite phassādidhamme nivatteti. Cakkhurūpa-ggahaṇena nissayato, ārammaṇato ca cittaṃ vibhāveti ubhayādhīnavuttikattā. Yadi hi cakkhu nāma na siyā, andhāpi rūpaṃ passeyyuṃ, na ca passanti. Yadi ca nīlādirūpaṃ nāma na siyā, desādiniyamena na bhavitabbaṃ, attheva ca niyamo. Ekantasārammaṇatā ca cittassa vuttāti ārammaṇena vinā nīlādiābhāsaṃ cittaṃ pavattatīti evaṃ pavatto vādo micchāvādoti gahetabbo. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’ntiādi (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425; saṃ. ni. 4.60; kathā. 465). Ettha siyā – kiṃ panetaṃ cakkhu, rūpañca viññāṇassa paccayo hontaṃ ekameva paccayo hoti, udāhu anekanti? Cakkhu tāva ekampi, rūpaṃ pana anekameva saṅgataṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Paccayabhāvavisesato. Cakkhu hi cakkhuviññāṇassa nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttapaccayehi paccayo hontaṃ atthibhāveneva hoti tasmiṃ sati tassa bhāvato, asati abhāvato. Yato taṃ atthiavigatapaccayehissa paccayoti vuttaṃ, svāyaṃ paccayabhāvo na ekasmiṃ na sambhavatīti ekampi cakkhuviññāṇassa paccayo hoti. Rūpaṃ pana yadipi cakkhu viya purejātaatthiavigatapaccayehi paccayo hoti puretaraṃ uppannaṃ hutvā vijjamānakkhaṇeyeva upakārakattā, tathāpi anekameva saṅgataṃ hutvā paccayo hoti ārammaṇabhāvato. Yañhi taṃ ārammaṇaṃ tassa yathā tathā upalabbhanīyavaseneva ārammaṇapaccayabhāvo, viññāṇassa ca indriyādhīnavuttikassa ārammaṇasabhāvūpaladdhi na ekadvikalāpagatavaṇṇavasena hoti, nāpi katipayakalāpagatavaṇṇavasena, atha kho ābhogānurūpaṃ āpāthagatavaṇṇavasenāti anekameva rūpaṃ saṃhaccakāritāya viññāṇassa paccayo hotīti. Amumeva hi visesaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe cā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425; saṃ. ni. 4.60; kathā. 465) pāḷiyaṃ vacanabhedo katoti. Evaṃ sotaviññāṇepi yathārahaṃ vattabbaṃ. Ghānaviññāṇādīnaṃ pana sampattaggāhatāya attano nissayena saha allīnasseva gahaṇato ekakalāpagatampi gandhādikaṃ tesaṃ uppattiyā paccayo hoti.
“唯以色为所缘之味”:即仅以色处为所缘的作用。如“唯”字排除其他所缘,在色处中亦得排除某些差别。因为眼识不能从色的单纯颜色中执取任何青等差别。故世尊说:“五识不能了知任何法,唯除现量所缘。”眼识生起时唯以色为所缘生起,因面向彼色而执取,故说“以面向色的状态为现起”。为了表明:对于随后在自己之后生起的无色法,它通过给予无间缘、等无间缘、无有缘、离去缘等,作为生起之处而作资助,犹如依止与所缘法为亲近之因,故说“以离去缘色之唯作意界为足处”。耳识等亦应依所述理路知其义。由于唯作意界在所缘上有差别而自性不同,故说“唯作意界等”。眼识等所取的色等所缘,随即无间断地被领受、执取,故说“以领受色等为味”。它以如此领受的状态而现起,故以如此状态为现起。显示巴利原文
Rūpamattārammaṇarasanti rūpāyatanamattasseva ārammaṇakaraṇarasaṃ. Matta-saddena yathā ārammaṇantaraṃ nivatteti, evaṃ rūpāyatanepi labbhamāne ekacce visese nivatteti. Na hi cakkhuviññāṇaṃ vaṇṇamattato aññaṃ kiñci nīlādivisesaṃ tattha gahetuṃ sakkoti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘pañcahi viññāṇehi na kiñci dhammaṃ paṭivijānāti aññatra abhinipātamattā’’ti. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjamānaṃ rūpārammaṇe eva uppajjanato tadabhimukhabhāvena gaṇhātīti vuttaṃ ‘‘rūpābhimukhabhāvapaccupaṭṭhāna’’nti. Attano anantaraṃ uppajjamānānaṃ arūpadhammānaṃ samanantaravigatā arūpadhammā pavattiokāsadānena anantarasamanantaranatthivigatapaccayehi upakārakā, nissayārammaṇā dhammā viya āsannakāraṇāti dassento āha ‘‘rūpārammaṇāya kiriyāmanodhātuyā apagamapadaṭṭhāna’’nti. Sotaviññāṇādīsupi vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. Kiriyāmanodhātuyā ārammaṇabhedato bhinnasabhāvattā āha ‘‘kiriyāmanodhātūna’’nti. Cakkhuviññāṇādīhi gahitaṃ rūpādiārammaṇaṃ tadanantarameva aparipatantaṃ katvā sampaṭicchantaṃ gaṇhantaṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘rūpādisampaṭicchanarasa’’nti. Tathābhāvena sampaṭicchanabhāvena paccupaṭṭhātīti tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ.
在六所缘中,有时因生盲等缘故仅有五所缘,在梵天界则仅有二所缘,然而(意界与意识界)即使仅有识知二所缘的自性,也被说为具有“识知六所缘”的特相,因为不超越其自性,或者因为其余所缘都已包含在此六所缘中。“审查等之味”:即随顺审查彼所缘等作用,指审查彼所缘、结生、有分、死心等作用。“以心所依处为足处”:这是为了显示因这二界(意界与意识界)无固定的所依处,而说明其固定的因。依所述理路,亦可说“以彼彼无间过去识的离去为足处”。由无因心已分别显示各自的特相等,由此可知其余有因心的特相等亦同一理。此在下文已有解释。显示巴利原文
Chasu ārammaṇesu kadāci pañcannaṃ jaccandhādivasena tatopi ūnānaṃ, brahmaloke ca dvinnameva vijānanasabhāvāpi chaḷārammaṇavijānanalakkhaṇā vuttā taṃsabhāvānativattanato, chasveva vā itaresaṃ ārammaṇānaṃ antogadhattā. Santīraṇādirasāti yathāsambhavaṃ santīraṇatadārammaṇādikiccā, santīraṇatadārammaṇapaṭisandhibhavaṅgacutikiccāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānā’’ti idaṃ imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ manoviññāṇadhātūnaṃ anibaddhaṭṭhānatāya nibaddhakāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Vuttanayena pana ‘‘taṃtaṃanantarātītaviññāṇāpagamapadaṭṭhāna’’ntipi vattuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Ahetukacittānaṃ visuṃ visuṃ lakkhaṇādikassa dassitattā parisesato sahetukacittānaṃ ekasadisameva lakkhaṇādikanti viññāyati. Taṃ pana heṭṭhā vibhāvitameva.
现在,为显示这些心依所缘等而分的差别,所以说“其中第一”等。“纯粹可爱所缘”,意即纯然地缘取极可爱所缘,也就是说,于可爱所缘中最为殊胜者。所谓“五处”,是指有因异熟心所说的四种处,再加上位于领受与推度之间、称为中间状态的推度处,合为五处;或者说,即于五种作用中的意思。对于喜俱结生者,在忧俱速行结束时,如果没有彼所缘生起,便会缘取先前所熟悉的微细所缘而生起舍俱推度心,这是被认可的;然而,这种方式生起仅是偶有发生,因此依多数情形,不立六处而仅说五处。或者,当此心生起时,正是于彼所缘处生起的,因此应知,正是以此为由,该处也已被含摄在内。由招致无眼的业所生,天生即盲者,名为生盲。实际上,在结生刹那,卵生与胎生者皆无眼睛,据此可依有眼、无眼而论其盲与不盲;然而,即使在眼睛应当生起的时候,也因障碍眼根的业——无论是结生业或其他业——破坏了其功能,令其不能执取眼根,因此该有情被称为“生盲”。或者,生盲的意思是出生时即是盲的,也就是说,在母胎中已是盲者而后出生。由此,二因和三因者在母胎中时眼根也不会损坏,这便得显示巴利原文
Idāni imāsaṃ ārammaṇādito bhedaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘tattha paṭhamā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Ekantamiṭṭhārammaṇeti ekanteneva iṭṭhārammaṇe, atiiṭṭhārammaṇeti attho. Pañcasu ṭhānesūti sahetukavipākānaṃ vuttesu catūsu, sampaṭicchanavoṭṭhabbanānaṃ antarāḷasaṅkhātasantīraṇaṭṭhāne cāti pañcasu ṭhānesu, pañcasu kiccesūti vā attho. Kiñcāpi somanassapaṭisandhikassa domanassajavanāvasāne tadārammaṇasambhave asati yaṃ kiñci paricitapubbaṃ parittārammaṇamārabbha upekkhāsahagatasantīraṇamuppajjatīti icchitaṃ, tathā pana uppajjamānassa kadāciyeva sambhavato yebhuyyappavattiṃ gahetvā cha ṭhānāni avatvā pañceva vuttāni. Atha vā taṃ uppajjamānaṃ tadārammaṇaṭṭhāneyeva nibbattatīti taṃvaseneva tassāpi ṭhānaṃ gahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Acakkhusaṃvattanikakammanibbattatāya jātiyā andho jaccandho. Kiñcāpi hi jātikkhaṇe aṇḍajajalābujānaṃ sabbesampi cakkhu natthi, yassa bhāvābhāvato andhānandhavicāraṇā bhaveyya, tathāpi cakkhussa uppajjamānārahakālepi cakkhuvipattivibandhakena kammunā paṭihatasāmatthiyena paṭisandhidāyakena itarenāpi vā kammena tassa anupādiyamānattā satto ‘‘jaccandho’’ti vuccati. Atha vā jaccandhoti pasūtiyaṃyeva andho, mātukucchiyaṃyeva andho hutvā nikkhantoti attho. Tena duhetukatihetukānaṃ mātukucchigatakālepi cakkhussa avipajjanaṃ siddhaṃ hoti, evaṃ jātibadhirādīsupi yathārahaṃ vattabbaṃ. Jaccajaḷoti jātiyā aññāṇako . Kiñcāpi duhetukapaṭisandhikopi jātiyaṃ aññāṇako, tassa pana pavattiyaṃ paññā sambhavatīti vuttanayena yebhuyyato pavattiyampi paññāyāsambhavato jaccajaḷo veditabbo. Jaccummattako surāmerayapānādiummattakabhāvasaṃvattanikakammaparibhāvitena kammena gahitapaṭisandhiko. Paṇḍakoti paradāragamanādikammaparibhāvitena kammunā gahitapaṭisandhiko. So pañcavidho āsittapaṇḍako usūyapaṇḍako pakkhapaṇḍako opakkamikapaṇḍako napuṃsakapaṇḍakoti. Idha pana opakkamikapaṇḍakassa sahetukassāpi bhāvato, napuṃsakassa ca visuṃ gahaṇato tayo paṇḍakā adhippetā. Ādi-saddena jātimūgajātipaṅgulamammanādīnaṃ saṅgaho. Keci pana ‘‘ekacce ahetukapaṭisandhikā avikalindriyā hutvā thokaṃ vicāraṇapakatikāpi honti, tasmā tādisānampi idha ādi-saddena saṅgaho’’ti vadanti. Ettha ca jaccandhādīnameva ayaṃ paṭisandhīti na gahetabbā. Jaccandhādayo pana iminā paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhantīti gahetabbaṃ.
43 “三因殊胜福”,是指三因者当中殊胜的福。而二因业,无论如何也不可能生起十六种异熟心,为了遮止这一点,所以把思心所不加简别地说为“三因殊胜福”。显示巴利原文
43.Tihetukapuññassāti tihetukassapi ukkaṭṭhapuññassa. Duhetukammassa pana sabbathāpi soḷasannaṃ vipākānaṃ asambhavato tappaṭikkhepaparattā cetanāya ‘‘tihetukapuññassā’’ti avisesato vuttaṃ.
色界与无色界果报之注释。显示巴利原文
Rūpāvacarārūpāvacaravipākavaṇṇanā
广大异熟心的禅支缺失,只是随顺各自相应的善心而来,并非由于修习上的差别,因此它们所断除的支并未被列出。“于生有”,意思是在生有之中。显示巴利原文
Mahaggatavipākānaṃ taṃtaṃkusalāgamanavaseneva jhānaṅgahāni, na pana bhāvanāvisesenāti tesaṃ pahānaṅgāni anuddhaṭāni. Upapattiyanti upapattibhave.
“将说明无色界异熟心”是(与上文的)连接。显示巴利原文
Arūpāvacaravipākacittāni vuccantīti sambandho.
44 “随顺善心而作”的意思是,令其符合善心、与善心相似。有人说其含义是:不像分别欲界异熟那样,即使与善心不相似也加以分别,而是不那样做,就使之与善心相似。但注疏中是就“在善心之后,分析广大异熟”的巴利经文,而说“随顺善心而作、已分析”。因为在巴利经文中——显示巴利原文
44.Kusalānugataṃ katvāti kusalānurūpaṃ kusalasadisaṃ katvā. Yathā kāmāvacaravipākaṃ kusalato visadisampi katvā vibhattaṃ, evamakatvā kusalasadisameva katvāti atthaṃ vadanti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana kusalānantaraṃ katvā mahaggatavipākānaṃ bhājitapāḷiṃ sandhāya ‘‘kusalānugataṃ katvā bhājita’’nti vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyañhi –
“哪些法是无记?当由已作、已积集的欲界善业,其异熟眼识生起时……”等(《法集论》431)——显示巴利原文
‘‘Katame dhammā abyākatā? Yasmiṃ samaye kāmāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppannaṃ hotī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 431) –
在分析欲界异熟之后,继而分析广大异熟时——显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacaravipākaṃ vibhajitvā mahaggatavipākaṃ vibhajantena –
“哪些法是无记的?当有人为了往生色界而修习道,确实远离诸欲……具足初禅而住于地遍,那时有触……有不动摇,这些法是善的;正是由于那已作、已积集的色界善业,其异熟确实远离诸欲……具足初禅而住于地遍……这些法是无记的。”如《法集论》所说。显示巴利原文
‘‘Katame dhammā abyākatā? Yasmiṃ samaye rūpapattiyā maggaṃ bhāveti, vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati pathavīkasiṇaṃ, tasmiṃ samaye phasso hoti…pe… avikkhepo hoti, ime dhammā kusalā, tasseva rūpāvacarassa kusalassa kammassa katattā upacitattā vipākaṃ vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati pathavīkasiṇaṃ…pe… ime dhammā abyākatā’’ti (dha. sa. 498).
如此,在标举善法之后,紧接着便分析了广大异熟。因此,并非如同对欲界异熟的分析那样,而是紧接在善心之后来分析它。为了阐明这一意义,注疏中说为“随顺善心而作”。而且,这位阿阇梨为了表达即将说出的特殊义理,以遮止的方式,在那里依照所述提出了质难。因为这样一来,“果报即在善心之后立刻生起”这一说明便非常合理了——这便是我们阿阇梨在此处的思路。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kusalaṃ uddisitvā tadanantaraṃ katvā mahaggataṃ vipākaṃ vibhattaṃ, tasmā yathā kāmāvacaravipākaṃ, evaṃ avibhajitvā idaṃ kusalānantaraṃ katvā vibhattanti imamatthaṃ jotetuṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘kusalānugataṃ katvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Imināpi ca ācariyena parihāramukhena vakkhamānaatthavisesavacanicchāya tattha vuttanayeneva codanā katā. Evañhi sati kusalānantaraṃyeva phalaṃ uppajjatīti ñāpanaṃ suṭṭhūpapannaṃ hotīti ayamettha amhākaṃ ācariyassa maggo.
“广大”是指广大异熟,因为在此处它已被证得。“欲界……因为”的意思是:欲界善业能产生三因、二因与无因的异熟,二因善业也能产生无因异熟,因此它的果报与因并不相同;而此广大善业并非如此,它一向只产生相似之异熟,故果报相同。这便是其中含义。此处虽未明言“善”字,但由于已以“欲界福”作譬喻,所譬喻者(广大)的善法性质也就被领会了。为何此广大善业有相似果报,而不像欲界善业那样也有不相似的果报呢?答:造作欲界福业时,是依止于色爱等种种所依之欲爱而累积的,因此依止于它的善业,也随顺它而产生种种所依的果报。而造作广大善业时,则纯粹依于单一所依的有爱而累积,因此随顺于它,不产生种种所依,唯产生单一所依的果报。显示巴利原文
Mahaggatanti mahaggatavipākaṃ. Tañhi idha adhigataṃ. Kāmā…pe… yatoti yasmā kāmāvacarakusalaṃ asamānaphalaṃ hoti tihetukassa duhetukāhetukavipākānaṃ, duhetukassa ca ahetukavipākānampi jananato, na evamidaṃ, idaṃ pana ekanteneva sadisavipākajananato samānaphalameva, tasmāti attho. Ettha ca ‘‘kusala’’nti avuttepi kāmāvacarapuññaṃvāti upamitattā upameyyassapi kusalabhāvo viññāyati. Kasmā panetaṃ sadisavipākaṃ, na kāmāvacaraṃ viya visadisavipākampīti? Vuccate – kāmāvacarapuññañhi ācinanto rūpataṇhādinānāvatthukakāmataṇhūpanissayato ācinati, tasmā tadūpanissayakusalaṃ tadanurūpato nānāvatthukaṃ vipākaṃ janeti. Mahaggataṃ pana ācinanto ekavatthukāyeva bhavataṇhāya vasena ācinatīti tadanurūpato taṃ nānāvatthuṃ ajanetvā ekavatthumeva janetīti.
45-6 “悉有”是指从法、所缘与行道等各方面而言。正如触等诸法在善心中可得,在异熟心中亦可得;善心于何种所缘生起,此异熟心也于同一所缘生起。善心的行道等如何,此异熟心的行道等也如何。固然,任何人的影子都与其各自的事物相似,但大善果报应以大的譬喻来说明,故说“如象等”。在后后的有中存在的受,称为“后后受”。如果没有后后受,此果又如何能够生起呢?因此说“于禅那未退失者”等。显示巴利原文
45-6.Sabbathāti dhammato ārammaṇato paṭipadādito ca. Tathā hi ye phassādayo kusale ca labbhanti, te vipākepi labbhanti, yasmiñca ārammaṇe kusalaṃ pavattati, tattheva idaṃ vipākampi. Yāva paṭipadādayo kusalassa labbhanti, tāva imassa vipākassapīti. Kāmaṃ yassa kassaci chāyā taṃtaṃvatthusadisāva, mahantassa pana kusalavipākassa mahantāhiyeva upamāhi bhavitabbanti ‘‘gajādīna’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Apare apare attabhāve bhavaṃ vedanamassāti aparāpariyavedanaṃ. Yadi aparāpariyavedanaṃ na hoti, kathañcarahi imassa phaluppattīti āha ‘‘jhānā aparihīnassā’’tiādi.
47 “善之后”是指善有之后。因为那个善业所造的有,在此以“善”字作隐喻而取,是由于业之后并不能即刻生果。它不像出世间善那样能即刻产生果报,而是如同某些欲界善业,并非后后受,在众多欲界业存在的情况下,犹如大洪水淹没少量水一般,以其自业之果报力,决定性地只在紧接着的有中产生果报。难道不是未退失禅那者,也会因欲贪之力而于欲有结生吗?据说,大梵天提萨为生于上梵天界而修习道,应比丘们之请,从彼处死后,于目犍连婆罗门家结生,这又如何说?答:因欲贪之力,禅那退失,故说为退失禅那者所生。另有诸师说:“应审察在无盖障状态下,欲贪是否导致禅那退失而取”,并说:“当没有能障碍广大业果报的微小业存在时,依‘诸比丘,持戒者之心愿成就,因清净故’之语,于欲有之心愿,会障碍广大业之果报,而为微小业之果报提供机会”,此说合理。这是为了说明此义——这便是关联。显示巴利原文
47.Kusalānantaranti kusalabhavānantaraṃ. Yasmiñhi bhave taṃ kusalaṃ kataṃ, so idha kusala-saddena upacārato gahito kammānantaraṃyeva phalassa asambhavato. Na hi taṃ lokuttarakusalaṃ viya anantaraphalanipphādakaṃ, atha kho ekaccakāmāvacarakusalaṃ viya aparāpariyavedanaṃ ahutvā satipi anekeyeva kāmāvacarakamme mahogho viya parittaṃ udakaṃ tamajjhottharitvā attanoyeva vipākadānena ekantena anantarabhaveyeva phalaṃ nibbatteti. Nanu ca aparihīnajjhānasseva kassaci nikantivasena kāmabhave paṭisandhi hoti. Tathā hi tissamahābrahmā uparibrahmalokūpapattiyā bhāvitamaggo bhikkhūhi yācito tato cavitvā moggalibrāhmaṇassa gehe paṭisandhiṃ aggahesīti vuttanti taṃ kathanti? Nikantibaleneva jhānaṃ parihāyatīti tato parihīnajjhāno nibbattatīti vadanti. Apare pana ācariyā ‘‘anīvaraṇāvatthāya nikantiyā jhānassa parihāni vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbā’’ti vatvā ‘‘satipi mahaggatakammuno vipākaṃ paṭibāhanasamatthasseva parittakammassa abhāve ‘ijjhati, bhikkhave, sīlavato cetopaṇidhi visuddhattā’ti (a. ni. 8.35) vacanato kāmabhave cetopaṇidhi mahaggatakammassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā parittakammuno vipākassa okāsaṃ karotī’’ti vadanti, taṃ yuttaṃ. Etassāti imassatthassa ñāpanatthanti sambandho.
48-9 如此,先以无差别的方式显示了与善的相似性之后,现在为了显明差别而说“行道次第”等。正如生起苦行道、迟通达的禅那之后,反复入定者,其禅那即成为那样的行道;同样地,在那些未退失的禅那中,各自的果报生起时,也应成为各自的行道。然而,欲增上等性是在彼刹那存在的欲等作为增上缘时而有的,并非依来由而有。因为同一禅那在不同刹那可有不同的增上,所以果报并不依来由而取欲增上等性。因此说“无增上者”。由于没有他们,其自性上的劣等性便不可能存在,所以那也是依禅那的来由而说的。显示巴利原文
48-9. Evaṃ avisesena kusalasadisataṃ atidisitvā idāni visesaṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘paṭipadākkamocevā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Yathā hi dukkhapaṭipadaṃ dandhābhiññaṃ jhānaṃ uppādetvā punappunaṃ samāpajjantassa taṃ jhānaṃ taṃpaṭipadameva hoti, evaṃ tasmiṃ tasmiṃ aparihīne tassa tassa vipāko nibbattamāno taṃtaṃpaṭipadova bhavituṃ arahati. Chandādhipateyyādibhāvo pana tasmiṃ khaṇe vijjamānānaṃ chandādīnaṃ adhipatipaccayabhāvena hoti, na āgamanavasena. Tathā hi ekameva jhānaṃ nānakkhaṇesu nānādhipateyyaṃ hoti, tasmā vipākassa āgamanavasena chandādhipateyyāditā na gahitā. Tenāha ‘‘abhāvodhipatīna’’nti. Tadabhāvatova sarasato tassa hīnāditā na sambhavatīti sāpi jhānāgamanatova vuttā.
出世间果报之注释。显示巴利原文
Lokuttaravipākavaṇṇanā
果心不像道心那样与道结合而有分类,故不说“四道结合”,而说“与四道相应之心果故”,意思是:与四圣道相应之善心的果故,为四种沙门果相应之心。入流道之果心,即为入流道果心。其余类推。在道心路中,于果等至中,虽可两次、三次乃至无有限量地生起,但因只在两种情况下生起,故说为两种。因此说“依道心路与果等至而转起,故为两种”。显示巴利原文
Maggacittassa viya phalacittassa maggayogato bhedābhāvena ‘‘catumaggayogato’’ti avatvā ‘‘catumaggasampayuttacittaphalattā’’ti vuttaṃ, catūhi ariyamaggehi sampayuttakusalacittassa phalattā catubbidhasāmaññaphalasampayuttacittabhāvatoti attho. Sotāpattimaggassa phalaṃ cittaṃ sotāpattimaggaphalacittaṃ. Evaṃ sesesu. Maggavīthiyaṃ dvikkhattuṃ, tikkhattuṃ vā phalasamāpattiyā aparicchinnaparimāṇaṃ pavattamānampi dvīsveva ṭhānesu pavattiyā duvidhameva hotīti āha ‘‘maggavīthiphalasamāpattivasena pavattito duvidha’’nti.
50-1 意思是:在道之后,果是依道的来由而得的。因为道依来由而得“空”之名,依有德所缘而得无相、无愿之名,所以也给予果这三种名称;同样地,无愿道依来由而有,且依有德所缘而为无相、空、无愿之名,所以也给予果这三种名称。如此,在阿毗达摩中,每一果各说三种名称。难道阿毗达摩中不是说“依有德所缘,名称非所意许”吗?确实说了,但那是就名称的获得而言,而非就名称的给予而言。因为在那里,由于没有安立之事,故如此非所意许,并非不可得。而在此,每一果得三种名称,因无安立之用,所以意许依有德所缘而给予所得的名称,因此给予三种名称。这一点必须如此接受,否则,由观照所得名称之道,也不会给予果。于后分,指于后时。于转起果中,指于依等至而应体验的果中。为了遮止“于转起果中,依道之来由”之说,而说“唯依观照”等。因为转起果唯依各别观照而生起,所以它依此而得名。若如此,岂非如道一样,不得无相之名?不然,正如道后之果以及转起果等至,依道之来由而有禅那行道之别,同样也得无相之名。显示巴利原文
50-1.Maggassānantare phale labbhanti maggāgamanatoti adhippāyo. Maggo hi āgamanato ‘‘suññato’’ti laddhanāmo saguṇālambaṇavasena animittaappaṇihitanāmampi labhatīti phalassa nāmattayampi deti, tathā āgamanato appaṇihito maggo saguṇārammaṇavasena animittasuññataappaṇihitanāmakoti phalassa nāmattayampi deti. Evañca katvā abhidhamme ekekassa phalassa tīṇi tīṇi nāmāni vuttāni. Nanu ca abhidhamme ‘‘saguṇārammaṇato nāmaṃ anadhippeta’’nti vuttaṃ? Saccaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ pana nāmalābhaṃ sandhāya, na nāmadānaṃ. Tattha hi vavatthānakarattābhāvato tathā anadhippetaṃ, na alabbhanato. Idha pana ekekassa phalaṃ nāmattayampi labhatīti vavatthānappayojanābhāvato saguṇārammaṇehi laddhanāmadānassa adhippetattā tividhampi nāmaṃ deti. Ekantena cetaṃ evaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, itarathā vipassanāpi vipassato laddhanāmamaggassa taṃ na dadeyyāti. Parabhāgasminti aparabhāge. Vaḷañjanaphalesūti samāpajjanavasena anubhavitabbaphalesu. ‘‘Vaḷañjanaphalesu nā’’ti maggāgamanaṃ sandhāya paṭikkhittanti āha ‘‘vipassanāvasenevā’’tiādi. Vaḷañjanaphalañhi visuṃ vipassanāvaseneva nibbattatīti tassa taṃvasena nāmalābho. Yadi evaṃ maggassa viya animittanāmalābho na siyā? Taṃ na, yathā maggānantarassa phalassa viya vaḷañjanakaphalasamāpattiyāpi maggāgamanato ca jhānapaṭipadābhedo hoti, evaṃ animittanāmampi labbhatīti.
52-3 有关“有增上者”,其理由在此已说明。所谓“以道性故”,即:以十六行相通达四谛的道性;又因断烦恼的作用而称为行,或因是希求涅槃者所应修习的状态而称为道,故为道性。果……被称为……:其自身虽是果性,但因为是道之果,或由于与道相似而依彼称为“道”,如“道支”、“道所属”等,这便是意旨所在。显示巴利原文
52-3.Honti sādhipatīnevāti ettha kāraṇaṃ vuttameva. Maggabhāvenāti soḷasahi ākārehi catusaccapaṭivedhakamaggabhāvena, kilesamāraṇavasena gamanasaṅkhātena, nibbānatthikehi maggitabbabhāvasaṅkhātena vā maggabhāvena. Phalaṃ…pe… vuccatīti sayaṃ phalabhāvampi maggassa phalattā, taṃsadisatāya vā tamupādāya maggoti vuccati ‘‘maggaṅgaṃ maggapariyāpanna’’ntiādīsūti adhippāyo.
不善果报之注释显示巴利原文
Akusalavipākavaṇṇanā
正如在极可意、可意及中舍的所缘中,由于受有差别,善异熟意界有两种:喜俱和舍俱;同样,在极不可意、不可意及中舍的所缘中,受没有差别,因此不善异熟意界唯有一种,故说为“七种不善异熟”。若那里有受的差别,在极不可意中应生起忧俱,而忧不能无嗔而生。至于身识的苦俱在善异熟中,应依相反之理了知。而且在此,不善异熟所得到的苦,如同并非极苦的舍受,因为是纯属低劣的不善异熟,其本质即苦,故为低劣。不善异熟不可能不苦,然而其舍受的状态,应视作如同一个被强力逼迫而无力还击的弱者,对所施加的逼迫现起舍受之状。这些……心:这七种是每一种不善的异熟心,并非如善异熟那样因三因等功德差别而有不同。即使在转起中,与掉举相应者也只有这七种异熟。然而,为何在此不像善异熟那样,将不善异熟也列为有因呢?因为没有因。因为贪等纯属有过,以不如理作意为因,故无异熟性;无贪等纯属无过,又因与彼相去甚远,所以绝无不善异熟性。无贪等不会产生其对立面的贪等,因此,在一切情况下,有因的转起不可能,故唯是无因。显示巴利原文
Yathā atiiṭṭhe iṭṭhamajjhatte ca ārammaṇe vedanābhedasambhavato kusalavipākamanoviññāṇadhātu duvidhā hoti somanassasahagatā, upekkhāsahagatāti, evaṃ atianiṭṭhe aniṭṭhamajjhatte ca ārammaṇe vedanābhedo natthīti akusalavipākamanoviññāṇadhātu ekavidhāvāti ‘‘sattākusalavipākānī’’ti vuttaṃ. Sati hi tattha vedanābhede atianiṭṭhe domanassena bhavitabbaṃ, na ca paṭighena vinā domanassaṃ uppajjatīti. Kāyaviññāṇassa dukkhasahagatā kusalavipāke vuttavipariyāyena veditabbā. Ettha ca akusalavipākesu labbhamānadukkhaṃ viya nātikaṭukāpi upekkhā ekantanihīnassa akusalassa vipākabhāvato dukkhasabhāvattā hīnā eva. Na hi akusalassa vipāko adukkho hoti, upekkhābhāvo panassa balavatā bādhiyamānassa paṭipaharituṃ asakkontassa dubbalapurisassa tena kariyamānabādhassa upekkhanā viyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Imāni…pe… cittānīti imāni satta ekekassa akusalassa vipākacittāni, na pana kusalavipāke viya tihetukādipuññavisesena. Uddhaccasahagatassapi hi pavattiyaṃ satteva vipākā labbhanti. Kasmā panettha yathā kusalavipākaṃ sahetukampi uddhaṭaṃ, na evaṃ akusalavipākanti? Hetūnaṃ asambhavato. Lobhādīnañhi ekantasāvajjatāya ayonisomanasikārahetukānaṃ natthi vipākabhāvo, alobhādīnampi ekantamanavajjasabhāvānaṃ vā kāraṇassa tabbidūratāya nattheva akusalavipākabhāvo. Na hi alobhādīnaṃ paṭipakkhalobhādayo te abhinipphādenti, tasmā idaṃ sabbathā sahetuppavattiyā asambhavato ahetukamevāti.
在业、业相、趣相中:此处,于过去生所造作的、后后受或次生受的业,称为业;造业时以思心所执取的所缘,称为业相;包含于当生之有的地狱等中的火焰网等色相,称为趣相。显示巴利原文
Kammakammanimittagatinimittesūti ettha atītabhave āyūhitaṃ aparāpariyavedanīyaṃ, upapajjavedanīyaṃ vā kammaṃ kammaṃ nāma . Kammakaraṇakāle cetanāya gahitamārammaṇaṃ kammanimittaṃ nāma. Upapajjitabbabhavapariyāpanno narakādīsu aggijālādivaṇṇo gatinimittaṃ nāma.
54 这些是不善异熟。通过论说它们于不可意及不可意中舍的所缘中转起,依相反的理趣,善异熟于可意及可意中舍的所缘中转起,此义自然成立,故未别说。与乐等三者相应,即与乐、喜、舍相应。显示巴利原文
54.Imeti akusalavipākā. Tesaṃ aniṭṭhāniṭṭhamajjhattavisayesu pavattivacanena tabbipariyāyena kusalavipākānaṃ iṭṭhaiṭṭhamajjhattavisayesu pavatti atthato āpannāti sā visuṃ na vuttā. Sukhādittayayuttāti sukhasomanassupekkhāyuttā.
“如是”等语,是前述异熟的结语。显示巴利原文
‘‘Eva’’ntiādi yathāvuttavipākānaṃ nigamanaṃ.
果报心之注释显示巴利原文
Vipākacittavaṇṇanā
55 第五十五。因令阿修罗少女胎成熟者之教令、或令其毁灭,又或因令名为“熟”的阿修罗毁灭,帝释天王被称为“熟教者”;由彼所崇敬者,即“熟教者所崇敬”。又,所谓“熟教者”,指诸漏尽者——于他们中教法已熟、已圆满;由他们所崇敬者,亦名“熟教者所崇敬”。显示巴利原文
55. Pākassa asurakaññānaṃ gabbhaparipākassa sāsanato vināsanato, pākasaṅkhātassa vā asurassa vināsanato pākasāsano vuccati sakko devarājā, tena pūjito pākasāsanapūjito. Pākaṃ vā paripakkaṃ sāsanametesūti pākasāsanā, khīṇāsavā, tehi pūjitoti pākasāsanapūjito.
所谓“依布施等而转”,乃仅就转起的方式而言,依布施等而转,并非依福德行事处而转,因为漏尽者的相续中已无福德行事性——此义已说。显示巴利原文
Dānādivasenāti pavattākāramattato dānādivasena, na pana puññakiriyavatthuvasena khīṇāsavasantānagatassa puññakiriyabhāvābhāvatoti vuttovāyamattho.
“āvajjati”意为转向;“ābhuñjati”意为先受用、转向、改变或阻止。即:它先受用现前所缘,令眼识等路心朝向现前所缘,或令心相续从先前状态转变为其他状态,或阻止不断转起的有分心相续继续转起,或阻止现前所缘去向他处。由此而生起笑,或依此而生起笑,故为“笑生”,彼即是心,故为“笑生心”。“voṭṭhapeti”意为确定。然而,为何在此转向与确定是舍俱,而笑生是喜俱?答:首先,转向唯缘于未曾有之所缘,仅起一次,以截断相续的方式转起,或因有分羸弱为缘,故不能全然领受所缘之味,因此在可意等一切情形中,唯是舍俱。确定则与之相反,虽于感受可有差别,但因截断异熟相续,生起不相似的心相续,唯致力于相续转变的别别作用,如同异熟,不能领受所缘之味,故在一切处唯是舍俱。而笑生依相反之理,唯在已断颠倒的漏尽者相续中,于可意所缘生起,故一切情况下唯是喜俱。显示巴利原文
Āvajjatīti āvajjanaṃ, ābhuñjati oṇojeti pariṇāmeti vāretīti vā attho. Tañhi āpāthagataṃ ārammaṇaṃ paṭhamamābhuñjati, cakkhuviññāṇādīni vīthicittāni āpāthagatārammaṇābhimukhaṃ oṇojeti, cittasantānaṃ vā purimākārato aññathā pariṇāmeti, anuppabandhato pavattanakaṃ bhavaṅgacittasantānaṃ parato pavattituṃ adatvā āpāthagataṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ aññattha gantuṃ adatvā vāreti. Hasitaṃ uppajjati, uppādīyati vā etenāti hasituppādaṃ, tadeva cittanti hasituppādacittaṃ. Voṭṭhapetīti voṭṭhabbanaṃ. Kasmā panettha āvajjanavoṭṭhabbanāni upekkhāsahagatāni, hasituppādañca somanassasahagatanti? Vuccate – āvajjanaṃ tāva apubbārammaṇe sakideva ca pavattamānasantativicchedavasena pavattanato, dubbalabhavaṅgapaccayaṃ vā sabbathā visayarasamanubhavituṃ na sakkotīti iṭṭhādīsu sabbattha upekkhāyuttameva hoti. Voṭṭhabbanañca vuttavipariyāyena vedanābhedārahampi samānaṃ vipākappabandhaṃ vicchinditvā visadisacittappabandhassa nibbattanato santatipariṇāmaneyeva kiccantare byāvaṭattā vipākaṃ viya ārammaṇarasassāde asamatthamevāti sabbattha upekkhāsahagatameva. Hasituppādaṃ pana vuttaviparītato parihīnavipallāsānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ santāne iṭṭhārammaṇeyeva uppajjanato sabbathā somanassasahagatamevāti.
就特相等而言:第一(转向心),以先行于眼识等而了知色等为特相,以转向为作用,以如是状态为现起,以有分断为足处。第二(笑生心),以了知六所缘为特相,以令阿拉汉于不粗重事生笑为作用,以如是状态为现起,唯以心所依处为足处。第三(确定心),亦以了知六所缘为特相,以在五门、意门中确定与转向为作用,以如是状态为现起,以无因异熟意界与有分任一离去为足处。显示巴利原文
Lakkhaṇādito panetāsu purimaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ purecaraṃ rūpādivijānanalakkhaṇaṃ, āvajjanarasaṃ , tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, bhavaṅgavicchedapadaṭṭhānaṃ. Dutiyaṃ chaḷārammaṇavijānanalakkhaṇaṃ, arahataṃ anoḷārikesu vatthūsu hasituppādarasaṃ, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ekantato hadayavatthupadaṭṭhānaṃ. Tatiyampi chaḷārammaṇavijānanalakkhaṇaṃ, pañcadvāramanodvāresu voṭṭhabbanāvajjanarasaṃ, tathābhāvapaccupaṭṭhānaṃ, ahetukavipākamanoviññāṇadhātubhavaṅgānaṃ aññatarāpagamapadaṭṭhānanti.
“āvaṭṭayamānā”:意为令有分流相续,如同在运转有分的相续。“sādhāraṇā”:即有学、无学与凡夫所共通的。“asādhāraṇā”:唯无学者独特具有。因此说“漏尽者”。于六门……诸所缘中:即于眼等六门,于合宜的精勤处所等所摄的色等六所缘中。因为,见到合宜的精勤处所后,为了现法乐住而想“我已获得这合宜的处所”并感到满足者,在眼门以可见色为所缘;在分配物品处听到大响声后,想“像这样的贪欲已被我断除”并感到满足者,在耳门以声音为所缘;以香或花供养塔庙时,想“我确以此妙香供养世尊”并感到满足者,在鼻门以香为所缘;与梵行同伴一同分配并受用美味的钵食时,想“和合敬的法确实已被我圆满”并感到满足者,在舌门以味为所缘;履行正行仪轨时,想“我正以身修习进退的仪轨”并感到满足者,在身门以触为所缘。如是,此心于五门的五种所缘中生起。显示巴利原文
Bhavaṅgaṃ āvaṭṭayamānāti bhavaṅgasantānaṃ āvaṭṭayantī viya. Sādhāraṇāti sekkhāsekkhaputhujjanānaṃ sādhāraṇā. Asādhāraṇāti asekkhānaṃyeva āveṇikā. Tenāha ‘‘khīṇāsavassā’’ti. Chasu dvāresu…pe…ārammaṇesūti cakkhādīsu chasu dvāresu, padhānasāruppaṭṭhānādigatesu chasu rūpādiārammaṇesu. Padhānasāruppañhi ṭhānaṃ disvā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthāya ‘‘sāruppamidaṃ ṭhānaṃ mayā laddha’’nti tusantassa cakkhudvāre rūpārammaṇe, bhaṇḍabhājanaṭṭhāne mahāsaddaṃ sutvā ‘‘evarūpā loluppataṇhā me pahīnā’’ti tusantassa sotadvāre saddārammaṇe, gandhehi vā pupphehi vā cetiyapūjanakāle ‘‘evarūpena vata sugandhena bhagavantaṃ pūjemī’’ti tusantassa ghānadvāre gandhārammaṇe, rasasampannaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ sabrahmacārīhi saha bhājetvā paribhuñjanakāle ‘‘sāraṇīyadhammo vata me pūrito’’ti tusantassa jivhādvāre rasārammaṇe, ābhisamācārikavattapūraṇakāle ‘‘kāyena vattapaṭivattaṃ pūremī’’ti tusantassa kāyadvāre phoṭṭhabbārammaṇeti evaṃ pañcadvāresu pañcārammaṇesu pavattati.
然而,于意门,应知世尊于上述的五种现在所缘、以宿住智遍知的过去所缘——如《陶师经》等中所说、以及以未来分智所限定的未来所缘——如“将有名为骨索的独觉佛”等所出之处,即于如是六种所缘中生起微笑。难道不是说过,在具足无碍智等之后,由“具足此三法的佛陀、世尊,一切身业皆以智为先导、以智为随转”这句话,此微笑又如何能在世尊中没有考察慧而生起呢?即使由令微笑生起的心转起,世尊的微笑造作仍因随顺宿住智、未来分智与一切知智,故是以智为随转的。如此,在随智而转的情况下,并无任何圣典的相违。而且,注释书正是因此说:“此心于那些智的惯行终了时生起。”这也必定应当如此接受,否则,其他能引发表色的无因心在世尊中生起也不合理。因为,能引发表色的心,并不妨碍由它生起的表色成为身业等。因此,应知于五门,此心唯生喜悦,而非生笑,因为五门心不能生起表色。而于意门,则生起笑。正因如此,注释书于五门仅说“成为喜悦者”,于意门则说“笑着”。然而,此处说“有令笑生起的作用”,应知这显示巴利原文
Manodvāre pana yathāvuttesveva pañcasu paccuppannārammaṇesu ghaṭikārasuttādīsu (ma. ni. 2.282 ādayo) viya bhagavato pubbenivāsañāṇena pariññāte atītārammaṇe, ‘‘aṭṭhissaro nāma paccekabuddho bhavissatī’’ti (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.16 devadattavatthu) āgataṭṭhānādīsu viya anāgataṃsañāṇena paricchinne anāgatārammaṇe cāti evaṃ chasvevārammaṇesu hasitaṃ uppādetīti veditabbaṃ. Nanu ca atītaṃsādīsu appaṭihatādīsu appaṭihatañāṇaṃ vatvā ‘‘imehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgatassa buddhassa bhagavato sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ ñāṇapubbaṅgamaṃ ñāṇānuparivatta’’nti vacanato vicāraṇapaññārahitāya etāya kathaṃ bhagavato uppatti yujjeyyāti? Hasituppādacittena pavattiyamānampi bhagavato sitakaraṇaṃ pubbenivāsaanāgataṃsasabbaññutaññāṇānaṃ anuvattakattā ñāṇānuparivattiyeva, evaṃ pana ñāṇānuparivattibhāve sati na koci pāḷivirodho. Evañca katvā aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘tesaṃ ñāṇānaṃ ciṇṇapariyante idaṃ cittaṃ uppajjatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Avassañcetaṃ evaṃ icchitabbaṃ, itarathā aññassāpi viññattisamuṭṭhāpakassa ahetukacittassa bhagavato uppatti na yujjeyya. Na hi viññattisamuṭṭhāpakassa taṃsamuṭṭhitāya viññattiyā kāyakammādibhāvaṃ āpajjanabhāvo vibandhatīti. Evañca katvā pañcadvāre iminā cittena somanassuppādanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, na hāsuppādanaṃ pañcadvārikacittānaṃ aviññattijanakattā. Manodvāre pana hāsuppādanaṃ. Teneva hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pañcadvāre ‘‘somanassito hotī’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 568) ettakameva vuttaṃ, manodvāre ca ‘‘hāsayamāna’’nti. Idha pana ‘‘hasituppādakiccā’’ti avisesavacanaṃ pañcadvāre somanassakaraṇavasena pavattassapi manodvāre hāsajananassa paccayabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Hasituppādakiccāti hasitasseva uppādanakiccā. Teneva hi taṃ ‘‘hasituppāda’’nti vuccati, na pana aññesaṃ hasituppādacittānaṃ abhāvato. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘kusalato catūhī’’tiādi.
六不共智:即了知根器与随眠智、了知根上下智、双神变智、大悲定智、一切知智、无障智。这六种是独觉佛等所不共有的智。难道一切知智不就是无障智吗?否则,一切知智与无障智就会变成非一切知、有障的智了。的确,如果存在不同于一切知智的无障智,它即是有障的,且于有障的境中没有自性的通达,那么一切知性便不能成立;而如果无障智不以一切法为所缘,则于它不转起之处,便有障存在,因此无障性也不能成立。这是真实的。那唯一的智,由于以无余的有为、无为及假名法为境,故为一切知智;而于彼境中无障,故依无滞著之说,称为无障智。如此,为了显示依境与转起的不同而于他人为不共的状态,故说为两种。如所说:显示巴利原文
Cha asādhāraṇañāṇānīti āsayānusayañāṇaṃ, indriyaparopariyañāṇaṃ, yamakapāṭihāriyañāṇaṃ, mahākaruṇāsamāpattiñāṇaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, anāvaraṇañāṇanti imāni cha paccekabuddhādīhi asādhāraṇāni ñāṇāni. Nanu ca sabbaññutaññāṇameva anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ, itarathā sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇānaṃ asabbaññutasāvaraṇañāṇatā ca āpajjeyya, tathā hi yadi sabbaññutaññāṇato aññamanāvaraṇañāṇaṃ siyā, tassa sāvaraṇattā sāvaraṇe ca visaye sabhāvapaṭivedhābhāvato sabbaññubhāvaṃ na sijjheyya, anāvaraṇañāṇassa ca asabbadhammārammaṇabhāvena yattha taṃ na pavattati, tatthāvaraṇasambhavato anāvaraṇabhāvopi na siyāti? Saccametaṃ, ekameva taṃ ñāṇaṃ anavasesasaṅkhatāsaṅkhatasammutidhammavisayattā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha ca āvaraṇābhāvato nissaṅgavāramupādāya anāvaraṇañāṇanti evaṃ visayapavattibhedena aññehi asādhāraṇabhāvadassanatthaṃ dvedhā vuttanti. Yathāha –
遍知一切有为、无为而无余,故为一切知智;于此中无有障碍,故为无障智”等。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sabbaṃ saṅkhatamasaṅkhataṃ anavasesaṃ jānātīti sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ, tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti anāvaraṇañāṇa’’ntiādi (paṭi. ma. 1.119).
“站在此处”意为:站在由所谓“笑之生起”或“笑之生起”的心所引出的地方。“应把握的”意为:应分别后把握。虽然色界唯作心的禅支舍断,如同在异熟心中,由等流而来而非实际存在,如同在善心中,唯是依修习差别而转起的行相;但初禅中因无舍断支存在,故唯依一支而说,其余诸禅则未说舍断支,而于这些禅那中显示了相应支。显示巴利原文
Idha ṭhatvāti hasitassa uppādanato hasitassa uppādananti vuttacittassa āgataṭṭhāne ṭhatvā. Pariggaṇhitabbānīti paricchinditvā gaṇhitabbāni. Kiñcāpi rūpāvacarakiriyānaṃ jhānaṅgappahānaṃ vipāke viya āgamanato ahutvā kusale viya bhāvanāvisesena pavattākāramattaṃva hoti, paṭhamajjhānassa pana pahānaṅgasambhavābhāvato ekassa vaseneva niddisituṃ sesānampi pahānaṅgaṃ avatvā sampayogaṅgameva tesu dassitanti.
57 然而,由于除了依修习而转起的行相方式之外,并没有应藉由修习而作的舍断盖等作用,因此不能直接称为“修习”;所以说“依修习方式而转起的”,便是取了“方式”一词。显示巴利原文
57. Yasmā pana bhāvanāvasena pavattākāramattaṃ vinā bhāvanāya kātabbassa nīvaraṇappahānādikiccassa abhāvato ujukaṃ bhāvanā nāma na hoti, tasmā ‘‘bhāvanākāravasappavattānī’’ti ākāra-ggahaṇaṃ katanti.
58-9 五十八至五十九:‘乐求’(nanti)指如前所述之色界定与无色界定。‘已入定者,若有所作’(Samāpannā sace kriyā)——此处,虽同一定本身不能再度进入,因为已灭者不再生起;然而是与已得此定者想要入定的意愿一起才得以进入的。再者,若已获得初禅等,却不能进入第二禅等,这也不合道理。因为它是与先前已证得的定相似地再入,所以说凡夫时所成就的定与此处所说之定是相似的。显示巴利原文
58-9.Nanti taṃ yathāvuttarūpārūpasamāpattiṃ. Samāpannā sace kriyāti ettha kiñcāpi sā eva samāpatti samāpajjituṃ na sakkā, niruddhānaṃ anuppannato, paṭiladdhasamāpattikasseva samāpajjitukāmatāya saddhiṃyeva samāpajjanato, paṭhamajjhānādikameva paṭilabhitvā dutiyajjhānādikaṃ samāpajjituṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvato ca, pubbe paṭiladdhasamāpattisadisaṃ puna samāpajjanato puthujjanakālasmiṃ abhinibbattitasamāpattisadisā ettha sā eva tathā vuttā.
61 第六十一:‘因为仅有一心刹那’(Ekacittakkhaṇattā):指仅在单一心刹那中生起。如果它重复生起,那么对于阿拉汉来说,生起时便须被视为唯作心。然而,它仅生起一次,因为通达四圣谛的作用一次即已完成,离此作用便不可得。因此说:‘不会两次到达彼岸’(《经集》719)。所以,不存在出世间的唯作心,这就是此处的要义。显示巴利原文
61.Ekacittakkhaṇattāti ekacittakkhaṇeyeva pavattanato. Yadi hi so punappunaṃ uppajjeyya, tadāssa arahato uppattiyā kiriyabhāvo icchitabbo siyā. Sakiṃyeva pana pavattati catusaccapaṭivedhakiccassa ekavāreneva pariniṭṭhānato, takkiccena ca vinā tassa anupalabbhanīyattā. Tenāha – ‘‘na pāraṃ diguṇaṃ yantī’’ti (su. ni. 719), tasmā natthi lokuttaraṃ kiriyacittanti ayamettha adhippāyo.
62 第六十二:‘解说……作与无作(罪)者’(Kriyā…pe… desako):指通过身、语做了不应做之事而违犯的罪,称为‘作罪’(kiriyā);通过身、语应做之事而不做所违犯的罪,称为‘无作罪’(akiriyā)。‘作与无作’(kiriyākiriyā)即作罪与无作罪,而这些‘作与无作’又是应违犯的罪,故称‘作无作罪’(kiriyākiriyāpattiyo);解说其分类者,即‘解说……作与无作(罪)者’。或者,作为唯作禅那的定是‘作定’(kiriyāpattiyo),作为善的定是‘无作定’(akiriyāpattiyo);解说其分类者,即‘解说……作与无作(定)者’。‘作与无作之心’(Yaṃ kiriyākiriyaṃ cittaṃ)为关联句。因战胜五魔而称为‘胜者’(jino)。‘利与不利’(Hitāhitānaṃ)即义利与非义利。‘彼’(Sā)指那位胜者。‘乐于作与无作’(Kriyākriyārato):指致力于一切众生利益之所作,以及不利益之不作。或者,因为具有一向可爱……显示巴利原文
62.Kriyā…pe… desakoti yā āpattiyo kāyavācāhi akātabbaṃ katvā āpajjati, tā kiriyā, yā pana āpattiyo kāyavācāhi kātabbaṃ akaronto āpajjati, tā akiriyā, kiriyā ca akiriyā cāti kiriyākiriyā, kiriyākiriyā ca tā āpajjitabbato āpattiyo cāti kiriyākiriyāpattiyo, tāsaṃ vibhāgaṃ desetīti kiriyā…pe… desako. Atha vā kiriyājhānabhūtā samāpattiyo kiriyāpattiyo, kusalabhūtā pana samāpattiyo akiriyāpattiyo, tāsaṃ vibhāgaṃ desetīti kriyā…pe… desako. Yaṃ kiriyākiriyaṃ cittanti sambandho. Pañcannaṃ mārānaṃ jitattā jino. Hitāhitānanti atthānatthānaṃ. Sāti so jino. Kriyākriyāratoti sabbasattānaṃ hitassa karaṇe, ahitassa ca akaraṇe nirato. Atha vā ekantamiṭṭhavipākattā hitāti kusalānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ . Tappaṭipakkhattā ahitāti akusalānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathākkamaṃ tesaṃ kiriyāyaṃ, akiriyāyañca ratoti hitāhitānaṃ…pe… rato. Atha vā hitāhitāti kusalākusalā eva, tesaṃ kiriyākiriyāmattamavipākabhāvaṃ kātuṃ icchatīti hitāhitānaṃ…pe… rato. Atha vā hitāhitānaṃ puggalānaṃ sakiriyākiriyāya attano attano kiccassa idhalokaparalokanipphādanassa karaṇe rato abhiratoti hitāhitānaṃ…pe… rato.
64-6 第六十四至六十六。将一切出世间心作八种后,所说的八十九种心生起,这些心即是我所阐释的——这是关联句。“寻求精通者”(Pāṭavaṃ atthenti patthenti)是指渴望精通,或者以“精通”为所求之义的人。“应受持”(Uggahetabbo)是指应通过听闻与提问来受持;而说“应反复思惟”,是为了显示不应仅仅停留在受持上——仅凭受持不可能在此处获得彻底决了,这是其意趣。“阿毗达摩大海洋”(Abhidhammamahodadhiṃ),指由《法集论》等七部论组成的阿毗达摩藏大海洋,或者指以蕴、处、界等安立的胜义大海洋。“渡越”(Taranti),指以通达义理而渡越,或者以闻所成慧为基础的修所成慧而深入。“此世”(Imaṃ lokaṃ),指现在有;“彼世”(Paraṃ lokaṃ),指未来有。“渡越”(Taranti)即超越。在此世间,通过断除欲贪而渡越此世;在未来,通过以尽业智摧坏导致再生之业而渡越彼世;以无取著般涅槃而般涅槃,这是其含义。显示巴利原文
64-6. Sabbe lokuttare aṭṭha katvā ye ekūnanavuti cittuppādā vuttā, tāni cittāni mayā niddiṭṭhānīti sambandho. Pāṭavaṃ atthenti patthenti, pāṭavasaṅkhāto vā attho etesanti pāṭavatthino. Uggahetabboti savanapaṭipucchāvasena uggahitabbo, uggaṇhitvā pana na kevalaṃ uggahaṇamatteyeva ṭhātabbanti dassento āha ‘‘cintetabbo punappuna’’nti, na hi sakkā uggahaṇamattenevettha sabbathā sanniṭṭhānaṃ gantunti adhippāyo. Abhidhammamahodadhinti dhammasaṅgaṇīādisattappakaraṇavasena ṭhitamabhidhammapiṭakamahaṇṇavaṃ, khandhāyatanādivasena ṭhitaṃ paramatthamahaṇṇavaṃ vā. Tarantīti atthaggahaṇavasena uttaranti, sutamayañāṇamūlakena vā bhāvanāñāṇena otarantīti attho. Imaṃ lokanti paccuppannabhavaṃ. Paraṃ lokanti anāgatabhavaṃ. Tarantīti atikkamanti. Idha lokasmiñhi chandarāgappahānavasena imaṃ lokaṃ taranti, āyatiṃ bhavūpapādakassa kammassa kammakkhayakarañāṇena vināsanato paralokaṃ taranti, anupādāparinibbānavasena parinibbāyantīti attho.